Page MenuHome GnuPG
Files F35895755

No OneTemporary
Actions

View Options

This file is larger than 256 KB, so syntax highlighting was skipped.
diff --git a/dirmngr/ks-engine-ldap.c b/dirmngr/ks-engine-ldap.c
index 5d4348efc..fa6b9da8c 100644
--- a/dirmngr/ks-engine-ldap.c
+++ b/dirmngr/ks-engine-ldap.c
@@ -1,2203 +1,2216 @@
/* ks-engine-ldap.c - talk to a LDAP keyserver
* Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006
* 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2015, 2020 g10 Code GmbH
*
* This file is part of GnuPG.
*
* GnuPG is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GnuPG is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <config.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <time.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#ifdef HAVE_GETOPT_H
# include <getopt.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <assert.h>
#ifdef _WIN32
# include <winsock2.h>
# include <winldap.h>
#else
# ifdef NEED_LBER_H
# include <lber.h>
# endif
/* For OpenLDAP, to enable the API that we're using. */
# define LDAP_DEPRECATED 1
# include <ldap.h>
#endif
#include "dirmngr.h"
#include "misc.h"
#include "../common/userids.h"
#include "../common/mbox-util.h"
#include "ks-engine.h"
#include "ldap-parse-uri.h"
/* Flags with infos from the connected server. */
#define SERVERINFO_REALLDAP 1 /* This is not the PGP keyserver. */
#define SERVERINFO_PGPKEYV2 2 /* Needs "pgpeyV2" instead of "pgpKey" */
#define SERVERINFO_SCHEMAV2 4 /* Version 2 of the Schema. */
#define SERVERINFO_NTDS 8 /* Server is an Active Directory. */
#ifndef HAVE_TIMEGM
time_t timegm(struct tm *tm);
#endif
/* Convert an LDAP error to a GPG error. */
static int
ldap_err_to_gpg_err (int code)
{
gpg_err_code_t ec;
switch (code)
{
#ifdef LDAP_X_CONNECTING
case LDAP_X_CONNECTING: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_X_CONNECTING; break;
#endif
case LDAP_REFERRAL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_REFERRAL_LIMIT; break;
case LDAP_CLIENT_LOOP: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_CLIENT_LOOP; break;
case LDAP_NO_RESULTS_RETURNED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_NO_RESULTS; break;
case LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND; break;
case LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED; break;
case LDAP_CONNECT_ERROR: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_CONNECT; break;
case LDAP_NO_MEMORY: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_NO_MEMORY; break;
case LDAP_PARAM_ERROR: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_PARAM; break;
case LDAP_USER_CANCELLED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_USER_CANCELLED; break;
case LDAP_FILTER_ERROR: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_FILTER; break;
case LDAP_AUTH_UNKNOWN: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_AUTH_UNKNOWN; break;
case LDAP_TIMEOUT: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_TIMEOUT; break;
case LDAP_DECODING_ERROR: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_DECODING; break;
case LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_ENCODING; break;
case LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_LOCAL; break;
case LDAP_SERVER_DOWN: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_SERVER_DOWN; break;
case LDAP_SUCCESS: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_SUCCESS; break;
case LDAP_OPERATIONS_ERROR: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_OPERATIONS; break;
case LDAP_PROTOCOL_ERROR: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_PROTOCOL; break;
case LDAP_TIMELIMIT_EXCEEDED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_TIMELIMIT; break;
case LDAP_SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_SIZELIMIT; break;
case LDAP_COMPARE_FALSE: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_COMPARE_FALSE; break;
case LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE; break;
case LDAP_AUTH_METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED: ec=GPG_ERR_LDAP_UNSUPPORTED_AUTH;break;
case LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_REQUIRED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_RQRD; break;
case LDAP_PARTIAL_RESULTS: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_PARTIAL_RESULTS; break;
case LDAP_REFERRAL: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_REFERRAL; break;
#ifdef LDAP_ADMINLIMIT_EXCEEDED
case LDAP_ADMINLIMIT_EXCEEDED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_ADMINLIMIT; break;
#endif
#ifdef LDAP_UNAVAILABLE_CRITICAL_EXTENSION
case LDAP_UNAVAILABLE_CRITICAL_EXTENSION:
ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_UNAVAIL_CRIT_EXTN; break;
#endif
case LDAP_CONFIDENTIALITY_REQUIRED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_CONFIDENT_RQRD; break;
case LDAP_SASL_BIND_IN_PROGRESS: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_SASL_BIND_INPROG; break;
case LDAP_NO_SUCH_ATTRIBUTE: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_NO_SUCH_ATTRIBUTE; break;
case LDAP_UNDEFINED_TYPE: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_UNDEFINED_TYPE; break;
case LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_MATCHING: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_BAD_MATCHING; break;
case LDAP_CONSTRAINT_VIOLATION: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_CONST_VIOLATION; break;
#ifdef LDAP_TYPE_OR_VALUE_EXISTS
case LDAP_TYPE_OR_VALUE_EXISTS: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_TYPE_VALUE_EXISTS; break;
#endif
case LDAP_INVALID_SYNTAX: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_INV_SYNTAX; break;
case LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJ; break;
case LDAP_ALIAS_PROBLEM: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_ALIAS_PROBLEM; break;
case LDAP_INVALID_DN_SYNTAX: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_INV_DN_SYNTAX; break;
case LDAP_IS_LEAF: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_IS_LEAF; break;
case LDAP_ALIAS_DEREF_PROBLEM: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_ALIAS_DEREF; break;
#ifdef LDAP_X_PROXY_AUTHZ_FAILURE
case LDAP_X_PROXY_AUTHZ_FAILURE: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_X_PROXY_AUTH_FAIL; break;
#endif
case LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_AUTH: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_BAD_AUTH; break;
case LDAP_INVALID_CREDENTIALS: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_INV_CREDENTIALS; break;
#ifdef LDAP_INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS
case LDAP_INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_INSUFFICIENT_ACC; break;
#endif
case LDAP_BUSY: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_BUSY; break;
case LDAP_UNAVAILABLE: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_UNAVAILABLE; break;
case LDAP_UNWILLING_TO_PERFORM: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_UNWILL_TO_PERFORM; break;
case LDAP_LOOP_DETECT: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_LOOP_DETECT; break;
case LDAP_NAMING_VIOLATION: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_NAMING_VIOLATION; break;
case LDAP_OBJECT_CLASS_VIOLATION: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_OBJ_CLS_VIOLATION; break;
case LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_NONLEAF: ec=GPG_ERR_LDAP_NOT_ALLOW_NONLEAF;break;
case LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_RDN: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_NOT_ALLOW_ON_RDN; break;
case LDAP_ALREADY_EXISTS: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_ALREADY_EXISTS; break;
case LDAP_NO_OBJECT_CLASS_MODS: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_NO_OBJ_CLASS_MODS; break;
case LDAP_RESULTS_TOO_LARGE: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_RESULTS_TOO_LARGE; break;
case LDAP_AFFECTS_MULTIPLE_DSAS: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_AFFECTS_MULT_DSAS; break;
#ifdef LDAP_VLV_ERROR
case LDAP_VLV_ERROR: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_VLV; break;
#endif
case LDAP_OTHER: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_OTHER; break;
#ifdef LDAP_CUP_RESOURCES_EXHAUSTED
case LDAP_CUP_RESOURCES_EXHAUSTED: ec=GPG_ERR_LDAP_CUP_RESOURCE_LIMIT;break;
case LDAP_CUP_SECURITY_VIOLATION: ec=GPG_ERR_LDAP_CUP_SEC_VIOLATION; break;
case LDAP_CUP_INVALID_DATA: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_CUP_INV_DATA; break;
case LDAP_CUP_UNSUPPORTED_SCHEME: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_CUP_UNSUP_SCHEME; break;
case LDAP_CUP_RELOAD_REQUIRED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_CUP_RELOAD; break;
#endif
#ifdef LDAP_CANCELLED
case LDAP_CANCELLED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_CANCELLED; break;
#endif
#ifdef LDAP_NO_SUCH_OPERATION
case LDAP_NO_SUCH_OPERATION: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_NO_SUCH_OPERATION; break;
#endif
#ifdef LDAP_TOO_LATE
case LDAP_TOO_LATE: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_TOO_LATE; break;
#endif
#ifdef LDAP_CANNOT_CANCEL
case LDAP_CANNOT_CANCEL: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_CANNOT_CANCEL; break;
#endif
#ifdef LDAP_ASSERTION_FAILED
case LDAP_ASSERTION_FAILED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_ASSERTION_FAILED; break;
#endif
#ifdef LDAP_PROXIED_AUTHORIZATION_DENIED
case LDAP_PROXIED_AUTHORIZATION_DENIED:
ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_PROX_AUTH_DENIED; break;
#endif
default:
#if defined(LDAP_E_ERROR) && defined(LDAP_X_ERROR)
if (LDAP_E_ERROR (code))
ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_E_GENERAL;
else if (LDAP_X_ERROR (code))
ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_X_GENERAL;
else
#endif
ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_GENERAL;
break;
}
return ec;
}
/* Retrieve an LDAP error and return it's GPG equivalent. */
static int
ldap_to_gpg_err (LDAP *ld)
{
#if defined(HAVE_LDAP_GET_OPTION) && defined(LDAP_OPT_ERROR_NUMBER)
int err;
if (ldap_get_option (ld, LDAP_OPT_ERROR_NUMBER, &err) == 0)
return ldap_err_to_gpg_err (err);
else
return GPG_ERR_GENERAL;
#elif defined(HAVE_LDAP_LD_ERRNO)
return ldap_err_to_gpg_err (ld->ld_errno);
#else
/* We should never get here since the LDAP library should always
have either ldap_get_option or ld_errno, but just in case... */
return GPG_ERR_INTERNAL;
#endif
}
static time_t
ldap2epochtime (const char *timestr)
{
struct tm pgptime;
time_t answer;
memset (&pgptime, 0, sizeof(pgptime));
/* YYYYMMDDHHmmssZ */
sscanf (timestr, "%4d%2d%2d%2d%2d%2d",
&pgptime.tm_year,
&pgptime.tm_mon,
&pgptime.tm_mday,
&pgptime.tm_hour,
&pgptime.tm_min,
&pgptime.tm_sec);
pgptime.tm_year -= 1900;
pgptime.tm_isdst = -1;
pgptime.tm_mon--;
/* mktime() takes the timezone into account, so we use timegm() */
answer = timegm (&pgptime);
return answer;
}
/* Caller must free the result. */
static char *
tm2ldaptime (struct tm *tm)
{
struct tm tmp = *tm;
char buf[16];
/* YYYYMMDDHHmmssZ */
tmp.tm_year += 1900;
tmp.tm_mon ++;
snprintf (buf, sizeof buf, "%04d%02d%02d%02d%02d%02dZ",
tmp.tm_year,
tmp.tm_mon,
tmp.tm_mday,
tmp.tm_hour,
tmp.tm_min,
tmp.tm_sec);
return xstrdup (buf);
}
#if 0
/* Caller must free */
static char *
epoch2ldaptime (time_t stamp)
{
struct tm tm;
if (gmtime_r (&stamp, &tm))
return tm2ldaptime (&tm);
else
return xstrdup ("INVALID TIME");
}
#endif
/* Print a help output for the schemata supported by this module. */
gpg_error_t
ks_ldap_help (ctrl_t ctrl, parsed_uri_t uri)
{
const char data[] =
"Handler for LDAP URLs:\n"
" ldap://host:port/[BASEDN]???[bindname=BINDNAME,password=PASSWORD]\n"
"\n"
"Note: basedn, bindname and password need to be percent escaped. In\n"
"particular, spaces need to be replaced with %20 and commas with %2c.\n"
"bindname will typically be of the form:\n"
"\n"
" uid=user%2cou=PGP%20Users%2cdc=EXAMPLE%2cdc=ORG\n"
"\n"
"The ldaps:// and ldapi:// schemes are also supported. If ldaps is used\n"
"then the server's certificate will be checked. If it is not valid, any\n"
"operation will be aborted.\n"
"\n"
"Supported methods: search, get, put\n";
gpg_error_t err;
if(!uri)
err = ks_print_help (ctrl, " ldap");
else if (strcmp (uri->scheme, "ldap") == 0
|| strcmp (uri->scheme, "ldaps") == 0
|| strcmp (uri->scheme, "ldapi") == 0)
err = ks_print_help (ctrl, data);
else
err = 0;
return err;
}
/* Convert a keyspec to a filter. Return an error if the keyspec is
bad or is not supported. The filter is escaped and returned in
*filter. It is the caller's responsibility to free *filter.
*filter is only set if this function returns success (i.e., 0). */
static gpg_error_t
keyspec_to_ldap_filter (const char *keyspec, char **filter, int only_exact,
unsigned int serverinfo)
{
/* Remove search type indicator and adjust PATTERN accordingly.
Note: don't include a preceding 0x when searching by keyid. */
/* XXX: Should we include disabled / revoke options? */
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC desc;
char *f = NULL;
char *freeme = NULL;
+ char *p;
gpg_error_t err = classify_user_id (keyspec, &desc, 1);
if (err)
return err;
switch (desc.mode)
{
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_EXACT:
f = xasprintf ("(pgpUserID=%s)",
(freeme = ldap_escape_filter (desc.u.name)));
break;
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SUBSTR:
if (! only_exact)
f = xasprintf ("(pgpUserID=*%s*)",
(freeme = ldap_escape_filter (desc.u.name)));
break;
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_MAIL:
- if (only_exact)
+ freeme = ldap_escape_filter (desc.u.name);
+ if (!freeme)
break;
- if ((serverinfo & SERVERINFO_SCHEMAV2))
- f = xasprintf ("(gpgMailbox=%s)",
- (freeme = ldap_escape_filter (desc.u.name)));
+ if (*freeme == '<' && freeme[1] && freeme[2])
+ {
+ /* Strip angle brackets. Note that it is does not
+ * matter whether we work on the plan or LDAP escaped
+ * version of the mailbox. */
+ p = freeme + 1;
+ if (p[strlen(p)-1] == '>')
+ p[strlen(p)-1] = 0;
+ }
else
- f = xasprintf ("(pgpUserID=*<%s>*)",
- (freeme = ldap_escape_filter (desc.u.name)));
+ p = freeme;
+ if ((serverinfo & SERVERINFO_SCHEMAV2))
+ f = xasprintf ("(gpgMailbox=%s)", p);
+ else if (!only_exact)
+ f = xasprintf ("(pgpUserID=*<%s>*)", p);
break;
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_MAILSUB:
if (! only_exact)
f = xasprintf ("(pgpUserID=*<*%s*>*)",
(freeme = ldap_escape_filter (desc.u.name)));
break;
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_MAILEND:
if (! only_exact)
f = xasprintf ("(pgpUserID=*<*%s>*)",
(freeme = ldap_escape_filter (desc.u.name)));
break;
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SHORT_KID:
f = xasprintf ("(pgpKeyID=%08lX)", (ulong) desc.u.kid[1]);
break;
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID:
f = xasprintf ("(pgpCertID=%08lX%08lX)",
(ulong) desc.u.kid[0], (ulong) desc.u.kid[1]);
break;
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR16:
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR20:
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR:
if ((serverinfo & SERVERINFO_SCHEMAV2))
{
freeme = bin2hex (desc.u.fpr, 20, NULL);
if (!freeme)
return gpg_error_from_syserror ();
f = xasprintf ("(|(gpgFingerprint=%s)(gpgSubFingerprint=%s))",
freeme, freeme);
/* FIXME: For an exact search and in case of a match on
* gpgSubFingerprint we need to check that there is only one
* matching value. */
}
break;
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_ISSUER:
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_ISSUER_SN:
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SN:
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SUBJECT:
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_KEYGRIP:
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_WORDS:
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FIRST:
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_NEXT:
default:
break;
}
xfree (freeme);
if (! f)
{
log_error ("Unsupported search mode.\n");
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED);
}
*filter = f;
return 0;
}
/* Connect to an LDAP server and interrogate it.
- uri describes the server to connect to and various options
including whether to use TLS and the username and password (see
ldap_parse_uri for a description of the various fields).
This function returns:
- The ldap connection handle in *LDAP_CONNP.
- The base DN for the PGP key space by querying the
pgpBaseKeySpaceDN attribute (This is normally
'ou=PGP Keys,dc=EXAMPLE,dc=ORG').
- The attribute to lookup to find the pgp key. This is either
'pgpKey' or 'pgpKeyV2'.
- Whether this is a real ldap server. (It's unclear what this
exactly means.)
The values are returned in the passed variables. If you pass NULL,
then the value won't be returned. It is the caller's
responsibility to release *LDAP_CONNP with ldap_unbind and xfree
*BASEDNP.
If this function successfully interrogated the server, it returns
0. If there was an LDAP error, it returns the LDAP error code. If
an error occurred, *basednp, etc., are undefined (and don't need to
be freed.)
R_SERVERINFO receives information about the server.
If no LDAP error occurred, you still need to check that *basednp is
valid. If it is NULL, then the server does not appear to be an
OpenPGP Keyserver. */
static int
my_ldap_connect (parsed_uri_t uri, LDAP **ldap_connp,
char **basednp, unsigned int *r_serverinfo)
{
int err = 0;
LDAP *ldap_conn = NULL;
char *user = uri->auth;
struct uri_tuple_s *password_param;
char *password;
char *basedn = NULL;
*r_serverinfo = 0;
password_param = uri_query_lookup (uri, "password");
password = password_param ? password_param->value : NULL;
if (opt.debug)
log_debug ("my_ldap_connect(%s:%d/%s????%s%s%s%s%s%s)\n",
uri->host, uri->port,
uri->path ? uri->path : "",
uri->auth ? "bindname=" : "",
uri->auth ? uri->auth : "",
uri->auth && password ? "," : "",
password ? "password=" : "",
password ? ">not shown<": "",
uri->ad_current? " auth=>current_user<":"");
/* If the uri specifies a secure connection and we don't support
TLS, then fail; don't silently revert to an insecure
connection. */
if (uri->use_tls)
{
#ifndef HAVE_LDAP_START_TLS_S
log_error ("Can't use LDAP to connect to the server: no TLS support.");
err = GPG_ERR_LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED;
goto out;
#endif
}
if (uri->ad_current)
ldap_conn = ldap_init (NULL, uri->port);
else
ldap_conn = ldap_init (uri->host, uri->port);
if (!ldap_conn)
{
err = gpg_err_code_from_syserror ();
if (uri->ad_current)
log_error ("error initializing LDAP for current user\n");
else
log_error ("error initializing LDAP for (%s://%s:%d)\n",
uri->scheme, uri->host, uri->port);
goto out;
}
#ifdef HAVE_LDAP_SET_OPTION
{
int ver = LDAP_VERSION3;
err = ldap_set_option (ldap_conn, LDAP_OPT_PROTOCOL_VERSION, &ver);
if (err != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
log_error ("ks-ldap: unable to go to LDAP 3: %s\n",
ldap_err2string (err));
goto out;
}
}
#endif
/* XXX: It would be nice to have an option to provide the server's
certificate. */
#if 0
#if defined(LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_CACERTFILE) && defined(HAVE_LDAP_SET_OPTION)
err = ldap_set_option (NULL, LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_CACERTFILE, ca_cert_file);
if (err)
{
log_error ("unable to set ca-cert-file to '%s': %s\n",
ca_cert_file, ldap_err2string (err));
goto out;
}
#endif /* LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_CACERTFILE && HAVE_LDAP_SET_OPTION */
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_LDAP_START_TLS_S
if (uri->use_tls)
{
/* XXX: We need an option to determine whether to abort if the
certificate is bad or not. Right now we conservatively
default to checking the certificate and aborting. */
#ifndef HAVE_W32_SYSTEM
int check_cert = LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_HARD; /* LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_NEVER */
err = ldap_set_option (ldap_conn,
LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_REQUIRE_CERT, &check_cert);
if (err)
{
log_error ("error setting TLS option on LDAP connection\n");
goto out;
}
#else
/* On Windows, the certificates are checked by default. If the
option to disable checking mentioned above is ever
implemented, the way to do that on Windows is to install a
callback routine using ldap_set_option (..,
LDAP_OPT_SERVER_CERTIFICATE, ..); */
#endif
err = ldap_start_tls_s (ldap_conn,
#ifdef HAVE_W32_SYSTEM
/* ServerReturnValue, result */
NULL, NULL,
#endif
/* ServerControls, ClientControls */
NULL, NULL);
if (err)
{
log_error ("error connecting to LDAP server with TLS\n");
goto out;
}
}
#endif
if (uri->ad_current)
{
if (opt.debug)
log_debug ("LDAP bind to current user via AD\n");
#ifdef HAVE_W32_SYSTEM
err = ldap_bind_s (ldap_conn, NULL, NULL, LDAP_AUTH_NEGOTIATE);
#else
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED);
#endif
if (err != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
log_error ("error binding to LDAP via AD: %s\n",
ldap_err2string (err));
goto out;
}
}
else if (uri->auth)
{
if (opt.debug)
log_debug ("LDAP bind to %s, password %s\n",
user, password ? ">not shown<" : ">none<");
err = ldap_simple_bind_s (ldap_conn, user, password);
if (err != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
log_error ("error binding to LDAP: %s\n", ldap_err2string (err));
goto out;
}
}
else
{
/* By default we don't bind as there is usually no need to. */
}
if (uri->path && *uri->path)
{
/* User specified base DN. */
basedn = xstrdup (uri->path);
/* If the user specifies a base DN, then we know the server is a
* real LDAP server. */
*r_serverinfo |= SERVERINFO_REALLDAP;
}
else
{ /* Look for namingContexts. */
LDAPMessage *res = NULL;
char *attr[] = { "namingContexts", NULL };
err = ldap_search_s (ldap_conn, "", LDAP_SCOPE_BASE,
"(objectClass=*)", attr, 0, &res);
if (err == LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
char **context = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, res, "namingContexts");
if (context)
{
/* We found some, so try each namingContext as the
* search base and look for pgpBaseKeySpaceDN. Because
* we found this, we know we're talking to a regular-ish
* LDAP server and not an LDAP keyserver. */
int i;
char *attr2[] =
{ "pgpBaseKeySpaceDN", "pgpVersion", "pgpSoftware", NULL };
*r_serverinfo |= SERVERINFO_REALLDAP;
for (i = 0; context[i] && ! basedn; i++)
{
char **vals;
LDAPMessage *si_res;
int is_gnupg = 0;
{
char *object = xasprintf ("cn=pgpServerInfo,%s",
context[i]);
err = ldap_search_s (ldap_conn, object, LDAP_SCOPE_BASE,
"(objectClass=*)", attr2, 0, &si_res);
xfree (object);
}
if (err == LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, si_res,
"pgpBaseKeySpaceDN");
if (vals)
{
basedn = xtrystrdup (vals[0]);
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, si_res,
"pgpSoftware");
if (vals)
{
if (opt.debug)
log_debug ("Server: \t%s\n", vals[0]);
if (!ascii_strcasecmp (vals[0], "GnuPG"))
is_gnupg = 1;
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, si_res,
"pgpVersion");
if (vals)
{
if (opt.debug)
log_debug ("Version:\t%s\n", vals[0]);
if (is_gnupg)
{
char *fields[2];
int nfields;
nfields = split_fields (vals[0],
fields, DIM(fields));
if (nfields > 0 && atoi(fields[0]) > 1)
*r_serverinfo |= SERVERINFO_SCHEMAV2;
if (nfields > 1
&& !ascii_strcasecmp (fields[1], "ntds"))
*r_serverinfo |= SERVERINFO_NTDS;
}
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
}
/* From man ldap_search_s: "res parameter of
ldap_search_ext_s() and ldap_search_s() should be
freed with ldap_msgfree() regardless of return
value of these functions. */
ldap_msgfree (si_res);
}
ldap_value_free (context);
}
}
else
{
/* We don't have an answer yet, which means the server might
be a PGP.com keyserver. */
char **vals;
LDAPMessage *si_res = NULL;
char *attr2[] = { "pgpBaseKeySpaceDN", "version", "software", NULL };
err = ldap_search_s (ldap_conn, "cn=pgpServerInfo", LDAP_SCOPE_BASE,
"(objectClass=*)", attr2, 0, &si_res);
if (err == LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
/* For the PGP LDAP keyserver, this is always
* "OU=ACTIVE,O=PGP KEYSPACE,C=US", but it might not be
* in the future. */
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, si_res, "baseKeySpaceDN");
if (vals)
{
basedn = xtrystrdup (vals[0]);
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, si_res, "software");
if (vals)
{
if (opt.debug)
log_debug ("ks-ldap: PGP Server: \t%s\n", vals[0]);
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, si_res, "version");
if (vals)
{
if (opt.debug)
log_debug ("ks-ldap: PGP Server Version:\t%s\n", vals[0]);
/* If the version is high enough, use the new
pgpKeyV2 attribute. This design is iffy at best,
but it matches how PGP does it. I figure the NAI
folks assumed that there would never be an LDAP
keyserver vendor with a different numbering
scheme. */
if (atoi (vals[0]) > 1)
*r_serverinfo |= SERVERINFO_PGPKEYV2;
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
}
ldap_msgfree (si_res);
}
/* From man ldap_search_s: "res parameter of ldap_search_ext_s()
and ldap_search_s() should be freed with ldap_msgfree()
regardless of return value of these functions. */
ldap_msgfree (res);
}
out:
if (!err && opt.debug)
{
log_debug ("ldap_conn: %p\n", ldap_conn);
log_debug ("server_type: %s\n", ((*r_serverinfo & SERVERINFO_REALLDAP)
? "LDAP" : "PGP.com keyserver") );
log_debug ("basedn: %s\n", basedn);
log_debug ("pgpkeyattr: %s\n",
(*r_serverinfo & SERVERINFO_PGPKEYV2)? "pgpKeyV2":"pgpKey");
}
if (err)
xfree (basedn);
else
{
if (basednp)
*basednp = basedn;
else
xfree (basedn);
}
if (err)
{
if (ldap_conn)
ldap_unbind (ldap_conn);
}
else
*ldap_connp = ldap_conn;
return err;
}
/* Extract keys from an LDAP reply and write them out to the output
stream OUTPUT in a format GnuPG can import (either the OpenPGP
binary format or armored format). */
static void
extract_keys (estream_t output,
LDAP *ldap_conn, const char *certid, LDAPMessage *message)
{
char **vals;
es_fprintf (output, "INFO %s BEGIN\n", certid);
es_fprintf (output, "pub:%s:", certid);
/* Note: ldap_get_values returns a NULL terminates array of
strings. */
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, message, "pgpkeytype");
if (vals && vals[0])
{
if (strcmp (vals[0], "RSA") == 0)
es_fprintf (output, "1");
else if (strcmp (vals[0],"DSS/DH") == 0)
es_fprintf (output, "17");
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
es_fprintf (output, ":");
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, message, "pgpkeysize");
if (vals && vals[0])
{
int v = atoi (vals[0]);
if (v > 0)
es_fprintf (output, "%d", v);
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
es_fprintf (output, ":");
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, message, "pgpkeycreatetime");
if (vals && vals[0])
{
if (strlen (vals[0]) == 15)
es_fprintf (output, "%u", (unsigned int) ldap2epochtime (vals[0]));
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
es_fprintf (output, ":");
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, message, "pgpkeyexpiretime");
if (vals && vals[0])
{
if (strlen (vals[0]) == 15)
es_fprintf (output, "%u", (unsigned int) ldap2epochtime (vals[0]));
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
es_fprintf (output, ":");
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, message, "pgprevoked");
if (vals && vals[0])
{
if (atoi (vals[0]) == 1)
es_fprintf (output, "r");
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
es_fprintf (output, "\n");
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, message, "pgpuserid");
if (vals && vals[0])
{
int i;
for (i = 0; vals[i]; i++)
es_fprintf (output, "uid:%s\n", vals[i]);
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
es_fprintf (output, "INFO %s END\n", certid);
}
/* Get the key described key the KEYSPEC string from the keyserver
identified by URI. On success R_FP has an open stream to read the
data. */
gpg_error_t
ks_ldap_get (ctrl_t ctrl, parsed_uri_t uri, const char *keyspec,
estream_t *r_fp)
{
gpg_error_t err = 0;
int ldap_err;
unsigned int serverinfo;
char *filter = NULL;
LDAP *ldap_conn = NULL;
char *basedn = NULL;
estream_t fp = NULL;
LDAPMessage *message = NULL;
(void) ctrl;
if (dirmngr_use_tor ())
{
/* For now we do not support LDAP over Tor. */
log_error (_("LDAP access not possible due to Tor mode\n"));
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED);
}
/* Make sure we are talking to an OpenPGP LDAP server. */
ldap_err = my_ldap_connect (uri, &ldap_conn, &basedn, &serverinfo);
if (ldap_err || !basedn)
{
if (ldap_err)
err = ldap_err_to_gpg_err (ldap_err);
else
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_GENERAL);
goto out;
}
/* Now that we have information about the server we can construct a
* query best suited for the capabilities of the server. */
err = keyspec_to_ldap_filter (keyspec, &filter, 1, serverinfo);
if (err)
goto out;
+ if (opt.debug)
+ log_debug ("ks-ldap: using filter: %s\n", filter);
{
/* The ordering is significant. Specifically, "pgpcertid" needs
to be the second item in the list, since everything after it
may be discarded we aren't in verbose mode. */
char *attrs[] =
{
"dummy",
"pgpcertid", "pgpuserid", "pgpkeyid", "pgprevoked", "pgpdisabled",
"pgpkeycreatetime", "modifytimestamp", "pgpkeysize", "pgpkeytype",
NULL
};
/* 1 if we want just attribute types; 0 if we want both attribute
* types and values. */
int attrsonly = 0;
int count;
/* Replace "dummy". */
attrs[0] = (serverinfo & SERVERINFO_PGPKEYV2)? "pgpKeyV2" : "pgpKey";
ldap_err = ldap_search_s (ldap_conn, basedn, LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE,
filter, attrs, attrsonly, &message);
if (ldap_err)
{
err = ldap_err_to_gpg_err (ldap_err);
log_error ("ks-ldap: LDAP search error: %s\n",
ldap_err2string (ldap_err));
goto out;
}
count = ldap_count_entries (ldap_conn, message);
if (count < 1)
{
log_info ("ks-ldap: key %s not found on keyserver\n", keyspec);
if (count == -1)
err = ldap_to_gpg_err (ldap_conn);
else
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_DATA);
goto out;
}
{
/* There may be more than one unique result for a given keyID,
so we should fetch them all (test this by fetching short key
id 0xDEADBEEF). */
/* The set of entries that we've seen. */
strlist_t seen = NULL;
LDAPMessage *each;
for (each = ldap_first_entry (ldap_conn, message);
each;
each = ldap_next_entry (ldap_conn, each))
{
char **vals;
char **certid;
/* Use the long keyid to remove duplicates. The LDAP
server returns the same keyid more than once if there
are multiple user IDs on the key. Note that this does
NOT mean that a keyid that exists multiple times on the
keyserver will not be fetched. It means that each KEY,
no matter how many user IDs share its keyid, will be
fetched only once. If a keyid that belongs to more
than one key is fetched, the server quite properly
responds with all matching keys. -ds */
certid = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, each, "pgpcertid");
if (certid && certid[0])
{
if (! strlist_find (seen, certid[0]))
{
/* It's not a duplicate, add it */
add_to_strlist (&seen, certid[0]);
if (! fp)
fp = es_fopenmem(0, "rw");
extract_keys (fp, ldap_conn, certid[0], each);
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, each, attrs[0]);
if (! vals)
{
err = ldap_to_gpg_err (ldap_conn);
log_error("ks-ldap: unable to retrieve key %s "
"from keyserver\n", certid[0]);
goto out;
}
else
{
/* We should strip the new lines. */
es_fprintf (fp, "KEY 0x%s BEGIN\n", certid[0]);
es_fputs (vals[0], fp);
es_fprintf (fp, "\nKEY 0x%s END\n", certid[0]);
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
}
}
ldap_value_free (certid);
}
free_strlist (seen);
if (! fp)
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_DATA);
}
}
out:
if (message)
ldap_msgfree (message);
if (err)
{
if (fp)
es_fclose (fp);
}
else
{
if (fp)
es_fseek (fp, 0, SEEK_SET);
*r_fp = fp;
}
xfree (basedn);
if (ldap_conn)
ldap_unbind (ldap_conn);
xfree (filter);
return err;
}
/* Search the keyserver identified by URI for keys matching PATTERN.
On success R_FP has an open stream to read the data. */
gpg_error_t
ks_ldap_search (ctrl_t ctrl, parsed_uri_t uri, const char *pattern,
estream_t *r_fp)
{
gpg_error_t err;
int ldap_err;
unsigned int serverinfo;
char *filter = NULL;
LDAP *ldap_conn = NULL;
char *basedn = NULL;
estream_t fp = NULL;
(void) ctrl;
if (dirmngr_use_tor ())
{
/* For now we do not support LDAP over Tor. */
log_error (_("LDAP access not possible due to Tor mode\n"));
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED);
}
/* Make sure we are talking to an OpenPGP LDAP server. */
ldap_err = my_ldap_connect (uri, &ldap_conn, &basedn, &serverinfo);
if (ldap_err || !basedn)
{
if (ldap_err)
err = ldap_err_to_gpg_err (ldap_err);
else
err = GPG_ERR_GENERAL;
goto out;
}
/* Now that we have information about the server we can construct a
* query best suited for the capabilities of the server. */
err = keyspec_to_ldap_filter (pattern, &filter, 0, serverinfo);
if (err)
{
log_error ("Bad search pattern: '%s'\n", pattern);
goto out;
}
/* Even if we have no results, we want to return a stream. */
fp = es_fopenmem(0, "rw");
if (!fp)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto out;
}
{
char **vals;
LDAPMessage *res, *each;
int count = 0;
strlist_t dupelist = NULL;
/* The maximum size of the search, including the optional stuff
and the trailing \0 */
char *attrs[] =
{
"pgpcertid", "pgpuserid", "pgprevoked", "pgpdisabled",
"pgpkeycreatetime", "pgpkeyexpiretime", "modifytimestamp",
"pgpkeysize", "pgpkeytype", NULL
};
if (opt.debug)
log_debug ("SEARCH '%s' => '%s' BEGIN\n", pattern, filter);
ldap_err = ldap_search_s (ldap_conn, basedn,
LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE, filter, attrs, 0, &res);
xfree (filter);
filter = NULL;
if (ldap_err != LDAP_SUCCESS && ldap_err != LDAP_SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED)
{
err = ldap_err_to_gpg_err (ldap_err);
log_error ("SEARCH %s FAILED %d\n", pattern, err);
log_error ("ks-ldap: LDAP search error: %s\n",
ldap_err2string (err));
goto out;
}
/* The LDAP server doesn't return a real count of unique keys, so we
can't use ldap_count_entries here. */
for (each = ldap_first_entry (ldap_conn, res);
each;
each = ldap_next_entry (ldap_conn, each))
{
char **certid = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, each, "pgpcertid");
if (certid && certid[0] && ! strlist_find (dupelist, certid[0]))
{
add_to_strlist (&dupelist, certid[0]);
count++;
}
}
if (ldap_err == LDAP_SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED)
{
if (count == 1)
log_error ("ks-ldap: search results exceeded server limit."
" First 1 result shown.\n");
else
log_error ("ks-ldap: search results exceeded server limit."
" First %d results shown.\n", count);
}
free_strlist (dupelist);
dupelist = NULL;
if (count < 1)
es_fputs ("info:1:0\n", fp);
else
{
es_fprintf (fp, "info:1:%d\n", count);
for (each = ldap_first_entry (ldap_conn, res);
each;
each = ldap_next_entry (ldap_conn, each))
{
char **certid;
LDAPMessage *uids;
certid = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, each, "pgpcertid");
if (! certid || ! certid[0])
continue;
/* Have we seen this certid before? */
if (! strlist_find (dupelist, certid[0]))
{
add_to_strlist (&dupelist, certid[0]);
es_fprintf (fp, "pub:%s:",certid[0]);
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, each, "pgpkeytype");
if (vals)
{
/* The LDAP server doesn't exactly handle this
well. */
if (strcasecmp (vals[0], "RSA") == 0)
es_fputs ("1", fp);
else if (strcasecmp (vals[0], "DSS/DH") == 0)
es_fputs ("17", fp);
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
es_fputc (':', fp);
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, each, "pgpkeysize");
if (vals)
{
/* Not sure why, but some keys are listed with a
key size of 0. Treat that like an unknown. */
if (atoi (vals[0]) > 0)
es_fprintf (fp, "%d", atoi (vals[0]));
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
es_fputc (':', fp);
/* YYYYMMDDHHmmssZ */
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, each, "pgpkeycreatetime");
if(vals && strlen (vals[0]) == 15)
{
es_fprintf (fp, "%u",
(unsigned int) ldap2epochtime(vals[0]));
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
es_fputc (':', fp);
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, each, "pgpkeyexpiretime");
if (vals && strlen (vals[0]) == 15)
{
es_fprintf (fp, "%u",
(unsigned int) ldap2epochtime (vals[0]));
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
es_fputc (':', fp);
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, each, "pgprevoked");
if (vals)
{
if (atoi (vals[0]) == 1)
es_fprintf (fp, "r");
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, each, "pgpdisabled");
if (vals)
{
if (atoi (vals[0]) ==1)
es_fprintf (fp, "d");
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
#if 0
/* This is not yet specified in the keyserver
protocol, but may be someday. */
es_fputc (':', fp);
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, each, "modifytimestamp");
if(vals && strlen (vals[0]) == 15)
{
es_fprintf (fp, "%u",
(unsigned int) ldap2epochtime (vals[0]));
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
#endif
es_fprintf (fp, "\n");
/* Now print all the uids that have this certid */
for (uids = ldap_first_entry (ldap_conn, res);
uids;
uids = ldap_next_entry (ldap_conn, uids))
{
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, uids, "pgpcertid");
if (! vals)
continue;
if (strcasecmp (certid[0], vals[0]) == 0)
{
char **uidvals;
es_fprintf (fp, "uid:");
uidvals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn,
uids, "pgpuserid");
if (uidvals)
{
/* Need to escape any colons */
char *quoted = percent_escape (uidvals[0], NULL);
es_fputs (quoted, fp);
xfree (quoted);
ldap_value_free (uidvals);
}
es_fprintf (fp, "\n");
}
ldap_value_free(vals);
}
}
ldap_value_free (certid);
}
}
ldap_msgfree (res);
free_strlist (dupelist);
}
if (opt.debug)
log_debug ("SEARCH %s END\n", pattern);
out:
if (err)
{
if (fp)
es_fclose (fp);
}
else
{
/* Return the read stream. */
if (fp)
es_fseek (fp, 0, SEEK_SET);
*r_fp = fp;
}
xfree (basedn);
if (ldap_conn)
ldap_unbind (ldap_conn);
xfree (filter);
return err;
}
/* A modlist describes a set of changes to an LDAP entry. (An entry
consists of 1 or more attributes. Attributes are <name, value>
pairs. Note: an attribute may be multi-valued in which case
multiple values are associated with a single name.)
A modlist is a NULL terminated array of struct LDAPMod's.
Thus, if we have:
LDAPMod **modlist;
Then:
modlist[i]
Is the ith modification.
Each LDAPMod describes a change to a single attribute. Further,
there is one modification for each attribute that we want to
change. The attribute's new value is stored in LDAPMod.mod_values.
If the attribute is multi-valued, we still only use a single
LDAPMod structure: mod_values is a NULL-terminated array of
strings. To delete an attribute from an entry, we set mod_values
to NULL.
Thus, if:
modlist[i]->mod_values == NULL
then we remove the attribute.
(Using LDAP_MOD_DELETE doesn't work here as we don't know if the
attribute in question exists or not.)
Note: this function does NOT copy or free ATTR. It does copy
VALUE. */
static void
modlist_add (LDAPMod ***modlistp, char *attr, const char *value)
{
LDAPMod **modlist = *modlistp;
LDAPMod **m;
int nummods = 0;
/* Search modlist for the attribute we're playing with. If modlist
is NULL, then the list is empty. Recall: modlist is a NULL
terminated array. */
for (m = modlist; m && *m; m++, nummods ++)
{
/* The attribute is already on the list. */
char **ptr;
int numvalues = 0;
if (strcasecmp ((*m)->mod_type, attr) != 0)
continue;
/* We have this attribute already, so when the REPLACE happens,
the server attributes will be replaced anyway. */
if (! value)
return;
/* Attributes can be multi-valued. See if the value is already
present. mod_values is a NULL terminated array of pointers.
Note: mod_values can be NULL. */
for (ptr = (*m)->mod_values; ptr && *ptr; ptr++)
{
if (strcmp (*ptr, value) == 0)
/* Duplicate value, we're done. */
return;
numvalues ++;
}
/* Append the value. */
ptr = xrealloc ((*m)->mod_values, sizeof (char *) * (numvalues + 2));
(*m)->mod_values = ptr;
ptr[numvalues] = xstrdup (value);
ptr[numvalues + 1] = NULL;
return;
}
/* We didn't find the attr, so make one and add it to the end */
/* Like attribute values, the list of attributes is NULL terminated
array of pointers. */
modlist = xrealloc (modlist, sizeof (LDAPMod *) * (nummods + 2));
*modlistp = modlist;
modlist[nummods] = xmalloc (sizeof (LDAPMod));
modlist[nummods]->mod_op = LDAP_MOD_REPLACE;
modlist[nummods]->mod_type = attr;
if (value)
{
modlist[nummods]->mod_values = xmalloc (sizeof(char *) * 2);
modlist[nummods]->mod_values[0] = xstrdup (value);
modlist[nummods]->mod_values[1] = NULL;
}
else
modlist[nummods]->mod_values = NULL;
modlist[nummods + 1] = NULL;
return;
}
/* Look up the value of an attribute in the specified modlist. If the
attribute is not on the mod list, returns NULL. The result is a
NULL-terminated array of strings. Don't change it. */
static char **
modlist_lookup (LDAPMod **modlist, const char *attr)
{
LDAPMod **m;
for (m = modlist; m && *m; m++)
{
if (strcasecmp ((*m)->mod_type, attr) != 0)
continue;
return (*m)->mod_values;
}
return NULL;
}
/* Dump a modlist to a file. This is useful for debugging. */
static estream_t modlist_dump (LDAPMod **modlist, estream_t output)
GPGRT_ATTR_USED;
static estream_t
modlist_dump (LDAPMod **modlist, estream_t output)
{
LDAPMod **m;
int opened = 0;
if (! output)
{
output = es_fopenmem (0, "rw");
if (!output)
return NULL;
opened = 1;
}
for (m = modlist; m && *m; m++)
{
es_fprintf (output, " %s:", (*m)->mod_type);
if (! (*m)->mod_values)
es_fprintf(output, " delete.\n");
else
{
char **ptr;
int i;
int multi = 0;
if ((*m)->mod_values[0] && (*m)->mod_values[1])
/* Have at least 2. */
multi = 1;
if (multi)
es_fprintf (output, "\n");
for ((ptr = (*m)->mod_values), (i = 1); ptr && *ptr; ptr++, i ++)
{
/* Assuming terminals are about 80 characters wide,
display at most about 10 lines of debugging
output. If we do trim the buffer, append '...' to
the end. */
const int max_len = 10 * 70;
size_t value_len = strlen (*ptr);
int elide = value_len > max_len;
if (multi)
es_fprintf (output, " %d. ", i);
es_fprintf (output, "`%.*s", max_len, *ptr);
if (elide)
es_fprintf (output, "...' (%zd bytes elided)",
value_len - max_len);
else
es_fprintf (output, "'");
es_fprintf (output, "\n");
}
}
}
if (opened)
es_fseek (output, 0, SEEK_SET);
return output;
}
/* Free all of the memory allocated by the mod list. This assumes
that the attribute names don't have to be freed, but the attributes
values do. (Which is what modlist_add does.) */
static void
modlist_free (LDAPMod **modlist)
{
LDAPMod **ml;
if (! modlist)
return;
/* Unwind and free the whole modlist structure */
/* The modlist is a NULL terminated array of pointers. */
for (ml = modlist; *ml; ml++)
{
LDAPMod *mod = *ml;
char **ptr;
/* The list of values is a NULL termianted array of pointers.
If the list is NULL, there are no values. */
if (mod->mod_values)
{
for (ptr = mod->mod_values; *ptr; ptr++)
xfree (*ptr);
xfree (mod->mod_values);
}
xfree (mod);
}
xfree (modlist);
}
/* Append two onto the end of one. Two is not freed, but its pointers
are now part of one. Make sure you don't free them both!
As long as you don't add anything to ONE, TWO is still valid.
After that all bets are off. */
static void
modlists_join (LDAPMod ***one, LDAPMod **two)
{
int i, one_count = 0, two_count = 0;
LDAPMod **grow;
if (!*two)
/* two is empty. Nothing to do. */
return;
if (!*one)
/* one is empty. Just set it equal to *two. */
{
*one = two;
return;
}
for (grow = *one; *grow; grow++)
one_count ++;
for (grow = two; *grow; grow++)
two_count ++;
grow = xrealloc (*one, sizeof(LDAPMod *) * (one_count + two_count + 1));
for (i = 0; i < two_count; i++)
grow[one_count + i] = two[i];
grow[one_count + i] = NULL;
*one = grow;
}
/* Given a string, unescape C escapes. In particular, \xXX. This
modifies the string in place. */
static void
uncescape (char *str)
{
size_t r = 0;
size_t w = 0;
char *first = strchr (str, '\\');
if (! first)
/* No backslashes => no escaping. We're done. */
return;
/* Start at the first '\\'. */
r = w = (uintptr_t) first - (uintptr_t) str;
while (str[r])
{
/* XXX: What to do about bad escapes?
XXX: hextobyte already checks the string thus the hexdigitp
could be removed. */
if (str[r] == '\\' && str[r + 1] == 'x'
&& str[r+2] && str[r+3]
&& hexdigitp (str + r + 2)
&& hexdigitp (str + r + 3))
{
int x = hextobyte (&str[r + 2]);
assert (0 <= x && x <= 0xff);
str[w] = x;
/* We consumed 4 characters and wrote 1. */
r += 4;
w ++;
}
else
str[w ++] = str[r ++];
}
str[w] = '\0';
}
/* Given one line from an info block (`gpg --list-{keys,sigs}
--with-colons KEYID'), pull it apart and fill in the modlist with
the relevant (for the LDAP schema) attributes. EXTRACT_STATE
should initally be set to 0 by the caller. SCHEMAV2 is set if the
server supports the version 2 schema. */
static void
extract_attributes (LDAPMod ***modlist, int *extract_state,
char *line, int schemav2)
{
int field_count;
char **fields;
char *keyid;
int is_pub, is_sub, is_uid, is_sig;
/* Remove trailing whitespace */
trim_trailing_spaces (line);
fields = strsplit (line, ':', '\0', &field_count);
if (field_count == 1)
/* We only have a single field. There is definitely nothing to
do. */
goto out;
if (field_count < 7)
goto out;
is_pub = !ascii_strcasecmp ("pub", fields[0]);
is_sub = !ascii_strcasecmp ("sub", fields[0]);
is_uid = !ascii_strcasecmp ("uid", fields[0]);
is_sig = !ascii_strcasecmp ("sig", fields[0]);
if (!ascii_strcasecmp ("fpr", fields[0]))
{
/* Special treatment for a fingerprint. */
if (!(*extract_state & 1))
goto out; /* Stray fingerprint line - ignore. */
*extract_state &= ~1;
if (field_count >= 10 && schemav2)
{
if ((*extract_state & 2))
modlist_add (modlist, "gpgFingerprint", fields[9]);
else
modlist_add (modlist, "gpgSubFingerprint", fields[9]);
}
goto out;
}
*extract_state &= ~(1|2);
if (is_pub)
*extract_state |= (1|2);
else if (is_sub)
*extract_state |= 1;
if (!is_pub && !is_sub && !is_uid && !is_sig)
goto out; /* Not a relevant line. */
keyid = fields[4];
if (is_uid && strlen (keyid) == 0)
; /* The uid record type can have an empty keyid. */
else if (strlen (keyid) == 16
&& strspn (keyid, "0123456789aAbBcCdDeEfF") == 16)
; /* Otherwise, we expect exactly 16 hex characters. */
else
{
log_error ("malformed record!\n");
goto out;
}
if (is_pub)
{
int disabled = 0;
int revoked = 0;
char *flags;
for (flags = fields[1]; *flags; flags ++)
switch (*flags)
{
case 'r':
case 'R':
revoked = 1;
break;
case 'd':
case 'D':
disabled = 1;
break;
}
/* Note: we always create the pgpDisabled and pgpRevoked
attributes, regardless of whether the key is disabled/revoked
or not. This is because a very common search is like
"(&(pgpUserID=*isabella*)(pgpDisabled=0))" */
if (is_pub)
{
modlist_add (modlist,"pgpDisabled", disabled ? "1" : "0");
modlist_add (modlist,"pgpRevoked", revoked ? "1" : "0");
}
}
if (is_pub || is_sub)
{
char padded[6];
int val;
val = atoi (fields[2]);
if (val < 99999 && val > 0)
{
/* We zero pad this on the left to make PGP happy. */
snprintf (padded, sizeof padded, "%05u", val);
modlist_add (modlist, "pgpKeySize", padded);
}
}
if (is_pub)
{
char *algo = fields[3];
int val = atoi (algo);
switch (val)
{
case 1:
algo = "RSA";
break;
case 17:
algo = "DSS/DH";
break;
default:
algo = NULL;
break;
}
if (algo)
modlist_add (modlist, "pgpKeyType", algo);
}
if (is_pub || is_sub || is_sig)
{
if (is_pub)
{
modlist_add (modlist, "pgpCertID", keyid); /* Long keyid(!) */
modlist_add (modlist, "pgpKeyID", &keyid[8]); /* Short keyid */
}
if (is_sub)
modlist_add (modlist, "pgpSubKeyID", keyid); /* Long keyid(!) */
}
if (is_pub)
{
char *create_time = fields[5];
if (strlen (create_time) == 0)
create_time = NULL;
else
{
char *create_time_orig = create_time;
struct tm tm;
time_t t;
char *end;
memset (&tm, 0, sizeof (tm));
/* parse_timestamp handles both seconds fromt he epoch and
ISO 8601 format. We also need to handle YYYY-MM-DD
format (as generated by gpg1 --with-colons --list-key).
Check that first and then if it fails, then try
parse_timestamp. */
if (!isodate_human_to_tm (create_time, &tm))
create_time = tm2ldaptime (&tm);
else if ((t = parse_timestamp (create_time, &end)) != (time_t) -1
&& *end == '\0')
{
if (!gnupg_gmtime (&t, &tm))
create_time = NULL;
else
create_time = tm2ldaptime (&tm);
}
else
create_time = NULL;
if (! create_time)
/* Failed to parse string. */
log_error ("Failed to parse creation time ('%s')",
create_time_orig);
}
if (create_time)
{
modlist_add (modlist, "pgpKeyCreateTime", create_time);
xfree (create_time);
}
}
if (is_pub)
{
char *expire_time = fields[6];
if (strlen (expire_time) == 0)
expire_time = NULL;
else
{
char *expire_time_orig = expire_time;
struct tm tm;
time_t t;
char *end;
memset (&tm, 0, sizeof (tm));
/* parse_timestamp handles both seconds fromt he epoch and
ISO 8601 format. We also need to handle YYYY-MM-DD
format (as generated by gpg1 --with-colons --list-key).
Check that first and then if it fails, then try
parse_timestamp. */
if (!isodate_human_to_tm (expire_time, &tm))
expire_time = tm2ldaptime (&tm);
else if ((t = parse_timestamp (expire_time, &end)) != (time_t) -1
&& *end == '\0')
{
if (!gnupg_gmtime (&t, &tm))
expire_time = NULL;
else
expire_time = tm2ldaptime (&tm);
}
else
expire_time = NULL;
if (! expire_time)
/* Failed to parse string. */
log_error ("Failed to parse creation time ('%s')",
expire_time_orig);
}
if (expire_time)
{
modlist_add (modlist, "pgpKeyExpireTime", expire_time);
xfree (expire_time);
}
}
if (is_uid && field_count >= 10)
{
char *uid = fields[9];
char *mbox;
uncescape (uid);
modlist_add (modlist, "pgpUserID", uid);
if (schemav2 && (mbox = mailbox_from_userid (uid)))
{
modlist_add (modlist, "gpgMailbox", mbox);
xfree (mbox);
}
}
out:
xfree (fields);
}
/* Send the key in {KEY,KEYLEN} with the metadata {INFO,INFOLEN} to
the keyserver identified by URI. See server.c:cmd_ks_put for the
format of the data and metadata. */
gpg_error_t
ks_ldap_put (ctrl_t ctrl, parsed_uri_t uri,
void *data, size_t datalen,
void *info, size_t infolen)
{
gpg_error_t err = 0;
int ldap_err;
unsigned int serverinfo;
LDAP *ldap_conn = NULL;
char *basedn = NULL;
LDAPMod **modlist = NULL;
LDAPMod **addlist = NULL;
char *data_armored = NULL;
int extract_state;
/* The last byte of the info block. */
const char *infoend = (const char *) info + infolen - 1;
/* Enable this code to dump the modlist to /tmp/modlist.txt. */
#if 0
# warning Disable debug code before checking in.
const int dump_modlist = 1;
#else
const int dump_modlist = 0;
#endif
estream_t dump = NULL;
/* Elide a warning. */
(void) ctrl;
if (dirmngr_use_tor ())
{
/* For now we do not support LDAP over Tor. */
log_error (_("LDAP access not possible due to Tor mode\n"));
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED);
}
ldap_err = my_ldap_connect (uri, &ldap_conn, &basedn, &serverinfo);
if (ldap_err || !basedn)
{
if (ldap_err)
err = ldap_err_to_gpg_err (ldap_err);
else
err = GPG_ERR_GENERAL;
goto out;
}
if (!(serverinfo & SERVERINFO_REALLDAP))
{
/* We appear to have a PGP.com Keyserver, which can unpack the
* key on its own (not just a dump LDAP server). This will
* rarely be the case these days. */
LDAPMod mod;
LDAPMod *attrs[2];
char *key[2];
char *dn;
key[0] = data;
key[1] = NULL;
memset (&mod, 0, sizeof (mod));
mod.mod_op = LDAP_MOD_ADD;
mod.mod_type = (serverinfo & SERVERINFO_PGPKEYV2)? "pgpKeyV2":"pgpKey";
mod.mod_values = key;
attrs[0] = &mod;
attrs[1] = NULL;
dn = xtryasprintf ("pgpCertid=virtual,%s", basedn);
if (!dn)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto out;
}
ldap_err = ldap_add_s (ldap_conn, dn, attrs);
xfree (dn);
if (ldap_err != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
err = ldap_err_to_gpg_err (err);
goto out;
}
goto out;
}
modlist = xtrymalloc (sizeof (LDAPMod *));
if (!modlist)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto out;
}
*modlist = NULL;
if (dump_modlist)
{
dump = es_fopen("/tmp/modlist.txt", "w");
if (! dump)
log_error ("Failed to open /tmp/modlist.txt: %s\n",
strerror (errno));
if (dump)
{
es_fprintf(dump, "data (%zd bytes)\n", datalen);
es_fprintf(dump, "info (%zd bytes): '\n", infolen);
es_fwrite(info, infolen, 1, dump);
es_fprintf(dump, "'\n");
}
}
/* Start by nulling out all attributes. We try and do a modify
operation first, so this ensures that we don't leave old
attributes lying around. */
modlist_add (&modlist, "pgpDisabled", NULL);
modlist_add (&modlist, "pgpKeyID", NULL);
modlist_add (&modlist, "pgpKeyType", NULL);
modlist_add (&modlist, "pgpUserID", NULL);
modlist_add (&modlist, "pgpKeyCreateTime", NULL);
modlist_add (&modlist, "pgpRevoked", NULL);
modlist_add (&modlist, "pgpSubKeyID", NULL);
modlist_add (&modlist, "pgpKeySize", NULL);
modlist_add (&modlist, "pgpKeyExpireTime", NULL);
modlist_add (&modlist, "pgpCertID", NULL);
if ((serverinfo & SERVERINFO_SCHEMAV2))
{
modlist_add (&modlist, "gpgFingerprint", NULL);
modlist_add (&modlist, "gpgSubFingerprint", NULL);
modlist_add (&modlist, "gpgMailbox", NULL);
}
/* Assemble the INFO stuff into LDAP attributes */
extract_state = 0;
while (infolen > 0)
{
char *temp = NULL;
char *newline = memchr (info, '\n', infolen);
if (! newline)
/* The last line is not \n terminated! Make a copy so we can
add a NUL terminator. */
{
temp = xmalloc (infolen + 1);
memcpy (temp, info, infolen);
info = temp;
newline = (char *) info + infolen;
}
*newline = '\0';
extract_attributes (&addlist, &extract_state, info,
(serverinfo & SERVERINFO_SCHEMAV2));
infolen = infolen - ((uintptr_t) newline - (uintptr_t) info + 1);
info = newline + 1;
/* Sanity check. */
if (! temp)
log_assert ((char *) info + infolen - 1 == infoend);
else
{
log_assert (infolen == -1);
xfree (temp);
}
}
modlist_add (&addlist, "objectClass", "pgpKeyInfo");
err = armor_data (&data_armored, data, datalen);
if (err)
goto out;
modlist_add (&addlist,
(serverinfo & SERVERINFO_PGPKEYV2)? "pgpKeyV2":"pgpKey",
data_armored);
/* Now append addlist onto modlist. */
modlists_join (&modlist, addlist);
if (dump)
{
estream_t input = modlist_dump (modlist, NULL);
if (input)
{
copy_stream (input, dump);
es_fclose (input);
}
}
/* Going on the assumption that modify operations are more frequent
than adds, we try a modify first. If it's not there, we just
turn around and send an add command for the same key. Otherwise,
the modify brings the server copy into compliance with our copy.
Note that unlike the LDAP keyserver (and really, any other
keyserver) this does NOT merge signatures, but replaces the whole
key. This should make some people very happy. */
{
char **attrval;
char *dn;
if ((serverinfo & SERVERINFO_NTDS))
{
/* The modern way using a CN RDN with the fingerprint. This
* has the advantage that we won't have duplicate 64 bit
* keyids in the store. In particular NTDS requires the
* DN to be unique. */
attrval = modlist_lookup (addlist, "gpgFingerprint");
/* We should have exactly one value. */
if (!attrval || !(attrval[0] && !attrval[1]))
{
log_error ("ks-ldap: bad gpgFingerprint provided\n");
err = GPG_ERR_GENERAL;
goto out;
}
dn = xtryasprintf ("CN=%s,%s", attrval[0], basedn);
}
else /* The old style way. */
{
attrval = modlist_lookup (addlist, "pgpCertID");
/* We should have exactly one value. */
if (!attrval || !(attrval[0] && !attrval[1]))
{
log_error ("ks-ldap: bad pgpCertID provided\n");
err = GPG_ERR_GENERAL;
goto out;
}
dn = xtryasprintf ("pgpCertID=%s,%s", attrval[0], basedn);
}
if (!dn)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto out;
}
if (opt.debug)
log_debug ("ks-ldap: using DN: %s\n", dn);
err = ldap_modify_s (ldap_conn, dn, modlist);
if (err == LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT)
err = ldap_add_s (ldap_conn, dn, addlist);
xfree (dn);
if (err != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
log_error ("ks-ldap: error adding key to keyserver: %s\n",
ldap_err2string (err));
err = ldap_err_to_gpg_err (err);
}
}
out:
if (dump)
es_fclose (dump);
if (ldap_conn)
ldap_unbind (ldap_conn);
xfree (basedn);
modlist_free (modlist);
xfree (addlist);
xfree (data_armored);
return err;
}
diff --git a/doc/gpg.texi b/doc/gpg.texi
index 49e4a71c9..7b603d7da 100644
--- a/doc/gpg.texi
+++ b/doc/gpg.texi
@@ -1,4355 +1,4358 @@
@c Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
@c 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@c This is part of the GnuPG manual.
@c For copying conditions, see the file gnupg.texi.
@include defs.inc
@node Invoking GPG
@chapter Invoking GPG
@cindex GPG command options
@cindex command options
@cindex options, GPG command
@c Begin standard stuff
@ifclear gpgtwohack
@manpage gpg.1
@ifset manverb
.B gpg
\- OpenPGP encryption and signing tool
@end ifset
@mansect synopsis
@ifset manverb
.B gpg
.RB [ \-\-homedir
.IR dir ]
.RB [ \-\-options
.IR file ]
.RI [ options ]
.I command
.RI [ args ]
@end ifset
@end ifclear
@c End standard stuff
@c Begin gpg2 hack stuff
@ifset gpgtwohack
@manpage gpg2.1
@ifset manverb
.B gpg2
\- OpenPGP encryption and signing tool
@end ifset
@mansect synopsis
@ifset manverb
.B gpg2
.RB [ \-\-homedir
.IR dir ]
.RB [ \-\-options
.IR file ]
.RI [ options ]
.I command
.RI [ args ]
@end ifset
@end ifset
@c End gpg2 hack stuff
@mansect description
@command{@gpgname} is the OpenPGP part of the GNU Privacy Guard (GnuPG). It
is a tool to provide digital encryption and signing services using the
OpenPGP standard. @command{@gpgname} features complete key management and
all the bells and whistles you would expect from a full OpenPGP
implementation.
There are two main versions of GnuPG: GnuPG 1.x and GnuPG 2.x. GnuPG
2.x supports modern encryption algorithms and thus should be preferred
over GnuPG 1.x. You only need to use GnuPG 1.x if your platform
doesn't support GnuPG 2.x, or you need support for some features that
GnuPG 2.x has deprecated, e.g., decrypting data created with PGP-2
keys.
@ifclear gpgtwohack
If you are looking for version 1 of GnuPG, you may find that version
installed under the name @command{gpg1}.
@end ifclear
@ifset gpgtwohack
In contrast to the standalone command @command{gpg} from GnuPG 1.x,
the 2.x version is commonly installed under the name
@command{@gpgname}.
@end ifset
@manpause
@xref{Option Index}, for an index to @command{@gpgname}'s commands and options.
@mancont
@menu
* GPG Commands:: List of all commands.
* GPG Options:: List of all options.
* GPG Configuration:: Configuration files.
* GPG Examples:: Some usage examples.
Developer information:
* Unattended Usage of GPG:: Using @command{gpg} from other programs.
@end menu
@c * GPG Protocol:: The protocol the server mode uses.
@c *******************************************
@c *************** ****************
@c *************** COMMANDS ****************
@c *************** ****************
@c *******************************************
@mansect commands
@node GPG Commands
@section Commands
Commands are not distinguished from options except for the fact that
only one command is allowed. Generally speaking, irrelevant options
are silently ignored, and may not be checked for correctness.
@command{@gpgname} may be run with no commands. In this case it will
print a warning perform a reasonable action depending on the type of
file it is given as input (an encrypted message is decrypted, a
signature is verified, a file containing keys is listed, etc.).
If you run into any problems, please add the option @option{--verbose}
to the invocation to see more diagnostics.
@menu
* General GPG Commands:: Commands not specific to the functionality.
* Operational GPG Commands:: Commands to select the type of operation.
* OpenPGP Key Management:: How to manage your keys.
@end menu
@c *******************************************
@c ********** GENERAL COMMANDS *************
@c *******************************************
@node General GPG Commands
@subsection Commands not specific to the function
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --version
@opindex version
Print the program version and licensing information. Note that you
cannot abbreviate this command.
@item --help
@itemx -h
@opindex help
Print a usage message summarizing the most useful command-line options.
Note that you cannot arbitrarily abbreviate this command
(though you can use its short form @option{-h}).
@item --warranty
@opindex warranty
Print warranty information.
@item --dump-options
@opindex dump-options
Print a list of all available options and commands. Note that you cannot
abbreviate this command.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c ******** OPERATIONAL COMMANDS ***********
@c *******************************************
@node Operational GPG Commands
@subsection Commands to select the type of operation
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --sign
@itemx -s
@opindex sign
Sign a message. This command may be combined with @option{--encrypt}
(to sign and encrypt a message), @option{--symmetric} (to sign and
symmetrically encrypt a message), or both @option{--encrypt} and
@option{--symmetric} (to sign and encrypt a message that can be
decrypted using a secret key or a passphrase). The signing key is
chosen by default or can be set explicitly using the
@option{--local-user} and @option{--default-key} options.
@item --clear-sign
@opindex clear-sign
@itemx --clearsign
@opindex clearsign
Make a cleartext signature. The content in a cleartext signature is
readable without any special software. OpenPGP software is only needed
to verify the signature. cleartext signatures may modify end-of-line
whitespace for platform independence and are not intended to be
reversible. The signing key is chosen by default or can be set
explicitly using the @option{--local-user} and @option{--default-key}
options.
@item --detach-sign
@itemx -b
@opindex detach-sign
Make a detached signature.
@item --encrypt
@itemx -e
@opindex encrypt
Encrypt data to one or more public keys. This command may be combined
with @option{--sign} (to sign and encrypt a message),
@option{--symmetric} (to encrypt a message that can be decrypted using a
secret key or a passphrase), or @option{--sign} and
@option{--symmetric} together (for a signed message that can be
decrypted using a secret key or a passphrase). @option{--recipient}
and related options specify which public keys to use for encryption.
@item --symmetric
@itemx -c
@opindex symmetric
Encrypt with a symmetric cipher using a passphrase. The default
symmetric cipher used is @value{GPGSYMENCALGO}, but may be chosen with the
@option{--cipher-algo} option. This command may be combined with
@option{--sign} (for a signed and symmetrically encrypted message),
@option{--encrypt} (for a message that may be decrypted via a secret key
or a passphrase), or @option{--sign} and @option{--encrypt} together
(for a signed message that may be decrypted via a secret key or a
passphrase). @command{@gpgname} caches the passphrase used for
symmetric encryption so that a decrypt operation may not require that
the user needs to enter the passphrase. The option
@option{--no-symkey-cache} can be used to disable this feature.
@item --store
@opindex store
Store only (make a simple literal data packet).
@item --decrypt
@itemx -d
@opindex decrypt
Decrypt the file given on the command line (or STDIN if no file
is specified) and write it to STDOUT (or the file specified with
@option{--output}). If the decrypted file is signed, the signature is also
verified. This command differs from the default operation, as it never
writes to the filename which is included in the file and it rejects
files that don't begin with an encrypted message.
@item --verify
@opindex verify
Assume that the first argument is a signed file and verify it without
generating any output. With no arguments, the signature packet is
read from STDIN. If only one argument is given, the specified file is
expected to include a complete signature.
With more than one argument, the first argument should specify a file
with a detached signature and the remaining files should contain the
signed data. To read the signed data from STDIN, use @samp{-} as the
second filename. For security reasons, a detached signature will not
read the signed material from STDIN if not explicitly specified.
Note: If the option @option{--batch} is not used, @command{@gpgname}
may assume that a single argument is a file with a detached signature,
and it will try to find a matching data file by stripping certain
suffixes. Using this historical feature to verify a detached
signature is strongly discouraged; you should always specify the data file
explicitly.
Note: When verifying a cleartext signature, @command{@gpgname} verifies
only what makes up the cleartext signed data and not any extra data
outside of the cleartext signature or the header lines directly following
the dash marker line. The option @code{--output} may be used to write
out the actual signed data, but there are other pitfalls with this
format as well. It is suggested to avoid cleartext signatures in
favor of detached signatures.
Note: Sometimes the use of the @command{gpgv} tool is easier than
using the full-fledged @command{gpg} with this option. @command{gpgv}
is designed to compare signed data against a list of trusted keys and
returns with success only for a good signature. It has its own manual
page.
@item --multifile
@opindex multifile
This modifies certain other commands to accept multiple files for
processing on the command line or read from STDIN with each filename on
a separate line. This allows for many files to be processed at
once. @option{--multifile} may currently be used along with
@option{--verify}, @option{--encrypt}, and @option{--decrypt}. Note that
@option{--multifile --verify} may not be used with detached signatures.
@item --verify-files
@opindex verify-files
Identical to @option{--multifile --verify}.
@item --encrypt-files
@opindex encrypt-files
Identical to @option{--multifile --encrypt}.
@item --decrypt-files
@opindex decrypt-files
Identical to @option{--multifile --decrypt}.
@item --list-keys
@itemx -k
@itemx --list-public-keys
@opindex list-keys
List the specified keys. If no keys are specified, then all keys from
the configured public keyrings are listed.
Never use the output of this command in scripts or other programs.
The output is intended only for humans and its format is likely to
change. The @option{--with-colons} option emits the output in a
stable, machine-parseable format, which is intended for use by scripts
and other programs.
@item --list-secret-keys
@itemx -K
@opindex list-secret-keys
List the specified secret keys. If no keys are specified, then all
known secret keys are listed. A @code{#} after the initial tags
@code{sec} or @code{ssb} means that the secret key or subkey is
currently not usable. We also say that this key has been taken
offline (for example, a primary key can be taken offline by exporting
the key using the command @option{--export-secret-subkeys}). A
@code{>} after these tags indicate that the key is stored on a
smartcard. See also @option{--list-keys}.
@item --check-signatures
@opindex check-signatures
@itemx --check-sigs
@opindex check-sigs
Same as @option{--list-keys}, but the key signatures are verified and
listed too. Note that for performance reasons the revocation status
of a signing key is not shown. This command has the same effect as
using @option{--list-keys} with @option{--with-sig-check}.
The status of the verification is indicated by a flag directly
following the "sig" tag (and thus before the flags described below. A
"!" indicates that the signature has been successfully verified, a "-"
denotes a bad signature and a "%" is used if an error occurred while
checking the signature (e.g. a non supported algorithm). Signatures
where the public key is not available are not listed; to see their
keyids the command @option{--list-sigs} can be used.
For each signature listed, there are several flags in between the
signature status flag and keyid. These flags give additional
information about each key signature. From left to right, they are
the numbers 1-3 for certificate check level (see
@option{--ask-cert-level}), "L" for a local or non-exportable
signature (see @option{--lsign-key}), "R" for a nonRevocable signature
(see the @option{--edit-key} command "nrsign"), "P" for a signature
that contains a policy URL (see @option{--cert-policy-url}), "N" for a
signature that contains a notation (see @option{--cert-notation}), "X"
for an eXpired signature (see @option{--ask-cert-expire}), and the
numbers 1-9 or "T" for 10 and above to indicate trust signature levels
(see the @option{--edit-key} command "tsign").
@item --locate-keys
@itemx --locate-external-keys
@opindex locate-keys
@opindex locate-external-keys
Locate the keys given as arguments. This command basically uses the
same algorithm as used when locating keys for encryption or signing
and may thus be used to see what keys @command{@gpgname} might use.
In particular external methods as defined by
@option{--auto-key-locate} may be used to locate a key. Only public
keys are listed. The variant @option{--locate-external-keys} does not
consider a locally existing key and can thus be used to force the
refresh of a key via the defined external methods.
@item --show-keys
@opindex show-keys
This commands takes OpenPGP keys as input and prints information about
them in the same way the command @option{--list-keys} does for locally
stored key. In addition the list options @code{show-unusable-uids},
@code{show-unusable-subkeys}, @code{show-notations} and
@code{show-policy-urls} are also enabled. As usual for automated
processing, this command should be combined with the option
@option{--with-colons}.
@item --fingerprint
@opindex fingerprint
List all keys (or the specified ones) along with their
fingerprints. This is the same output as @option{--list-keys} but with
the additional output of a line with the fingerprint. May also be
combined with @option{--check-signatures}. If this
command is given twice, the fingerprints of all secondary keys are
listed too. This command also forces pretty printing of fingerprints
if the keyid format has been set to "none".
@item --list-packets
@opindex list-packets
List only the sequence of packets. This command is only useful for
debugging. When used with option @option{--verbose} the actual MPI
values are dumped and not only their lengths. Note that the output of
this command may change with new releases.
@item --edit-card
@opindex edit-card
@itemx --card-edit
@opindex card-edit
Present a menu to work with a smartcard. The subcommand "help" provides
an overview on available commands. For a detailed description, please
see the Card HOWTO at
https://gnupg.org/documentation/howtos.html#GnuPG-cardHOWTO .
@item --card-status
@opindex card-status
Show the content of the smart card.
@item --change-pin
@opindex change-pin
Present a menu to allow changing the PIN of a smartcard. This
functionality is also available as the subcommand "passwd" with the
@option{--edit-card} command.
@item --delete-keys @var{name}
@opindex delete-keys
Remove key from the public keyring. In batch mode either @option{--yes} is
required or the key must be specified by fingerprint. This is a
safeguard against accidental deletion of multiple keys. If the
exclamation mark syntax is used with the fingerprint of a subkey only
that subkey is deleted; if the exclamation mark is used with the
fingerprint of the primary key the entire public key is deleted.
@item --delete-secret-keys @var{name}
@opindex delete-secret-keys
Remove key from the secret keyring. In batch mode the key must be
specified by fingerprint. The option @option{--yes} can be used to
advise gpg-agent not to request a confirmation. This extra
pre-caution is done because @command{@gpgname} can't be sure that the
secret key (as controlled by gpg-agent) is only used for the given
OpenPGP public key. If the exclamation mark syntax is used with the
fingerprint of a subkey only the secret part of that subkey is
deleted; if the exclamation mark is used with the fingerprint of the
primary key only the secret part of the primary key is deleted.
@item --delete-secret-and-public-key @var{name}
@opindex delete-secret-and-public-key
Same as @option{--delete-key}, but if a secret key exists, it will be
removed first. In batch mode the key must be specified by fingerprint.
The option @option{--yes} can be used to advise gpg-agent not to
request a confirmation.
@item --export
@opindex export
Either export all keys from all keyrings (default keyrings and those
registered via option @option{--keyring}), or if at least one name is given,
those of the given name. The exported keys are written to STDOUT or to the
file given with option @option{--output}. Use together with
@option{--armor} to mail those keys.
@item --send-keys @var{keyIDs}
@opindex send-keys
Similar to @option{--export} but sends the keys to a keyserver.
Fingerprints may be used instead of key IDs.
Don't send your complete keyring to a keyserver --- select
only those keys which are new or changed by you. If no @var{keyIDs}
are given, @command{@gpgname} does nothing.
Take care: Keyservers are by design write only systems and thus it is
not possible to ever delete keys once they have been send to a
keyserver.
@item --export-secret-keys
@itemx --export-secret-subkeys
@opindex export-secret-keys
@opindex export-secret-subkeys
Same as @option{--export}, but exports the secret keys instead. The
exported keys are written to STDOUT or to the file given with option
@option{--output}. This command is often used along with the option
@option{--armor} to allow for easy printing of the key for paper backup;
however the external tool @command{paperkey} does a better job of
creating backups on paper. Note that exporting a secret key can be a
security risk if the exported keys are sent over an insecure channel.
The second form of the command has the special property to render the
secret part of the primary key useless; this is a GNU extension to
OpenPGP and other implementations can not be expected to successfully
import such a key. Its intended use is in generating a full key with
an additional signing subkey on a dedicated machine. This command
then exports the key without the primary key to the main machine.
GnuPG may ask you to enter the passphrase for the key. This is
required, because the internal protection method of the secret key is
different from the one specified by the OpenPGP protocol.
@item --export-ssh-key
@opindex export-ssh-key
This command is used to export a key in the OpenSSH public key format.
It requires the specification of one key by the usual means and
exports the latest valid subkey which has an authentication capability
to STDOUT or to the file given with option @option{--output}. That
output can directly be added to ssh's @file{authorized_key} file.
By specifying the key to export using a key ID or a fingerprint
suffixed with an exclamation mark (!), a specific subkey or the
primary key can be exported. This does not even require that the key
has the authentication capability flag set.
@item --import
@itemx --fast-import
@opindex import
Import/merge keys. This adds the given keys to the
keyring. The fast version is currently just a synonym.
There are a few other options which control how this command works.
Most notable here is the @option{--import-options merge-only} option
which does not insert new keys but does only the merging of new
signatures, user-IDs and subkeys.
@item --receive-keys @var{keyIDs}
@opindex receive-keys
@itemx --recv-keys @var{keyIDs}
@opindex recv-keys
Import the keys with the given @var{keyIDs} from a keyserver.
@item --refresh-keys
@opindex refresh-keys
Request updates from a keyserver for keys that already exist on the
local keyring. This is useful for updating a key with the latest
signatures, user IDs, etc. Calling this with no arguments will refresh
the entire keyring.
@item --search-keys @var{names}
@opindex search-keys
Search the keyserver for the given @var{names}. Multiple names given
here will be joined together to create the search string for the
keyserver. Note that keyservers search for @var{names} in a different
and simpler way than gpg does. The best choice is to use a mail
address. Due to data privacy reasons keyservers may even not even
allow searching by user id or mail address and thus may only return
results when being used with the @option{--recv-key} command to
search by key fingerprint or keyid.
@item --fetch-keys @var{URIs}
@opindex fetch-keys
Retrieve keys located at the specified @var{URIs}. Note that different
installations of GnuPG may support different protocols (HTTP, FTP,
LDAP, etc.). When using HTTPS the system provided root certificates
are used by this command.
@item --update-trustdb
@opindex update-trustdb
Do trust database maintenance. This command iterates over all keys and
builds the Web of Trust. This is an interactive command because it may
have to ask for the "ownertrust" values for keys. The user has to give
an estimation of how far she trusts the owner of the displayed key to
correctly certify (sign) other keys. GnuPG only asks for the ownertrust
value if it has not yet been assigned to a key. Using the
@option{--edit-key} menu, the assigned value can be changed at any time.
@item --check-trustdb
@opindex check-trustdb
Do trust database maintenance without user interaction. From time to
time the trust database must be updated so that expired keys or
signatures and the resulting changes in the Web of Trust can be
tracked. Normally, GnuPG will calculate when this is required and do it
automatically unless @option{--no-auto-check-trustdb} is set. This
command can be used to force a trust database check at any time. The
processing is identical to that of @option{--update-trustdb} but it
skips keys with a not yet defined "ownertrust".
For use with cron jobs, this command can be used together with
@option{--batch} in which case the trust database check is done only if
a check is needed. To force a run even in batch mode add the option
@option{--yes}.
@anchor{option --export-ownertrust}
@item --export-ownertrust
@opindex export-ownertrust
Send the ownertrust values to STDOUT. This is useful for backup purposes
as these values are the only ones which can't be re-created from a
corrupted trustdb. Example:
@c man:.RS
@example
@gpgname{} --export-ownertrust > otrust.txt
@end example
@c man:.RE
@item --import-ownertrust
@opindex import-ownertrust
Update the trustdb with the ownertrust values stored in @code{files} (or
STDIN if not given); existing values will be overwritten. In case of a
severely damaged trustdb and if you have a recent backup of the
ownertrust values (e.g. in the file @file{otrust.txt}), you may re-create
the trustdb using these commands:
@c man:.RS
@example
cd ~/.gnupg
rm trustdb.gpg
@gpgname{} --import-ownertrust < otrust.txt
@end example
@c man:.RE
@item --rebuild-keydb-caches
@opindex rebuild-keydb-caches
When updating from version 1.0.6 to 1.0.7 this command should be used
to create signature caches in the keyring. It might be handy in other
situations too.
@item --print-md @var{algo}
@itemx --print-mds
@opindex print-md
Print message digest of algorithm @var{algo} for all given files or STDIN.
With the second form (or a deprecated "*" for @var{algo}) digests for all
available algorithms are printed.
@item --gen-random @var{0|1|2} @var{count}
@opindex gen-random
Emit @var{count} random bytes of the given quality level 0, 1 or 2. If
@var{count} is not given or zero, an endless sequence of random bytes
will be emitted. If used with @option{--armor} the output will be
base64 encoded. PLEASE, don't use this command unless you know what
you are doing; it may remove precious entropy from the system!
@item --gen-prime @var{mode} @var{bits}
@opindex gen-prime
Use the source, Luke :-). The output format is subject to change
with ant release.
@item --enarmor
@itemx --dearmor
@opindex enarmor
@opindex dearmor
Pack or unpack an arbitrary input into/from an OpenPGP ASCII armor.
This is a GnuPG extension to OpenPGP and in general not very useful.
@item --tofu-policy @{auto|good|unknown|bad|ask@} @var{keys}
@opindex tofu-policy
Set the TOFU policy for all the bindings associated with the specified
@var{keys}. For more information about the meaning of the policies,
@pxref{trust-model-tofu}. The @var{keys} may be specified either by their
fingerprint (preferred) or their keyid.
@c @item --server
@c @opindex server
@c Run gpg in server mode. This feature is not yet ready for use and
@c thus not documented.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c ******* KEY MANGEMENT COMMANDS **********
@c *******************************************
@node OpenPGP Key Management
@subsection How to manage your keys
This section explains the main commands for key management.
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --quick-generate-key @var{user-id} [@var{algo} [@var{usage} [@var{expire}]]]
@itemx --quick-gen-key
@opindex quick-generate-key
@opindex quick-gen-key
This is a simple command to generate a standard key with one user id.
In contrast to @option{--generate-key} the key is generated directly
without the need to answer a bunch of prompts. Unless the option
@option{--yes} is given, the key creation will be canceled if the
given user id already exists in the keyring.
If invoked directly on the console without any special options an
answer to a ``Continue?'' style confirmation prompt is required. In
case the user id already exists in the keyring a second prompt to
force the creation of the key will show up.
If @var{algo} or @var{usage} are given, only the primary key is
created and no prompts are shown. To specify an expiration date but
still create a primary and subkey use ``default'' or
``future-default'' for @var{algo} and ``default'' for @var{usage}.
For a description of these optional arguments see the command
@code{--quick-add-key}. The @var{usage} accepts also the value
``cert'' which can be used to create a certification only primary key;
the default is to a create certification and signing key.
The @var{expire} argument can be used to specify an expiration date
for the key. Several formats are supported; commonly the ISO formats
``YYYY-MM-DD'' or ``YYYYMMDDThhmmss'' are used. To make the key
expire in N seconds, N days, N weeks, N months, or N years use
``seconds=N'', ``Nd'', ``Nw'', ``Nm'', or ``Ny'' respectively. Not
specifying a value, or using ``-'' results in a key expiring in a
reasonable default interval. The values ``never'', ``none'' can be
used for no expiration date.
If this command is used with @option{--batch},
@option{--pinentry-mode} has been set to @code{loopback}, and one of
the passphrase options (@option{--passphrase},
@option{--passphrase-fd}, or @option{passphrase-file}) is used, the
supplied passphrase is used for the new key and the agent does not ask
for it. To create a key without any protection @code{--passphrase ''}
may be used.
To create an OpenPGP key from the keys available on the currently
inserted smartcard, the special string ``card'' can be used for
@var{algo}. If the card features an encryption and a signing key, gpg
will figure them out and creates an OpenPGP key consisting of the
usual primary key and one subkey. This works only with certain
smartcards. Note that the interactive @option{--full-gen-key} command
allows to do the same but with greater flexibility in the selection of
the smartcard keys.
Note that it is possible to create a primary key and a subkey using
non-default algorithms by using ``default'' and changing the default
parameters using the option @option{--default-new-key-algo}.
@item --quick-set-expire @var{fpr} @var{expire} [*|@var{subfprs}]
@opindex quick-set-expire
With two arguments given, directly set the expiration time of the
primary key identified by @var{fpr} to @var{expire}. To remove the
expiration time @code{0} can be used. With three arguments and the
third given as an asterisk, the expiration time of all non-revoked and
not yet expired subkeys are set to @var{expire}. With more than two
arguments and a list of fingerprints given for @var{subfprs}, all
non-revoked subkeys matching these fingerprints are set to
@var{expire}.
@item --quick-add-key @var{fpr} [@var{algo} [@var{usage} [@var{expire}]]]
@opindex quick-add-key
Directly add a subkey to the key identified by the fingerprint
@var{fpr}. Without the optional arguments an encryption subkey is
added. If any of the arguments are given a more specific subkey is
added.
@var{algo} may be any of the supported algorithms or curve names
given in the format as used by key listings. To use the default
algorithm the string ``default'' or ``-'' can be used. Supported
algorithms are ``rsa'', ``dsa'', ``elg'', ``ed25519'', ``cv25519'',
and other ECC curves. For example the string ``rsa'' adds an RSA key
with the default key length; a string ``rsa4096'' requests that the
key length is 4096 bits. The string ``future-default'' is an alias
for the algorithm which will likely be used as default algorithm in
future versions of gpg. To list the supported ECC curves the command
@code{gpg --with-colons --list-config curve} can be used.
Depending on the given @var{algo} the subkey may either be an
encryption subkey or a signing subkey. If an algorithm is capable of
signing and encryption and such a subkey is desired, a @var{usage}
string must be given. This string is either ``default'' or ``-'' to
keep the default or a comma delimited list (or space delimited list)
of keywords: ``sign'' for a signing subkey, ``auth'' for an
authentication subkey, and ``encr'' for an encryption subkey
(``encrypt'' can be used as alias for ``encr''). The valid
combinations depend on the algorithm.
The @var{expire} argument can be used to specify an expiration date
for the key. Several formats are supported; commonly the ISO formats
``YYYY-MM-DD'' or ``YYYYMMDDThhmmss'' are used. To make the key
expire in N seconds, N days, N weeks, N months, or N years use
``seconds=N'', ``Nd'', ``Nw'', ``Nm'', or ``Ny'' respectively. Not
specifying a value, or using ``-'' results in a key expiring in a
reasonable default interval. The values ``never'', ``none'' can be
used for no expiration date.
@item --generate-key
@opindex generate-key
@itemx --gen-key
@opindex gen-key
Generate a new key pair using the current default parameters. This is
the standard command to create a new key. In addition to the key a
revocation certificate is created and stored in the
@file{openpgp-revocs.d} directory below the GnuPG home directory.
@item --full-generate-key
@opindex full-generate-key
@itemx --full-gen-key
@opindex full-gen-key
Generate a new key pair with dialogs for all options. This is an
extended version of @option{--generate-key}.
There is also a feature which allows you to create keys in batch
mode. See the manual section ``Unattended key generation'' on how
to use this.
@item --generate-revocation @var{name}
@opindex generate-revocation
@itemx --gen-revoke @var{name}
@opindex gen-revoke
Generate a revocation certificate for the complete key. To only revoke
a subkey or a key signature, use the @option{--edit} command.
This command merely creates the revocation certificate so that it can
be used to revoke the key if that is ever needed. To actually revoke
a key the created revocation certificate needs to be merged with the
key to revoke. This is done by importing the revocation certificate
using the @option{--import} command. Then the revoked key needs to be
published, which is best done by sending the key to a keyserver
(command @option{--send-key}) and by exporting (@option{--export}) it
to a file which is then send to frequent communication partners.
@item --generate-designated-revocation @var{name}
@opindex generate-designated-revocation
@itemx --desig-revoke @var{name}
@opindex desig-revoke
Generate a designated revocation certificate for a key. This allows a
user (with the permission of the keyholder) to revoke someone else's
key.
@item --edit-key
@opindex edit-key
Present a menu which enables you to do most of the key management
related tasks. It expects the specification of a key on the command
line.
@c ******** Begin Edit-key Options **********
@table @asis
@item uid @var{n}
@opindex keyedit:uid
Toggle selection of user ID or photographic user ID with index @var{n}.
Use @code{*} to select all and @code{0} to deselect all.
@item key @var{n}
@opindex keyedit:key
Toggle selection of subkey with index @var{n} or key ID @var{n}.
Use @code{*} to select all and @code{0} to deselect all.
@item sign
@opindex keyedit:sign
Make a signature on key of user @code{name}. If the key is not yet
signed by the default user (or the users given with @option{-u}), the program
displays the information of the key again, together with its
fingerprint and asks whether it should be signed. This question is
repeated for all users specified with
@option{-u}.
@item lsign
@opindex keyedit:lsign
Same as "sign" but the signature is marked as non-exportable and will
therefore never be used by others. This may be used to make keys
valid only in the local environment.
@item nrsign
@opindex keyedit:nrsign
Same as "sign" but the signature is marked as non-revocable and can
therefore never be revoked.
@item tsign
@opindex keyedit:tsign
Make a trust signature. This is a signature that combines the notions
of certification (like a regular signature), and trust (like the
"trust" command). It is generally only useful in distinct communities
or groups. For more information please read the sections
``Trust Signature'' and ``Regular Expression'' in RFC-4880.
@end table
@c man:.RS
Note that "l" (for local / non-exportable), "nr" (for non-revocable,
and "t" (for trust) may be freely mixed and prefixed to "sign" to
create a signature of any type desired.
@c man:.RE
If the option @option{--only-sign-text-ids} is specified, then any
non-text based user ids (e.g., photo IDs) will not be selected for
signing.
@table @asis
@item delsig
@opindex keyedit:delsig
Delete a signature. Note that it is not possible to retract a signature,
once it has been send to the public (i.e. to a keyserver). In that case
you better use @code{revsig}.
@item revsig
@opindex keyedit:revsig
Revoke a signature. For every signature which has been generated by
one of the secret keys, GnuPG asks whether a revocation certificate
should be generated.
@item check
@opindex keyedit:check
Check the signatures on all selected user IDs. With the extra
option @code{selfsig} only self-signatures are shown.
@item adduid
@opindex keyedit:adduid
Create an additional user ID.
@item addphoto
@opindex keyedit:addphoto
Create a photographic user ID. This will prompt for a JPEG file that
will be embedded into the user ID. Note that a very large JPEG will make
for a very large key. Also note that some programs will display your
JPEG unchanged (GnuPG), and some programs will scale it to fit in a
dialog box (PGP).
@item showphoto
@opindex keyedit:showphoto
Display the selected photographic user ID.
@item deluid
@opindex keyedit:deluid
Delete a user ID or photographic user ID. Note that it is not
possible to retract a user id, once it has been send to the public
(i.e. to a keyserver). In that case you better use @code{revuid}.
@item revuid
@opindex keyedit:revuid
Revoke a user ID or photographic user ID.
@item primary
@opindex keyedit:primary
Flag the current user id as the primary one, removes the primary user
id flag from all other user ids and sets the timestamp of all affected
self-signatures one second ahead. Note that setting a photo user ID
as primary makes it primary over other photo user IDs, and setting a
regular user ID as primary makes it primary over other regular user
IDs.
@item keyserver
@opindex keyedit:keyserver
Set a preferred keyserver for the specified user ID(s). This allows
other users to know where you prefer they get your key from. See
@option{--keyserver-options honor-keyserver-url} for more on how this
works. Setting a value of "none" removes an existing preferred
keyserver.
@item notation
@opindex keyedit:notation
Set a name=value notation for the specified user ID(s). See
@option{--cert-notation} for more on how this works. Setting a value of
"none" removes all notations, setting a notation prefixed with a minus
sign (-) removes that notation, and setting a notation name (without the
=value) prefixed with a minus sign removes all notations with that name.
@item pref
@opindex keyedit:pref
List preferences from the selected user ID. This shows the actual
preferences, without including any implied preferences.
@item showpref
@opindex keyedit:showpref
More verbose preferences listing for the selected user ID. This shows
the preferences in effect by including the implied preferences of 3DES
(cipher), SHA-1 (digest), and Uncompressed (compression) if they are
not already included in the preference list. In addition, the
preferred keyserver and signature notations (if any) are shown.
@item setpref @var{string}
@opindex keyedit:setpref
Set the list of user ID preferences to @var{string} for all (or just
the selected) user IDs. Calling setpref with no arguments sets the
preference list to the default (either built-in or set via
@option{--default-preference-list}), and calling setpref with "none"
as the argument sets an empty preference list. Use @command{@gpgname
--version} to get a list of available algorithms. Note that while you
can change the preferences on an attribute user ID (aka "photo ID"),
GnuPG does not select keys via attribute user IDs so these preferences
will not be used by GnuPG.
When setting preferences, you should list the algorithms in the order
which you'd like to see them used by someone else when encrypting a
message to your key. If you don't include 3DES, it will be
automatically added at the end. Note that there are many factors that
go into choosing an algorithm (for example, your key may not be the
only recipient), and so the remote OpenPGP application being used to
send to you may or may not follow your exact chosen order for a given
message. It will, however, only choose an algorithm that is present
on the preference list of every recipient key. See also the
INTEROPERABILITY WITH OTHER OPENPGP PROGRAMS section below.
@item addkey
@opindex keyedit:addkey
Add a subkey to this key.
@item addcardkey
@opindex keyedit:addcardkey
Generate a subkey on a card and add it to this key.
@item keytocard
@opindex keyedit:keytocard
Transfer the selected secret subkey (or the primary key if no subkey
has been selected) to a smartcard. The secret key in the keyring will
be replaced by a stub if the key could be stored successfully on the
card and you use the save command later. Only certain key types may be
transferred to the card. A sub menu allows you to select on what card
to store the key. Note that it is not possible to get that key back
from the card - if the card gets broken your secret key will be lost
unless you have a backup somewhere.
@item bkuptocard @var{file}
@opindex keyedit:bkuptocard
Restore the given @var{file} to a card. This command may be used to restore a
backup key (as generated during card initialization) to a new card. In
almost all cases this will be the encryption key. You should use this
command only with the corresponding public key and make sure that the
file given as argument is indeed the backup to restore. You should then
select 2 to restore as encryption key. You will first be asked to enter
the passphrase of the backup key and then for the Admin PIN of the card.
@item delkey
@opindex keyedit:delkey
Remove a subkey (secondary key). Note that it is not possible to retract
a subkey, once it has been send to the public (i.e. to a keyserver). In
that case you better use @code{revkey}. Also note that this only
deletes the public part of a key.
@item revkey
@opindex keyedit:revkey
Revoke a subkey.
@item expire
@opindex keyedit:expire
Change the key or subkey expiration time. If a subkey is selected, the
expiration time of this subkey will be changed. With no selection, the
key expiration of the primary key is changed.
@item trust
@opindex keyedit:trust
Change the owner trust value for the key. This updates the trust-db
immediately and no save is required.
@item disable
@itemx enable
@opindex keyedit:disable
@opindex keyedit:enable
Disable or enable an entire key. A disabled key can not normally be
used for encryption.
@item addrevoker
@opindex keyedit:addrevoker
Add a designated revoker to the key. This takes one optional argument:
"sensitive". If a designated revoker is marked as sensitive, it will
not be exported by default (see export-options).
@item passwd
@opindex keyedit:passwd
Change the passphrase of the secret key.
@item toggle
@opindex keyedit:toggle
This is dummy command which exists only for backward compatibility.
@item clean
@opindex keyedit:clean
Compact (by removing all signatures except the selfsig) any user ID
that is no longer usable (e.g. revoked, or expired). Then, remove any
signatures that are not usable by the trust calculations.
Specifically, this removes any signature that does not validate, any
signature that is superseded by a later signature, revoked signatures,
and signatures issued by keys that are not present on the keyring.
@item minimize
@opindex keyedit:minimize
Make the key as small as possible. This removes all signatures from
each user ID except for the most recent self-signature.
@item change-usage
@opindex keyedit:change-usage
Change the usage flags (capabilities) of the primary key or of
subkeys. These usage flags (e.g. Certify, Sign, Authenticate,
Encrypt) are set during key creation. Sometimes it is useful to
have the opportunity to change them (for example to add
Authenticate) after they have been created. Please take care when
doing this; the allowed usage flags depend on the key algorithm.
@item cross-certify
@opindex keyedit:cross-certify
Add cross-certification signatures to signing subkeys that may not
currently have them. Cross-certification signatures protect against a
subtle attack against signing subkeys. See
@option{--require-cross-certification}. All new keys generated have
this signature by default, so this command is only useful to bring
older keys up to date.
@item save
@opindex keyedit:save
Save all changes to the keyrings and quit.
@item quit
@opindex keyedit:quit
Quit the program without updating the
keyrings.
@end table
@c man:.RS
The listing shows you the key with its secondary keys and all user
IDs. The primary user ID is indicated by a dot, and selected keys or
user IDs are indicated by an asterisk. The trust
value is displayed with the primary key: "trust" is the assigned owner
trust and "validity" is the calculated validity of the key. Validity
values are also displayed for all user IDs.
For possible values of trust, @pxref{trust-values}.
@c man:.RE
@c ******** End Edit-key Options **********
@item --sign-key @var{name}
@opindex sign-key
Signs a public key with your secret key. This is a shortcut version of
the subcommand "sign" from @option{--edit}.
@item --lsign-key @var{name}
@opindex lsign-key
Signs a public key with your secret key but marks it as
non-exportable. This is a shortcut version of the subcommand "lsign"
from @option{--edit-key}.
@item --quick-sign-key @var{fpr} [@var{names}]
@itemx --quick-lsign-key @var{fpr} [@var{names}]
@opindex quick-sign-key
@opindex quick-lsign-key
Directly sign a key from the passphrase without any further user
interaction. The @var{fpr} must be the verified primary fingerprint
of a key in the local keyring. If no @var{names} are given, all
useful user ids are signed; with given [@var{names}] only useful user
ids matching one of theses names are signed. By default, or if a name
is prefixed with a '*', a case insensitive substring match is used.
If a name is prefixed with a '=' a case sensitive exact match is done.
The command @option{--quick-lsign-key} marks the signatures as
non-exportable. If such a non-exportable signature already exists the
@option{--quick-sign-key} turns it into a exportable signature.
This command uses reasonable defaults and thus does not provide the
full flexibility of the "sign" subcommand from @option{--edit-key}.
Its intended use is to help unattended key signing by utilizing a list
of verified fingerprints.
@item --quick-add-uid @var{user-id} @var{new-user-id}
@opindex quick-add-uid
This command adds a new user id to an existing key. In contrast to
the interactive sub-command @code{adduid} of @option{--edit-key} the
@var{new-user-id} is added verbatim with only leading and trailing
white space removed, it is expected to be UTF-8 encoded, and no checks
on its form are applied.
@item --quick-revoke-uid @var{user-id} @var{user-id-to-revoke}
@opindex quick-revoke-uid
This command revokes a user ID on an existing key. It cannot be used
to revoke the last user ID on key (some non-revoked user ID must
remain), with revocation reason ``User ID is no longer valid''. If
you want to specify a different revocation reason, or to supply
supplementary revocation text, you should use the interactive
sub-command @code{revuid} of @option{--edit-key}.
@item --quick-revoke-sig @var{fpr} @var{signing-fpr} [@var{names}]
@opindex quick-revoke-sig
This command revokes the key signatures made by @var{signing-fpr} from
the key specified by the fingerprint @var{fpr}. With @var{names}
given only the signatures on user ids of the key matching any of the
given names are affected (see @option{--quick-sign-key}). If a
revocation already exists a notice is printed instead of creating a
new revocation; no error is returned in this case. Note that key
signature revocations may be superseded by a newer key signature and
in turn again revoked.
@item --quick-set-primary-uid @var{user-id} @var{primary-user-id}
@opindex quick-set-primary-uid
This command sets or updates the primary user ID flag on an existing
key. @var{user-id} specifies the key and @var{primary-user-id} the
user ID which shall be flagged as the primary user ID. The primary
user ID flag is removed from all other user ids and the timestamp of
all affected self-signatures is set one second ahead.
@item --change-passphrase @var{user-id}
@opindex change-passphrase
@itemx --passwd @var{user-id}
@opindex passwd
Change the passphrase of the secret key belonging to the certificate
specified as @var{user-id}. This is a shortcut for the sub-command
@code{passwd} of the edit key menu. When using together with the
option @option{--dry-run} this will not actually change the passphrase
but check that the current passphrase is correct.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c *************** ****************
@c *************** OPTIONS ****************
@c *************** ****************
@c *******************************************
@mansect options
@node GPG Options
@section Option Summary
@command{@gpgname} features a bunch of options to control the exact
behaviour and to change the default configuration.
@menu
* GPG Configuration Options:: How to change the configuration.
* GPG Key related Options:: Key related options.
* GPG Input and Output:: Input and Output.
* OpenPGP Options:: OpenPGP protocol specific options.
* Compliance Options:: Compliance options.
* GPG Esoteric Options:: Doing things one usually doesn't want to do.
* Deprecated Options:: Deprecated options.
@end menu
Long options can be put in an options file (default
"~/.gnupg/gpg.conf"). Short option names will not work - for example,
"armor" is a valid option for the options file, while "a" is not. Do not
write the 2 dashes, but simply the name of the option and any required
arguments. Lines with a hash ('#') as the first non-white-space
character are ignored. Commands may be put in this file too, but that is
not generally useful as the command will execute automatically with
every execution of gpg.
Please remember that option parsing stops as soon as a non-option is
encountered, you can explicitly stop parsing by using the special option
@option{--}.
@c *******************************************
@c ******** CONFIGURATION OPTIONS **********
@c *******************************************
@node GPG Configuration Options
@subsection How to change the configuration
These options are used to change the configuration and are usually found
in the option file.
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --default-key @var{name}
@opindex default-key
Use @var{name} as the default key to sign with. If this option is not
used, the default key is the first key found in the secret keyring.
Note that @option{-u} or @option{--local-user} overrides this option.
This option may be given multiple times. In this case, the last key
for which a secret key is available is used. If there is no secret
key available for any of the specified values, GnuPG will not emit an
error message but continue as if this option wasn't given.
@item --default-recipient @var{name}
@opindex default-recipient
Use @var{name} as default recipient if option @option{--recipient} is
not used and don't ask if this is a valid one. @var{name} must be
non-empty.
@item --default-recipient-self
@opindex default-recipient-self
Use the default key as default recipient if option @option{--recipient} is not
used and don't ask if this is a valid one. The default key is the first
one from the secret keyring or the one set with @option{--default-key}.
@item --no-default-recipient
@opindex no-default-recipient
Reset @option{--default-recipient} and @option{--default-recipient-self}.
@item -v, --verbose
@opindex verbose
Give more information during processing. If used
twice, the input data is listed in detail.
@item --no-verbose
@opindex no-verbose
Reset verbose level to 0.
@item -q, --quiet
@opindex quiet
Try to be as quiet as possible.
@item --batch
@itemx --no-batch
@opindex batch
@opindex no-batch
Use batch mode. Never ask, do not allow interactive commands.
@option{--no-batch} disables this option. Note that even with a
filename given on the command line, gpg might still need to read from
STDIN (in particular if gpg figures that the input is a
detached signature and no data file has been specified). Thus if you
do not want to feed data via STDIN, you should connect STDIN to
g@file{/dev/null}.
It is highly recommended to use this option along with the options
@option{--status-fd} and @option{--with-colons} for any unattended use of
@command{gpg}.
@item --no-tty
@opindex no-tty
Make sure that the TTY (terminal) is never used for any output.
This option is needed in some cases because GnuPG sometimes prints
warnings to the TTY even if @option{--batch} is used.
@item --yes
@opindex yes
Assume "yes" on most questions.
@item --no
@opindex no
Assume "no" on most questions.
@item --list-options @var{parameters}
@opindex list-options
This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options used when
listing keys and signatures (that is, @option{--list-keys},
@option{--check-signatures}, @option{--list-public-keys},
@option{--list-secret-keys}, and the @option{--edit-key} functions).
Options can be prepended with a @option{no-} (after the two dashes) to
give the opposite meaning. The options are:
@table @asis
@item show-photos
@opindex list-options:show-photos
Causes @option{--list-keys}, @option{--check-signatures},
@option{--list-public-keys}, and @option{--list-secret-keys} to
display any photo IDs attached to the key. Defaults to no. See also
@option{--photo-viewer}. Does not work with @option{--with-colons}:
see @option{--attribute-fd} for the appropriate way to get photo data
for scripts and other frontends.
@item show-usage
@opindex list-options:show-usage
Show usage information for keys and subkeys in the standard key
listing. This is a list of letters indicating the allowed usage for a
key (@code{E}=encryption, @code{S}=signing, @code{C}=certification,
@code{A}=authentication). Defaults to yes.
@item show-policy-urls
@opindex list-options:show-policy-urls
Show policy URLs in the @option{--check-signatures}
listings. Defaults to no.
@item show-notations
@itemx show-std-notations
@itemx show-user-notations
@opindex list-options:show-notations
@opindex list-options:show-std-notations
@opindex list-options:show-user-notations
Show all, IETF standard, or user-defined signature notations in the
@option{--check-signatures} listings. Defaults to no.
@item show-keyserver-urls
@opindex list-options:show-keyserver-urls
Show any preferred keyserver URL in the
@option{--check-signatures} listings. Defaults to no.
@item show-uid-validity
@opindex list-options:show-uid-validity
Display the calculated validity of user IDs during key listings.
Defaults to yes.
@item show-unusable-uids
@opindex list-options:show-unusable-uids
Show revoked and expired user IDs in key listings. Defaults to no.
@item show-unusable-subkeys
@opindex list-options:show-unusable-subkeys
Show revoked and expired subkeys in key listings. Defaults to no.
@item show-keyring
@opindex list-options:show-keyring
Display the keyring name at the head of key listings to show which
keyring a given key resides on. Defaults to no.
@item show-sig-expire
@opindex list-options:show-sig-expire
Show signature expiration dates (if any) during
@option{--check-signatures} listings. Defaults to no.
@item show-sig-subpackets
@opindex list-options:show-sig-subpackets
Include signature subpackets in the key listing. This option can take an
optional argument list of the subpackets to list. If no argument is
passed, list all subpackets. Defaults to no. This option is only
meaningful when using @option{--with-colons} along with
@option{--check-signatures}.
@item show-only-fpr-mbox
@opindex list-options:show-only-fpr-mbox
For each user-id which has a valid mail address print
only the fingerprint followed by the mail address.
@end table
@item --verify-options @var{parameters}
@opindex verify-options
This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options used when
verifying signatures. Options can be prepended with a `no-' to give
the opposite meaning. The options are:
@table @asis
@item show-photos
@opindex verify-options:show-photos
Display any photo IDs present on the key that issued the signature.
Defaults to no. See also @option{--photo-viewer}.
@item show-policy-urls
@opindex verify-options:show-policy-urls
Show policy URLs in the signature being verified. Defaults to yes.
@item show-notations
@itemx show-std-notations
@itemx show-user-notations
@opindex verify-options:show-notations
@opindex verify-options:show-std-notations
@opindex verify-options:show-user-notations
Show all, IETF standard, or user-defined signature notations in the
signature being verified. Defaults to IETF standard.
@item show-keyserver-urls
@opindex verify-options:show-keyserver-urls
Show any preferred keyserver URL in the signature being verified.
Defaults to yes.
@item show-uid-validity
@opindex verify-options:show-uid-validity
Display the calculated validity of the user IDs on the key that issued
the signature. Defaults to yes.
@item show-unusable-uids
@opindex verify-options:show-unusable-uids
Show revoked and expired user IDs during signature verification.
Defaults to no.
@item show-primary-uid-only
@opindex verify-options:show-primary-uid-only
Show only the primary user ID during signature verification. That is
all the AKA lines as well as photo Ids are not shown with the signature
verification status.
@item pka-lookups
@opindex verify-options:pka-lookups
Enable PKA lookups to verify sender addresses. Note that PKA is based
on DNS, and so enabling this option may disclose information on when
and what signatures are verified or to whom data is encrypted. This
is similar to the "web bug" described for the @option{--auto-key-retrieve}
option.
@item pka-trust-increase
@opindex verify-options:pka-trust-increase
Raise the trust in a signature to full if the signature passes PKA
validation. This option is only meaningful if pka-lookups is set.
@end table
@item --enable-large-rsa
@itemx --disable-large-rsa
@opindex enable-large-rsa
@opindex disable-large-rsa
With --generate-key and --batch, enable the creation of RSA secret keys as
large as 8192 bit. Note: 8192 bit is more than is generally
recommended. These large keys don't significantly improve security,
but they are more expensive to use, and their signatures and
certifications are larger. This option is only available if the
binary was build with large-secmem support.
@item --enable-dsa2
@itemx --disable-dsa2
@opindex enable-dsa2
@opindex disable-dsa2
Enable hash truncation for all DSA keys even for old DSA Keys up to
1024 bit. This is also the default with @option{--openpgp}. Note
that older versions of GnuPG also required this flag to allow the
generation of DSA larger than 1024 bit.
@item --photo-viewer @var{string}
@opindex photo-viewer
This is the command line that should be run to view a photo ID. "%i"
will be expanded to a filename containing the photo. "%I" does the
same, except the file will not be deleted once the viewer exits.
Other flags are "%k" for the key ID, "%K" for the long key ID, "%f"
for the key fingerprint, "%t" for the extension of the image type
(e.g. "jpg"), "%T" for the MIME type of the image (e.g. "image/jpeg"),
"%v" for the single-character calculated validity of the image being
viewed (e.g. "f"), "%V" for the calculated validity as a string (e.g.
"full"), "%U" for a base32 encoded hash of the user ID,
and "%%" for an actual percent sign. If neither %i or %I are present,
then the photo will be supplied to the viewer on standard input.
On Unix the default viewer is
@code{xloadimage -fork -quiet -title 'KeyID 0x%k' STDIN}
with a fallback to
@code{display -title 'KeyID 0x%k' %i}
and finally to
@code{xdg-open %i}.
On Windows
@code{!ShellExecute 400 %i} is used; here the command is a meta
command to use that API call followed by a wait time in milliseconds
which is used to give the viewer time to read the temporary image file
before gpg deletes it again. Note that if your image viewer program
is not secure, then executing it from gpg does not make it secure.
@item --exec-path @var{string}
@opindex exec-path
@efindex PATH
Sets a list of directories to search for photo viewers If not provided
photo viewers use the @code{PATH} environment variable.
@item --keyring @var{file}
@opindex keyring
Add @var{file} to the current list of keyrings. If @var{file} begins
with a tilde and a slash, these are replaced by the $HOME directory. If
the filename does not contain a slash, it is assumed to be in the GnuPG
home directory ("~/.gnupg" if @option{--homedir} or $GNUPGHOME is not
used).
Note that this adds a keyring to the current list. If the intent is to
use the specified keyring alone, use @option{--keyring} along with
@option{--no-default-keyring}.
If the option @option{--no-keyring} has been used no keyrings will
be used at all.
@item --secret-keyring @var{file}
@opindex secret-keyring
This is an obsolete option and ignored. All secret keys are stored in
the @file{private-keys-v1.d} directory below the GnuPG home directory.
@item --primary-keyring @var{file}
@opindex primary-keyring
Designate @var{file} as the primary public keyring. This means that
newly imported keys (via @option{--import} or keyserver
@option{--recv-from}) will go to this keyring.
@item --trustdb-name @var{file}
@opindex trustdb-name
Use @var{file} instead of the default trustdb. If @var{file} begins
with a tilde and a slash, these are replaced by the $HOME directory. If
the filename does not contain a slash, it is assumed to be in the GnuPG
home directory (@file{~/.gnupg} if @option{--homedir} or $GNUPGHOME is
not used).
@include opt-homedir.texi
@item --display-charset @var{name}
@opindex display-charset
Set the name of the native character set. This is used to convert
some informational strings like user IDs to the proper UTF-8 encoding.
Note that this has nothing to do with the character set of data to be
encrypted or signed; GnuPG does not recode user-supplied data. If
this option is not used, the default character set is determined from
the current locale. A verbosity level of 3 shows the chosen set.
Valid values for @var{name} are:
@table @asis
@item iso-8859-1
@opindex display-charset:iso-8859-1
This is the Latin 1 set.
@item iso-8859-2
@opindex display-charset:iso-8859-2
The Latin 2 set.
@item iso-8859-15
@opindex display-charset:iso-8859-15
This is currently an alias for
the Latin 1 set.
@item koi8-r
@opindex display-charset:koi8-r
The usual Russian set (RFC-1489).
@item utf-8
@opindex display-charset:utf-8
Bypass all translations and assume
that the OS uses native UTF-8 encoding.
@end table
@item --utf8-strings
@itemx --no-utf8-strings
@opindex utf8-strings
Assume that command line arguments are given as UTF-8 strings. The
default (@option{--no-utf8-strings}) is to assume that arguments are
encoded in the character set as specified by
@option{--display-charset}. These options affect all following
arguments. Both options may be used multiple times.
@anchor{gpg-option --options}
@item --options @var{file}
@opindex options
Read options from @var{file} and do not try to read them from the
default options file in the homedir (see @option{--homedir}). This
option is ignored if used in an options file.
@item --no-options
@opindex no-options
Shortcut for @option{--options /dev/null}. This option is detected
before an attempt to open an option file. Using this option will also
prevent the creation of a @file{~/.gnupg} homedir.
@item -z @var{n}
@itemx --compress-level @var{n}
@itemx --bzip2-compress-level @var{n}
@opindex compress-level
@opindex bzip2-compress-level
Set compression level to @var{n} for the ZIP and ZLIB compression
algorithms. The default is to use the default compression level of zlib
(normally 6). @option{--bzip2-compress-level} sets the compression level
for the BZIP2 compression algorithm (defaulting to 6 as well). This is a
different option from @option{--compress-level} since BZIP2 uses a
significant amount of memory for each additional compression level.
@option{-z} sets both. A value of 0 for @var{n} disables compression.
@item --bzip2-decompress-lowmem
@opindex bzip2-decompress-lowmem
Use a different decompression method for BZIP2 compressed files. This
alternate method uses a bit more than half the memory, but also runs
at half the speed. This is useful under extreme low memory
circumstances when the file was originally compressed at a high
@option{--bzip2-compress-level}.
@item --mangle-dos-filenames
@itemx --no-mangle-dos-filenames
@opindex mangle-dos-filenames
@opindex no-mangle-dos-filenames
Older version of Windows cannot handle filenames with more than one
dot. @option{--mangle-dos-filenames} causes GnuPG to replace (rather
than add to) the extension of an output filename to avoid this
problem. This option is off by default and has no effect on non-Windows
platforms.
@item --ask-cert-level
@itemx --no-ask-cert-level
@opindex ask-cert-level
When making a key signature, prompt for a certification level. If this
option is not specified, the certification level used is set via
@option{--default-cert-level}. See @option{--default-cert-level} for
information on the specific levels and how they are
used. @option{--no-ask-cert-level} disables this option. This option
defaults to no.
@item --default-cert-level @var{n}
@opindex default-cert-level
The default to use for the check level when signing a key.
0 means you make no particular claim as to how carefully you verified
the key.
1 means you believe the key is owned by the person who claims to own
it but you could not, or did not verify the key at all. This is
useful for a "persona" verification, where you sign the key of a
pseudonymous user.
2 means you did casual verification of the key. For example, this
could mean that you verified the key fingerprint and checked the
user ID on the key against a photo ID.
3 means you did extensive verification of the key. For example, this
could mean that you verified the key fingerprint with the owner of the
key in person, and that you checked, by means of a hard to forge
document with a photo ID (such as a passport) that the name of the key
owner matches the name in the user ID on the key, and finally that you
verified (by exchange of email) that the email address on the key
belongs to the key owner.
Note that the examples given above for levels 2 and 3 are just that:
examples. In the end, it is up to you to decide just what "casual"
and "extensive" mean to you.
This option defaults to 0 (no particular claim).
@item --min-cert-level
@opindex min-cert-level
When building the trust database, treat any signatures with a
certification level below this as invalid. Defaults to 2, which
disregards level 1 signatures. Note that level 0 "no particular
claim" signatures are always accepted.
@item --trusted-key @var{long key ID or fingerprint}
@opindex trusted-key
Assume that the specified key (which must be given
as a full 8 byte key ID or 20 byte fingerprint) is as trustworthy as one of
your own secret keys. This option is useful if you
don't want to keep your secret keys (or one of them)
online but still want to be able to check the validity of a given
recipient's or signator's key.
@item --trust-model @{pgp|classic|tofu|tofu+pgp|direct|always|auto@}
@opindex trust-model
Set what trust model GnuPG should follow. The models are:
@table @asis
@item pgp
@opindex trust-model:pgp
This is the Web of Trust combined with trust signatures as used in PGP
5.x and later. This is the default trust model when creating a new
trust database.
@item classic
@opindex trust-model:classic
This is the standard Web of Trust as introduced by PGP 2.
@item tofu
@opindex trust-model:tofu
@anchor{trust-model-tofu}
TOFU stands for Trust On First Use. In this trust model, the first
time a key is seen, it is memorized. If later another key with a
user id with the same email address is seen, both keys are marked as
suspect. In that case, the next time either is used, a warning is
displayed describing the conflict, why it might have occurred
(either the user generated a new key and failed to cross sign the
old and new keys, the key is forgery, or a man-in-the-middle attack
is being attempted), and the user is prompted to manually confirm
the validity of the key in question.
Because a potential attacker is able to control the email address
and thereby circumvent the conflict detection algorithm by using an
email address that is similar in appearance to a trusted email
address, whenever a message is verified, statistics about the number
of messages signed with the key are shown. In this way, a user can
easily identify attacks using fake keys for regular correspondents.
When compared with the Web of Trust, TOFU offers significantly
weaker security guarantees. In particular, TOFU only helps ensure
consistency (that is, that the binding between a key and email
address doesn't change). A major advantage of TOFU is that it
requires little maintenance to use correctly. To use the web of
trust properly, you need to actively sign keys and mark users as
trusted introducers. This is a time-consuming process and anecdotal
evidence suggests that even security-conscious users rarely take the
time to do this thoroughly and instead rely on an ad-hoc TOFU
process.
In the TOFU model, policies are associated with bindings between
keys and email addresses (which are extracted from user ids and
normalized). There are five policies, which can be set manually
using the @option{--tofu-policy} option. The default policy can be
set using the @option{--tofu-default-policy} option.
The TOFU policies are: @code{auto}, @code{good}, @code{unknown},
@code{bad} and @code{ask}. The @code{auto} policy is used by
default (unless overridden by @option{--tofu-default-policy}) and
marks a binding as marginally trusted. The @code{good},
@code{unknown} and @code{bad} policies mark a binding as fully
trusted, as having unknown trust or as having trust never,
respectively. The @code{unknown} policy is useful for just using
TOFU to detect conflicts, but to never assign positive trust to a
binding. The final policy, @code{ask} prompts the user to indicate
the binding's trust. If batch mode is enabled (or input is
inappropriate in the context), then the user is not prompted and the
@code{undefined} trust level is returned.
@item tofu+pgp
@opindex trust-model:tofu+pgp
This trust model combines TOFU with the Web of Trust. This is done
by computing the trust level for each model and then taking the
maximum trust level where the trust levels are ordered as follows:
@code{unknown < undefined < marginal < fully < ultimate < expired <
never}.
By setting @option{--tofu-default-policy=unknown}, this model can be
used to implement the web of trust with TOFU's conflict detection
algorithm, but without its assignment of positive trust values,
which some security-conscious users don't like.
@item direct
@opindex trust-model:direct
Key validity is set directly by the user and not calculated via the
Web of Trust. This model is solely based on the key and does
not distinguish user IDs. Note that when changing to another trust
model the trust values assigned to a key are transformed into
ownertrust values, which also indicate how you trust the owner of
the key to sign other keys.
@item always
@opindex trust-model:always
Skip key validation and assume that used keys are always fully
valid. You generally won't use this unless you are using some
external validation scheme. This option also suppresses the
"[uncertain]" tag printed with signature checks when there is no
evidence that the user ID is bound to the key. Note that this
trust model still does not allow the use of expired, revoked, or
disabled keys.
@item auto
@opindex trust-model:auto
Select the trust model depending on whatever the internal trust
database says. This is the default model if such a database already
exists. Note that a tofu trust model is not considered here and
must be enabled explicitly.
@end table
@item --auto-key-locate @var{mechanisms}
@itemx --no-auto-key-locate
@opindex auto-key-locate
GnuPG can automatically locate and retrieve keys as needed using this
option. This happens when encrypting to an email address (in the
"user@@example.com" form), and there are no "user@@example.com" keys
on the local keyring. This option takes any number of the mechanisms
listed below, in the order they are to be tried. Instead of listing
the mechanisms as comma delimited arguments, the option may also be
given several times to add more mechanism. The option
@option{--no-auto-key-locate} or the mechanism "clear" resets the
list. The default is "local,wkd".
@table @asis
@item cert
Locate a key using DNS CERT, as specified in RFC-4398.
@item pka
Locate a key using DNS PKA.
@item dane
Locate a key using DANE, as specified
in draft-ietf-dane-openpgpkey-05.txt.
@item wkd
Locate a key using the Web Key Directory protocol.
@item ldap
Using DNS Service Discovery, check the domain in question for any LDAP
keyservers to use. If this fails, attempt to locate the key using the
PGP Universal method of checking @samp{ldap://keys.(thedomain)}.
+ @item ntds
+ Locate the key using the Active Directory (Windows only).
+
@item keyserver
Locate a key using a keyserver.
@item keyserver-URL
In addition, a keyserver URL as used in the @command{dirmngr}
configuration may be used here to query that particular keyserver.
@item local
Locate the key using the local keyrings. This mechanism allows the user to
select the order a local key lookup is done. Thus using
@samp{--auto-key-locate local} is identical to
@option{--no-auto-key-locate}.
@item nodefault
This flag disables the standard local key lookup, done before any of the
mechanisms defined by the @option{--auto-key-locate} are tried. The
position of this mechanism in the list does not matter. It is not
required if @code{local} is also used.
@item clear
Clear all defined mechanisms. This is useful to override
mechanisms given in a config file. Note that a @code{nodefault} in
@var{mechanisms} will also be cleared unless it is given after the
@code{clear}.
@end table
@item --auto-key-import
@itemx --no-auto-key-import
@opindex auto-key-import
@opindex no-auto-key-import
This is an offline mechanism to get a missing key for signature
verification and for later encryption to this key. If this option is
enabled and a signature includes an embedded key, that key is
used to verify the signature and on verification success that key is
imported. The default is @option{--no-auto-key-import}.
On the sender (signing) site the option @option{--include-key-block}
needs to be used to put the public part of the signing key as “Key
Block subpacket” into the signature.
@item --auto-key-retrieve
@itemx --no-auto-key-retrieve
@opindex auto-key-retrieve
@opindex no-auto-key-retrieve
These options enable or disable the automatic retrieving of keys from
a keyserver when verifying signatures made by keys that are not on the
local keyring. The default is @option{--no-auto-key-retrieve}.
The order of methods tried to lookup the key is:
1. If the option @option{--auto-key-import} is set and the signatures
includes an embedded key, that key is used to verify the
signature and on verification success that key is imported.
2. If a preferred keyserver is specified in the signature and the
option @option{honor-keyserver-url} is active (which is not the
default), that keyserver is tried. Note that the creator of the
signature uses the option @option{--sig-keyserver-url} to specify the
preferred keyserver for data signatures.
3. If the signature has the Signer's UID set (e.g. using
@option{--sender} while creating the signature) a Web Key Directory
(WKD) lookup is done. This is the default configuration but can be
disabled by removing WKD from the auto-key-locate list or by using the
option @option{--disable-signer-uid}.
4. If the option @option{honor-pka-record} is active, the legacy PKA
method is used.
5. If any keyserver is configured and the Issuer Fingerprint is part
of the signature (since GnuPG 2.1.16), the configured keyservers are
tried.
Note that this option makes a "web bug" like behavior possible.
Keyserver or Web Key Directory operators can see which keys you
request, so by sending you a message signed by a brand new key (which
you naturally will not have on your local keyring), the operator can
tell both your IP address and the time when you verified the
signature.
@item --keyid-format @{none|short|0xshort|long|0xlong@}
@opindex keyid-format
Select how to display key IDs. "none" does not show the key ID at all
but shows the fingerprint in a separate line. "short" is the
traditional 8-character key ID. "long" is the more accurate (but less
convenient) 16-character key ID. Add an "0x" to either to include an
"0x" at the beginning of the key ID, as in 0x99242560. Note that this
option is ignored if the option @option{--with-colons} is used.
@item --keyserver @var{name}
@opindex keyserver
This option is deprecated - please use the @option{--keyserver} in
@file{dirmngr.conf} instead.
Use @var{name} as your keyserver. This is the server that
@option{--receive-keys}, @option{--send-keys}, and @option{--search-keys}
will communicate with to receive keys from, send keys to, and search for
keys on. The format of the @var{name} is a URI:
`scheme:[//]keyservername[:port]' The scheme is the type of keyserver:
"hkp" for the HTTP (or compatible) keyservers, "ldap" for the LDAP
keyservers, or "mailto" for the Graff email keyserver. Note that your
particular installation of GnuPG may have other keyserver types
available as well. Keyserver schemes are case-insensitive. After the
keyserver name, optional keyserver configuration options may be
provided. These are the same as the global @option{--keyserver-options}
from below, but apply only to this particular keyserver.
Most keyservers synchronize with each other, so there is generally no
need to send keys to more than one server. The keyserver
@code{hkp://keys.gnupg.net} uses round robin DNS to give a different
keyserver each time you use it.
@item --keyserver-options @{@var{name}=@var{value}@}
@opindex keyserver-options
This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options for the
keyserver. Options can be prefixed with a `no-' to give the opposite
meaning. Valid import-options or export-options may be used here as
well to apply to importing (@option{--recv-key}) or exporting
(@option{--send-key}) a key from a keyserver. While not all options
are available for all keyserver types, some common options are:
@table @asis
@item include-revoked
When searching for a key with @option{--search-keys}, include keys that
are marked on the keyserver as revoked. Note that not all keyservers
differentiate between revoked and unrevoked keys, and for such
keyservers this option is meaningless. Note also that most keyservers do
not have cryptographic verification of key revocations, and so turning
this option off may result in skipping keys that are incorrectly marked
as revoked.
@item include-disabled
When searching for a key with @option{--search-keys}, include keys that
are marked on the keyserver as disabled. Note that this option is not
used with HKP keyservers.
@item auto-key-retrieve
This is an obsolete alias for the option @option{auto-key-retrieve}.
Please do not use it; it will be removed in future versions..
@item honor-keyserver-url
When using @option{--refresh-keys}, if the key in question has a preferred
keyserver URL, then use that preferred keyserver to refresh the key
from. In addition, if auto-key-retrieve is set, and the signature
being verified has a preferred keyserver URL, then use that preferred
keyserver to fetch the key from. Note that this option introduces a
"web bug": The creator of the key can see when the keys is
refreshed. Thus this option is not enabled by default.
@item honor-pka-record
If @option{--auto-key-retrieve} is used, and the signature being
verified has a PKA record, then use the PKA information to fetch
the key. Defaults to "yes".
@item include-subkeys
When receiving a key, include subkeys as potential targets. Note that
this option is not used with HKP keyservers, as they do not support
retrieving keys by subkey id.
@item timeout
@itemx http-proxy=@var{value}
@itemx verbose
@itemx debug
@itemx check-cert
@item ca-cert-file
These options have no more function since GnuPG 2.1. Use the
@code{dirmngr} configuration options instead.
@end table
The default list of options is: "self-sigs-only, import-clean,
repair-keys, repair-pks-subkey-bug, export-attributes,
honor-pka-record".
@item --completes-needed @var{n}
@opindex compliant-needed
Number of completely trusted users to introduce a new
key signer (defaults to 1).
@item --marginals-needed @var{n}
@opindex marginals-needed
Number of marginally trusted users to introduce a new
key signer (defaults to 3)
@item --tofu-default-policy @{auto|good|unknown|bad|ask@}
@opindex tofu-default-policy
The default TOFU policy (defaults to @code{auto}). For more
information about the meaning of this option, @pxref{trust-model-tofu}.
@item --max-cert-depth @var{n}
@opindex max-cert-depth
Maximum depth of a certification chain (default is 5).
@item --no-sig-cache
@opindex no-sig-cache
Do not cache the verification status of key signatures.
Caching gives a much better performance in key listings. However, if
you suspect that your public keyring is not safe against write
modifications, you can use this option to disable the caching. It
probably does not make sense to disable it because all kind of damage
can be done if someone else has write access to your public keyring.
@item --auto-check-trustdb
@itemx --no-auto-check-trustdb
@opindex auto-check-trustdb
If GnuPG feels that its information about the Web of Trust has to be
updated, it automatically runs the @option{--check-trustdb} command
internally. This may be a time consuming
process. @option{--no-auto-check-trustdb} disables this option.
@item --use-agent
@itemx --no-use-agent
@opindex use-agent
This is dummy option. @command{@gpgname} always requires the agent.
@item --gpg-agent-info
@opindex gpg-agent-info
This is dummy option. It has no effect when used with @command{@gpgname}.
@item --agent-program @var{file}
@opindex agent-program
Specify an agent program to be used for secret key operations. The
default value is determined by running @command{gpgconf} with the
option @option{--list-dirs}. Note that the pipe symbol (@code{|}) is
used for a regression test suite hack and may thus not be used in the
file name.
@item --dirmngr-program @var{file}
@opindex dirmngr-program
Specify a dirmngr program to be used for keyserver access. The
default value is @file{@value{BINDIR}/dirmngr}.
@item --disable-dirmngr
Entirely disable the use of the Dirmngr.
@item --no-autostart
@opindex no-autostart
Do not start the gpg-agent or the dirmngr if it has not yet been
started and its service is required. This option is mostly useful on
machines where the connection to gpg-agent has been redirected to
another machines. If dirmngr is required on the remote machine, it
may be started manually using @command{gpgconf --launch dirmngr}.
@item --lock-once
@opindex lock-once
Lock the databases the first time a lock is requested
and do not release the lock until the process
terminates.
@item --lock-multiple
@opindex lock-multiple
Release the locks every time a lock is no longer
needed. Use this to override a previous @option{--lock-once}
from a config file.
@item --lock-never
@opindex lock-never
Disable locking entirely. This option should be used only in very
special environments, where it can be assured that only one process
is accessing those files. A bootable floppy with a stand-alone
encryption system will probably use this. Improper usage of this
option may lead to data and key corruption.
@item --exit-on-status-write-error
@opindex exit-on-status-write-error
This option will cause write errors on the status FD to immediately
terminate the process. That should in fact be the default but it never
worked this way and thus we need an option to enable this, so that the
change won't break applications which close their end of a status fd
connected pipe too early. Using this option along with
@option{--enable-progress-filter} may be used to cleanly cancel long
running gpg operations.
@item --limit-card-insert-tries @var{n}
@opindex limit-card-insert-tries
With @var{n} greater than 0 the number of prompts asking to insert a
smartcard gets limited to N-1. Thus with a value of 1 gpg won't at
all ask to insert a card if none has been inserted at startup. This
option is useful in the configuration file in case an application does
not know about the smartcard support and waits ad infinitum for an
inserted card.
@item --no-random-seed-file
@opindex no-random-seed-file
GnuPG uses a file to store its internal random pool over invocations.
This makes random generation faster; however sometimes write operations
are not desired. This option can be used to achieve that with the cost of
slower random generation.
@item --no-greeting
@opindex no-greeting
Suppress the initial copyright message.
@item --no-secmem-warning
@opindex no-secmem-warning
Suppress the warning about "using insecure memory".
@item --no-permission-warning
@opindex permission-warning
Suppress the warning about unsafe file and home directory (@option{--homedir})
permissions. Note that the permission checks that GnuPG performs are
not intended to be authoritative, but rather they simply warn about
certain common permission problems. Do not assume that the lack of a
warning means that your system is secure.
Note that the warning for unsafe @option{--homedir} permissions cannot be
suppressed in the gpg.conf file, as this would allow an attacker to
place an unsafe gpg.conf file in place, and use this file to suppress
warnings about itself. The @option{--homedir} permissions warning may only be
suppressed on the command line.
@item --require-secmem
@itemx --no-require-secmem
@opindex require-secmem
Refuse to run if GnuPG cannot get secure memory. Defaults to no
(i.e. run, but give a warning).
@item --require-cross-certification
@itemx --no-require-cross-certification
@opindex require-cross-certification
When verifying a signature made from a subkey, ensure that the cross
certification "back signature" on the subkey is present and valid. This
protects against a subtle attack against subkeys that can sign.
Defaults to @option{--require-cross-certification} for
@command{@gpgname}.
@item --expert
@itemx --no-expert
@opindex expert
Allow the user to do certain nonsensical or "silly" things like
signing an expired or revoked key, or certain potentially incompatible
things like generating unusual key types. This also disables certain
warning messages about potentially incompatible actions. As the name
implies, this option is for experts only. If you don't fully
understand the implications of what it allows you to do, leave this
off. @option{--no-expert} disables this option.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c ******** KEY RELATED OPTIONS ************
@c *******************************************
@node GPG Key related Options
@subsection Key related options
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --recipient @var{name}
@itemx -r
@opindex recipient
Encrypt for user id @var{name}. If this option or
@option{--hidden-recipient} is not specified, GnuPG asks for the user-id
unless @option{--default-recipient} is given.
@item --hidden-recipient @var{name}
@itemx -R
@opindex hidden-recipient
Encrypt for user ID @var{name}, but hide the key ID of this user's
key. This option helps to hide the receiver of the message and is a
limited countermeasure against traffic analysis. If this option or
@option{--recipient} is not specified, GnuPG asks for the user ID unless
@option{--default-recipient} is given.
@item --recipient-file @var{file}
@itemx -f
@opindex recipient-file
This option is similar to @option{--recipient} except that it
encrypts to a key stored in the given file. @var{file} must be the
name of a file containing exactly one key. @command{@gpgname} assumes that
the key in this file is fully valid.
@item --hidden-recipient-file @var{file}
@itemx -F
@opindex hidden-recipient-file
This option is similar to @option{--hidden-recipient} except that it
encrypts to a key stored in the given file. @var{file} must be the
name of a file containing exactly one key. @command{@gpgname} assumes that
the key in this file is fully valid.
@item --encrypt-to @var{name}
@opindex encrypt-to
Same as @option{--recipient} but this one is intended for use in the
options file and may be used with your own user-id as an
"encrypt-to-self". These keys are only used when there are other
recipients given either by use of @option{--recipient} or by the asked
user id. No trust checking is performed for these user ids and even
disabled keys can be used.
@item --hidden-encrypt-to @var{name}
@opindex hidden-encrypt-to
Same as @option{--hidden-recipient} but this one is intended for use in the
options file and may be used with your own user-id as a hidden
"encrypt-to-self". These keys are only used when there are other
recipients given either by use of @option{--recipient} or by the asked user id.
No trust checking is performed for these user ids and even disabled
keys can be used.
@item --no-encrypt-to
@opindex no-encrypt-to
Disable the use of all @option{--encrypt-to} and
@option{--hidden-encrypt-to} keys.
@item --group @{@var{name}=@var{value}@}
@opindex group
Sets up a named group, which is similar to aliases in email programs.
Any time the group name is a recipient (@option{-r} or
@option{--recipient}), it will be expanded to the values
specified. Multiple groups with the same name are automatically merged
into a single group.
The values are @code{key IDs} or fingerprints, but any key description
is accepted. Note that a value with spaces in it will be treated as
two different values. Note also there is only one level of expansion
--- you cannot make an group that points to another group. When used
from the command line, it may be necessary to quote the argument to
this option to prevent the shell from treating it as multiple
arguments.
@item --ungroup @var{name}
@opindex ungroup
Remove a given entry from the @option{--group} list.
@item --no-groups
@opindex no-groups
Remove all entries from the @option{--group} list.
@item --local-user @var{name}
@itemx -u
@opindex local-user
Use @var{name} as the key to sign with. Note that this option overrides
@option{--default-key}.
@item --sender @var{mbox}
@opindex sender
This option has two purposes. @var{mbox} must either be a complete
user id with a proper mail address or just a mail address. When
creating a signature this option tells gpg the user id of a key used
to make a signature if the key was not directly specified by a user
id. When verifying a signature the @var{mbox} is used to restrict the
information printed by the TOFU code to matching user ids.
@item --try-secret-key @var{name}
@opindex try-secret-key
For hidden recipients GPG needs to know the keys to use for trial
decryption. The key set with @option{--default-key} is always tried
first, but this is often not sufficient. This option allows setting more
keys to be used for trial decryption. Although any valid user-id
specification may be used for @var{name} it makes sense to use at least
the long keyid to avoid ambiguities. Note that gpg-agent might pop up a
pinentry for a lot keys to do the trial decryption. If you want to stop
all further trial decryption you may use close-window button instead of
the cancel button.
@item --try-all-secrets
@opindex try-all-secrets
Don't look at the key ID as stored in the message but try all secret
keys in turn to find the right decryption key. This option forces the
behaviour as used by anonymous recipients (created by using
@option{--throw-keyids} or @option{--hidden-recipient}) and might come
handy in case where an encrypted message contains a bogus key ID.
@item --skip-hidden-recipients
@itemx --no-skip-hidden-recipients
@opindex skip-hidden-recipients
@opindex no-skip-hidden-recipients
During decryption skip all anonymous recipients. This option helps in
the case that people use the hidden recipients feature to hide their
own encrypt-to key from others. If one has many secret keys this
may lead to a major annoyance because all keys are tried in turn to
decrypt something which was not really intended for it. The drawback
of this option is that it is currently not possible to decrypt a
message which includes real anonymous recipients.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c ******** INPUT AND OUTPUT ***************
@c *******************************************
@node GPG Input and Output
@subsection Input and Output
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --armor
@itemx -a
@opindex armor
Create ASCII armored output. The default is to create the binary
OpenPGP format.
@item --no-armor
@opindex no-armor
Assume the input data is not in ASCII armored format.
@item --output @var{file}
@itemx -o @var{file}
@opindex output
Write output to @var{file}. To write to stdout use @code{-} as the
filename.
@item --max-output @var{n}
@opindex max-output
This option sets a limit on the number of bytes that will be generated
when processing a file. Since OpenPGP supports various levels of
compression, it is possible that the plaintext of a given message may be
significantly larger than the original OpenPGP message. While GnuPG
works properly with such messages, there is often a desire to set a
maximum file size that will be generated before processing is forced to
stop by the OS limits. Defaults to 0, which means "no limit".
@item --input-size-hint @var{n}
@opindex input-size-hint
This option can be used to tell GPG the size of the input data in
bytes. @var{n} must be a positive base-10 number. This option is
only useful if the input is not taken from a file. GPG may use this
hint to optimize its buffer allocation strategy. It is also used by
the @option{--status-fd} line ``PROGRESS'' to provide a value for
``total'' if that is not available by other means.
@item --key-origin @var{string}[,@var{url}]
@opindex key-origin
gpg can track the origin of a key. Certain origins are implicitly
known (e.g. keyserver, web key directory) and set. For a standard
import the origin of the keys imported can be set with this option.
To list the possible values use "help" for @var{string}. Some origins
can store an optional @var{url} argument. That URL can appended to
@var{string} after a comma.
@item --import-options @var{parameters}
@opindex import-options
This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options for
importing keys. Options can be prepended with a `no-' to give the
opposite meaning. The options are:
@table @asis
@item import-local-sigs
Allow importing key signatures marked as "local". This is not
generally useful unless a shared keyring scheme is being used.
Defaults to no.
@item keep-ownertrust
Normally possible still existing ownertrust values of a key are
cleared if a key is imported. This is in general desirable so that
a formerly deleted key does not automatically gain an ownertrust
values merely due to import. On the other hand it is sometimes
necessary to re-import a trusted set of keys again but keeping
already assigned ownertrust values. This can be achieved by using
this option.
@item repair-pks-subkey-bug
During import, attempt to repair the damage caused by the PKS keyserver
bug (pre version 0.9.6) that mangles keys with multiple subkeys. Note
that this cannot completely repair the damaged key as some crucial data
is removed by the keyserver, but it does at least give you back one
subkey. Defaults to no for regular @option{--import} and to yes for
keyserver @option{--receive-keys}.
@item import-show
@itemx show-only
Show a listing of the key as imported right before it is stored.
This can be combined with the option @option{--dry-run} to only look
at keys; the option @option{show-only} is a shortcut for this
combination. The command @option{--show-keys} is another shortcut
for this. Note that suffixes like '#' for "sec" and "sbb" lines
may or may not be printed.
@item import-export
Run the entire import code but instead of storing the key to the
local keyring write it to the output. The export options
@option{export-pka} and @option{export-dane} affect the output. This
option can be used to remove all invalid parts from a key without the
need to store it.
@item merge-only
During import, allow key updates to existing keys, but do not allow
any new keys to be imported. Defaults to no.
@item import-clean
After import, compact (remove all signatures except the
self-signature) any user IDs from the new key that are not usable.
Then, remove any signatures from the new key that are not usable.
This includes signatures that were issued by keys that are not present
on the keyring. This option is the same as running the @option{--edit-key}
command "clean" after import. Defaults to no.
@item self-sigs-only
Accept only self-signatures while importing a key. All other key
signatures are skipped at an early import stage. This option can be
used with @code{keyserver-options} to mitigate attempts to flood a
key with bogus signatures from a keyserver. The drawback is that
all other valid key signatures, as required by the Web of Trust are
also not imported. Note that when using this option along with
import-clean it suppresses the final clean step after merging the
imported key into the existing key.
@item repair-keys
After import, fix various problems with the
keys. For example, this reorders signatures, and strips duplicate
signatures. Defaults to yes.
@item import-minimal
Import the smallest key possible. This removes all signatures except
the most recent self-signature on each user ID. This option is the
same as running the @option{--edit-key} command "minimize" after import.
Defaults to no.
@item restore
@itemx import-restore
Import in key restore mode. This imports all data which is usually
skipped during import; including all GnuPG specific data. All other
contradicting options are overridden.
@end table
@item --import-filter @{@var{name}=@var{expr}@}
@itemx --export-filter @{@var{name}=@var{expr}@}
@opindex import-filter
@opindex export-filter
These options define an import/export filter which are applied to the
imported/exported keyblock right before it will be stored/written.
@var{name} defines the type of filter to use, @var{expr} the
expression to evaluate. The option can be used several times which
then appends more expression to the same @var{name}.
@noindent
The available filter types are:
@table @asis
@item keep-uid
This filter will keep a user id packet and its dependent packets in
the keyblock if the expression evaluates to true.
@item drop-subkey
This filter drops the selected subkeys.
Currently only implemented for --export-filter.
@item drop-sig
This filter drops the selected key signatures on user ids.
Self-signatures are not considered.
Currently only implemented for --import-filter.
@end table
For the syntax of the expression see the chapter "FILTER EXPRESSIONS".
The property names for the expressions depend on the actual filter
type and are indicated in the following table.
The available properties are:
@table @asis
@item uid
A string with the user id. (keep-uid)
@item mbox
The addr-spec part of a user id with mailbox or the empty string.
(keep-uid)
@item key_algo
A number with the public key algorithm of a key or subkey packet.
(drop-subkey)
@item key_created
@itemx key_created_d
The first is the timestamp a public key or subkey packet was
created. The second is the same but given as an ISO string,
e.g. "2016-08-17". (drop-subkey)
@item fpr
The hexified fingerprint of the current subkey or primary key.
(drop-subkey)
@item primary
Boolean indicating whether the user id is the primary one. (keep-uid)
@item expired
Boolean indicating whether a user id (keep-uid), a key (drop-subkey), or a
signature (drop-sig) expired.
@item revoked
Boolean indicating whether a user id (keep-uid) or a key (drop-subkey) has
been revoked.
@item disabled
Boolean indicating whether a primary key is disabled. (not used)
@item secret
Boolean indicating whether a key or subkey is a secret one.
(drop-subkey)
@item usage
A string indicating the usage flags for the subkey, from the
sequence ``ecsa?''. For example, a subkey capable of just signing
and authentication would be an exact match for ``sa''. (drop-subkey)
@item sig_created
@itemx sig_created_d
The first is the timestamp a signature packet was created. The
second is the same but given as an ISO date string,
e.g. "2016-08-17". (drop-sig)
@item sig_algo
A number with the public key algorithm of a signature packet. (drop-sig)
@item sig_digest_algo
A number with the digest algorithm of a signature packet. (drop-sig)
@end table
@item --export-options @var{parameters}
@opindex export-options
This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options for
exporting keys. Options can be prepended with a `no-' to give the
opposite meaning. The options are:
@table @asis
@item export-local-sigs
Allow exporting key signatures marked as "local". This is not
generally useful unless a shared keyring scheme is being used.
Defaults to no.
@item export-attributes
Include attribute user IDs (photo IDs) while exporting. Not
including attribute user IDs is useful to export keys that are going
to be used by an OpenPGP program that does not accept attribute user
IDs. Defaults to yes.
@item export-sensitive-revkeys
Include designated revoker information that was marked as
"sensitive". Defaults to no.
@c Since GnuPG 2.1 gpg-agent manages the secret key and thus the
@c export-reset-subkey-passwd hack is not anymore justified. Such use
@c cases may be implemented using a specialized secret key export
@c tool.
@c @item export-reset-subkey-passwd
@c When using the @option{--export-secret-subkeys} command, this option resets
@c the passphrases for all exported subkeys to empty. This is useful
@c when the exported subkey is to be used on an unattended machine where
@c a passphrase doesn't necessarily make sense. Defaults to no.
@item backup
@itemx export-backup
Export for use as a backup. The exported data includes all data
which is needed to restore the key or keys later with GnuPG. The
format is basically the OpenPGP format but enhanced with GnuPG
specific data. All other contradicting options are overridden.
@item export-clean
Compact (remove all signatures from) user IDs on the key being
exported if the user IDs are not usable. Also, do not export any
signatures that are not usable. This includes signatures that were
issued by keys that are not present on the keyring. This option is
the same as running the @option{--edit-key} command "clean" before export
except that the local copy of the key is not modified. Defaults to
no.
@item export-minimal
Export the smallest key possible. This removes all signatures except the
most recent self-signature on each user ID. This option is the same as
running the @option{--edit-key} command "minimize" before export except
that the local copy of the key is not modified. Defaults to no.
@item export-pka
Instead of outputting the key material output PKA records suitable
to put into DNS zone files. An ORIGIN line is printed before each
record to allow diverting the records to the corresponding zone file.
@item export-dane
Instead of outputting the key material output OpenPGP DANE records
suitable to put into DNS zone files. An ORIGIN line is printed before
each record to allow diverting the records to the corresponding zone
file.
@end table
@item --with-colons
@opindex with-colons
Print key listings delimited by colons. Note that the output will be
encoded in UTF-8 regardless of any @option{--display-charset} setting. This
format is useful when GnuPG is called from scripts and other programs
as it is easily machine parsed. The details of this format are
documented in the file @file{doc/DETAILS}, which is included in the GnuPG
source distribution.
@item --fixed-list-mode
@opindex fixed-list-mode
Do not merge primary user ID and primary key in @option{--with-colon}
listing mode and print all timestamps as seconds since 1970-01-01.
Since GnuPG 2.0.10, this mode is always used and thus this option is
obsolete; it does not harm to use it though.
@item --legacy-list-mode
@opindex legacy-list-mode
Revert to the pre-2.1 public key list mode. This only affects the
human readable output and not the machine interface
(i.e. @code{--with-colons}). Note that the legacy format does not
convey suitable information for elliptic curves.
@item --with-fingerprint
@opindex with-fingerprint
Same as the command @option{--fingerprint} but changes only the format
of the output and may be used together with another command.
@item --with-subkey-fingerprint
@opindex with-subkey-fingerprint
If a fingerprint is printed for the primary key, this option forces
printing of the fingerprint for all subkeys. This could also be
achieved by using the @option{--with-fingerprint} twice but by using
this option along with keyid-format "none" a compact fingerprint is
printed.
@item --with-icao-spelling
@opindex with-icao-spelling
Print the ICAO spelling of the fingerprint in addition to the hex digits.
@item --with-keygrip
@opindex with-keygrip
Include the keygrip in the key listings. In @code{--with-colons} mode
this is implicitly enable for secret keys.
@item --with-key-origin
@opindex with-key-origin
Include the locally held information on the origin and last update of
a key in a key listing. In @code{--with-colons} mode this is always
printed. This data is currently experimental and shall not be
considered part of the stable API.
@item --with-wkd-hash
@opindex with-wkd-hash
Print a Web Key Directory identifier along with each user ID in key
listings. This is an experimental feature and semantics may change.
@item --with-secret
@opindex with-secret
Include info about the presence of a secret key in public key listings
done with @code{--with-colons}.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c ******** OPENPGP OPTIONS ****************
@c *******************************************
@node OpenPGP Options
@subsection OpenPGP protocol specific options
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item -t, --textmode
@itemx --no-textmode
@opindex textmode
Treat input files as text and store them in the OpenPGP canonical text
form with standard "CRLF" line endings. This also sets the necessary
flags to inform the recipient that the encrypted or signed data is text
and may need its line endings converted back to whatever the local
system uses. This option is useful when communicating between two
platforms that have different line ending conventions (UNIX-like to Mac,
Mac to Windows, etc). @option{--no-textmode} disables this option, and
is the default.
@item --force-v3-sigs
@itemx --no-force-v3-sigs
@item --force-v4-certs
@itemx --no-force-v4-certs
These options are obsolete and have no effect since GnuPG 2.1.
@item --force-mdc
@itemx --disable-mdc
@opindex force-mdc
@opindex disable-mdc
These options are obsolete and have no effect since GnuPG 2.2.8. The
MDC is always used. But note: If the creation of a legacy non-MDC
message is exceptionally required, the option @option{--rfc2440}
allows for this.
@item --disable-signer-uid
@opindex disable-signer-uid
By default the user ID of the signing key is embedded in the data signature.
As of now this is only done if the signing key has been specified with
@option{local-user} using a mail address, or with @option{sender}. This
information can be helpful for verifier to locate the key; see option
@option{--auto-key-retrieve}.
@item --include-key-block
@opindex include-key-block
This option is used to embed the actual signing key into a data
signature. The embedded key is stripped down to a single user id and
includes only the signing subkey used to create the signature as well
as as valid encryption subkeys. All other info is removed from the
key to keep it and thus the signature small. This option is the
OpenPGP counterpart to the @command{gpgsm} option
@option{--include-certs}.
@item --personal-cipher-preferences @var{string}
@opindex personal-cipher-preferences
Set the list of personal cipher preferences to @var{string}. Use
@command{@gpgname --version} to get a list of available algorithms,
and use @code{none} to set no preference at all. This allows the user
to safely override the algorithm chosen by the recipient key
preferences, as GPG will only select an algorithm that is usable by
all recipients. The most highly ranked cipher in this list is also
used for the @option{--symmetric} encryption command.
@item --personal-digest-preferences @var{string}
@opindex personal-digest-preferences
Set the list of personal digest preferences to @var{string}. Use
@command{@gpgname --version} to get a list of available algorithms,
and use @code{none} to set no preference at all. This allows the user
to safely override the algorithm chosen by the recipient key
preferences, as GPG will only select an algorithm that is usable by
all recipients. The most highly ranked digest algorithm in this list
is also used when signing without encryption
(e.g. @option{--clear-sign} or @option{--sign}).
@item --personal-compress-preferences @var{string}
@opindex personal-compress-preferences
Set the list of personal compression preferences to @var{string}.
Use @command{@gpgname --version} to get a list of available
algorithms, and use @code{none} to set no preference at all. This
allows the user to safely override the algorithm chosen by the
recipient key preferences, as GPG will only select an algorithm that
is usable by all recipients. The most highly ranked compression
algorithm in this list is also used when there are no recipient keys
to consider (e.g. @option{--symmetric}).
@item --s2k-cipher-algo @var{name}
@opindex s2k-cipher-algo
Use @var{name} as the cipher algorithm for symmetric encryption with
a passphrase if @option{--personal-cipher-preferences} and
@option{--cipher-algo} are not given. The default is @value{GPGSYMENCALGO}.
@item --s2k-digest-algo @var{name}
@opindex s2k-digest-algo
Use @var{name} as the digest algorithm used to mangle the passphrases
for symmetric encryption. The default is SHA-1.
@item --s2k-mode @var{n}
@opindex s2k-mode
Selects how passphrases for symmetric encryption are mangled. If
@var{n} is 0 a plain passphrase (which is in general not recommended)
will be used, a 1 adds a salt (which should not be used) to the
passphrase and a 3 (the default) iterates the whole process a number
of times (see @option{--s2k-count}).
@item --s2k-count @var{n}
@opindex s2k-count
Specify how many times the passphrases mangling for symmetric
encryption is repeated. This value may range between 1024 and
65011712 inclusive. The default is inquired from gpg-agent. Note
that not all values in the 1024-65011712 range are legal and if an
illegal value is selected, GnuPG will round up to the nearest legal
value. This option is only meaningful if @option{--s2k-mode} is set
to the default of 3.
@end table
@c ***************************
@c ******* Compliance ********
@c ***************************
@node Compliance Options
@subsection Compliance options
These options control what GnuPG is compliant to. Only one of these
options may be active at a time. Note that the default setting of
this is nearly always the correct one. See the INTEROPERABILITY WITH
OTHER OPENPGP PROGRAMS section below before using one of these
options.
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --gnupg
@opindex gnupg
Use standard GnuPG behavior. This is essentially OpenPGP behavior
(see @option{--openpgp}), but with some additional workarounds for common
compatibility problems in different versions of PGP. This is the
default option, so it is not generally needed, but it may be useful to
override a different compliance option in the gpg.conf file.
@item --openpgp
@opindex openpgp
Reset all packet, cipher and digest options to strict OpenPGP
behavior. Use this option to reset all previous options like
@option{--s2k-*}, @option{--cipher-algo}, @option{--digest-algo} and
@option{--compress-algo} to OpenPGP compliant values. All PGP
workarounds are disabled.
@item --rfc4880
@opindex rfc4880
Reset all packet, cipher and digest options to strict RFC-4880
behavior. Note that this is currently the same thing as
@option{--openpgp}.
@item --rfc4880bis
@opindex rfc4880bis
Enable experimental features from proposed updates to RFC-4880. This
option can be used in addition to the other compliance options.
Warning: The behavior may change with any GnuPG release and created
keys or data may not be usable with future GnuPG versions.
@item --rfc2440
@opindex rfc2440
Reset all packet, cipher and digest options to strict RFC-2440
behavior. Note that by using this option encryption packets are
created in a legacy mode without MDC protection. This is dangerous
and should thus only be used for experiments. See also option
@option{--ignore-mdc-error}.
@item --pgp6
@opindex pgp6
Set up all options to be as PGP 6 compliant as possible. This
restricts you to the ciphers IDEA (if the IDEA plugin is installed),
3DES, and CAST5, the hashes MD5, SHA1 and RIPEMD160, and the
compression algorithms none and ZIP. This also disables
@option{--throw-keyids}, and making signatures with signing subkeys as PGP 6
does not understand signatures made by signing subkeys.
This option implies @option{--escape-from-lines}.
@item --pgp7
@opindex pgp7
Set up all options to be as PGP 7 compliant as possible. This is
identical to @option{--pgp6} except that MDCs are not disabled, and the
list of allowable ciphers is expanded to add AES128, AES192, AES256, and
TWOFISH.
@item --pgp8
@opindex pgp8
Set up all options to be as PGP 8 compliant as possible. PGP 8 is a lot
closer to the OpenPGP standard than previous versions of PGP, so all
this does is disable @option{--throw-keyids} and set
@option{--escape-from-lines}. All algorithms are allowed except for the
SHA224, SHA384, and SHA512 digests.
@item --compliance @var{string}
@opindex compliance
This option can be used instead of one of the options above. Valid
values for @var{string} are the above option names (without the double
dash) and possibly others as shown when using "help" for @var{value}.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c ******** ESOTERIC OPTIONS ***************
@c *******************************************
@node GPG Esoteric Options
@subsection Doing things one usually doesn't want to do
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item -n
@itemx --dry-run
@opindex dry-run
Don't make any changes (this is not completely implemented).
@item --list-only
@opindex list-only
Changes the behaviour of some commands. This is like @option{--dry-run} but
different in some cases. The semantic of this option may be extended in
the future. Currently it only skips the actual decryption pass and
therefore enables a fast listing of the encryption keys.
@item -i
@itemx --interactive
@opindex interactive
Prompt before overwriting any files.
@item --debug-level @var{level}
@opindex debug-level
Select the debug level for investigating problems. @var{level} may be
a numeric value or by a keyword:
@table @code
@item none
No debugging at all. A value of less than 1 may be used instead of
the keyword.
@item basic
Some basic debug messages. A value between 1 and 2 may be used
instead of the keyword.
@item advanced
More verbose debug messages. A value between 3 and 5 may be used
instead of the keyword.
@item expert
Even more detailed messages. A value between 6 and 8 may be used
instead of the keyword.
@item guru
All of the debug messages you can get. A value greater than 8 may be
used instead of the keyword. The creation of hash tracing files is
only enabled if the keyword is used.
@end table
How these messages are mapped to the actual debugging flags is not
specified and may change with newer releases of this program. They are
however carefully selected to best aid in debugging.
@item --debug @var{flags}
@opindex debug
Set debugging flags. All flags are or-ed and @var{flags} may be given
in C syntax (e.g. 0x0042) or as a comma separated list of flag names.
To get a list of all supported flags the single word "help" can be
used.
@item --debug-all
@opindex debug-all
Set all useful debugging flags.
@item --debug-iolbf
@opindex debug-iolbf
Set stdout into line buffered mode. This option is only honored when
given on the command line.
@item --faked-system-time @var{epoch}
@opindex faked-system-time
This option is only useful for testing; it sets the system time back or
forth to @var{epoch} which is the number of seconds elapsed since the year
1970. Alternatively @var{epoch} may be given as a full ISO time string
(e.g. "20070924T154812").
If you suffix @var{epoch} with an exclamation mark (!), the system time
will appear to be frozen at the specified time.
@item --enable-progress-filter
@opindex enable-progress-filter
Enable certain PROGRESS status outputs. This option allows frontends
to display a progress indicator while gpg is processing larger files.
There is a slight performance overhead using it.
@item --status-fd @var{n}
@opindex status-fd
Write special status strings to the file descriptor @var{n}.
See the file DETAILS in the documentation for a listing of them.
@item --status-file @var{file}
@opindex status-file
Same as @option{--status-fd}, except the status data is written to file
@var{file}.
@item --logger-fd @var{n}
@opindex logger-fd
Write log output to file descriptor @var{n} and not to STDERR.
@item --log-file @var{file}
@itemx --logger-file @var{file}
@opindex log-file
Same as @option{--logger-fd}, except the logger data is written to
file @var{file}. Use @file{socket://} to log to a socket. Note that
in this version of gpg the option has only an effect if
@option{--batch} is also used.
@item --attribute-fd @var{n}
@opindex attribute-fd
Write attribute subpackets to the file descriptor @var{n}. This is most
useful for use with @option{--status-fd}, since the status messages are
needed to separate out the various subpackets from the stream delivered
to the file descriptor.
@item --attribute-file @var{file}
@opindex attribute-file
Same as @option{--attribute-fd}, except the attribute data is written to
file @var{file}.
@item --comment @var{string}
@itemx --no-comments
@opindex comment
Use @var{string} as a comment string in cleartext signatures and ASCII
armored messages or keys (see @option{--armor}). The default behavior is
not to use a comment string. @option{--comment} may be repeated multiple
times to get multiple comment strings. @option{--no-comments} removes
all comments. It is a good idea to keep the length of a single comment
below 60 characters to avoid problems with mail programs wrapping such
lines. Note that comment lines, like all other header lines, are not
protected by the signature.
@item --emit-version
@itemx --no-emit-version
@opindex emit-version
Force inclusion of the version string in ASCII armored output. If
given once only the name of the program and the major number is
emitted, given twice the minor is also emitted, given thrice
the micro is added, and given four times an operating system identification
is also emitted. @option{--no-emit-version} (default) disables the version
line.
@item --sig-notation @{@var{name}=@var{value}@}
@itemx --cert-notation @{@var{name}=@var{value}@}
@itemx -N, --set-notation @{@var{name}=@var{value}@}
@opindex sig-notation
@opindex cert-notation
@opindex set-notation
Put the name value pair into the signature as notation data.
@var{name} must consist only of printable characters or spaces, and
must contain a '@@' character in the form keyname@@domain.example.com
(substituting the appropriate keyname and domain name, of course). This
is to help prevent pollution of the IETF reserved notation
namespace. The @option{--expert} flag overrides the '@@'
check. @var{value} may be any printable string; it will be encoded in
UTF-8, so you should check that your @option{--display-charset} is set
correctly. If you prefix @var{name} with an exclamation mark (!), the
notation data will be flagged as critical
(rfc4880:5.2.3.16). @option{--sig-notation} sets a notation for data
signatures. @option{--cert-notation} sets a notation for key signatures
(certifications). @option{--set-notation} sets both.
There are special codes that may be used in notation names. "%k" will
be expanded into the key ID of the key being signed, "%K" into the
long key ID of the key being signed, "%f" into the fingerprint of the
key being signed, "%s" into the key ID of the key making the
signature, "%S" into the long key ID of the key making the signature,
"%g" into the fingerprint of the key making the signature (which might
be a subkey), "%p" into the fingerprint of the primary key of the key
making the signature, "%c" into the signature count from the OpenPGP
smartcard, and "%%" results in a single "%". %k, %K, and %f are only
meaningful when making a key signature (certification), and %c is only
meaningful when using the OpenPGP smartcard.
@item --known-notation @var{name}
@opindex known-notation
Adds @var{name} to a list of known critical signature notations. The
effect of this is that gpg will not mark a signature with a critical
signature notation of that name as bad. Note that gpg already knows
by default about a few critical signatures notation names.
@item --sig-policy-url @var{string}
@itemx --cert-policy-url @var{string}
@itemx --set-policy-url @var{string}
@opindex sig-policy-url
@opindex cert-policy-url
@opindex set-policy-url
Use @var{string} as a Policy URL for signatures (rfc4880:5.2.3.20). If
you prefix it with an exclamation mark (!), the policy URL packet will
be flagged as critical. @option{--sig-policy-url} sets a policy url for
data signatures. @option{--cert-policy-url} sets a policy url for key
signatures (certifications). @option{--set-policy-url} sets both.
The same %-expandos used for notation data are available here as well.
@item --sig-keyserver-url @var{string}
@opindex sig-keyserver-url
Use @var{string} as a preferred keyserver URL for data signatures. If
you prefix it with an exclamation mark (!), the keyserver URL packet
will be flagged as critical.
The same %-expandos used for notation data are available here as well.
@item --set-filename @var{string}
@opindex set-filename
Use @var{string} as the filename which is stored inside messages.
This overrides the default, which is to use the actual filename of the
file being encrypted. Using the empty string for @var{string}
effectively removes the filename from the output.
@item --for-your-eyes-only
@itemx --no-for-your-eyes-only
@opindex for-your-eyes-only
Set the `for your eyes only' flag in the message. This causes GnuPG to
refuse to save the file unless the @option{--output} option is given,
and PGP to use a "secure viewer" with a claimed Tempest-resistant font
to display the message. This option overrides @option{--set-filename}.
@option{--no-for-your-eyes-only} disables this option.
@item --use-embedded-filename
@itemx --no-use-embedded-filename
@opindex use-embedded-filename
Try to create a file with a name as embedded in the data. This can be
a dangerous option as it enables overwriting files. Defaults to no.
Note that the option @option{--output} overrides this option.
@item --cipher-algo @var{name}
@opindex cipher-algo
Use @var{name} as cipher algorithm. Running the program with the
command @option{--version} yields a list of supported algorithms. If
this is not used the cipher algorithm is selected from the preferences
stored with the key. In general, you do not want to use this option as
it allows you to violate the OpenPGP standard.
@option{--personal-cipher-preferences} is the safe way to accomplish the
same thing.
@item --digest-algo @var{name}
@opindex digest-algo
Use @var{name} as the message digest algorithm. Running the program
with the command @option{--version} yields a list of supported algorithms. In
general, you do not want to use this option as it allows you to
violate the OpenPGP standard. @option{--personal-digest-preferences} is the
safe way to accomplish the same thing.
@item --compress-algo @var{name}
@opindex compress-algo
Use compression algorithm @var{name}. "zlib" is RFC-1950 ZLIB
compression. "zip" is RFC-1951 ZIP compression which is used by PGP.
"bzip2" is a more modern compression scheme that can compress some
things better than zip or zlib, but at the cost of more memory used
during compression and decompression. "uncompressed" or "none"
disables compression. If this option is not used, the default
behavior is to examine the recipient key preferences to see which
algorithms the recipient supports. If all else fails, ZIP is used for
maximum compatibility.
ZLIB may give better compression results than ZIP, as the compression
window size is not limited to 8k. BZIP2 may give even better
compression results than that, but will use a significantly larger
amount of memory while compressing and decompressing. This may be
significant in low memory situations. Note, however, that PGP (all
versions) only supports ZIP compression. Using any algorithm other
than ZIP or "none" will make the message unreadable with PGP. In
general, you do not want to use this option as it allows you to
violate the OpenPGP standard. @option{--personal-compress-preferences} is the
safe way to accomplish the same thing.
@item --cert-digest-algo @var{name}
@opindex cert-digest-algo
Use @var{name} as the message digest algorithm used when signing a
key. Running the program with the command @option{--version} yields a
list of supported algorithms. Be aware that if you choose an algorithm
that GnuPG supports but other OpenPGP implementations do not, then some
users will not be able to use the key signatures you make, or quite
possibly your entire key.
@item --disable-cipher-algo @var{name}
@opindex disable-cipher-algo
Never allow the use of @var{name} as cipher algorithm.
The given name will not be checked so that a later loaded algorithm
will still get disabled.
@item --disable-pubkey-algo @var{name}
@opindex disable-pubkey-algo
Never allow the use of @var{name} as public key algorithm.
The given name will not be checked so that a later loaded algorithm
will still get disabled.
@item --throw-keyids
@itemx --no-throw-keyids
@opindex throw-keyids
Do not put the recipient key IDs into encrypted messages. This helps to
hide the receivers of the message and is a limited countermeasure
against traffic analysis.@footnote{Using a little social engineering
anyone who is able to decrypt the message can check whether one of the
other recipients is the one he suspects.} On the receiving side, it may
slow down the decryption process because all available secret keys must
be tried. @option{--no-throw-keyids} disables this option. This option
is essentially the same as using @option{--hidden-recipient} for all
recipients.
@item --not-dash-escaped
@opindex not-dash-escaped
This option changes the behavior of cleartext signatures
so that they can be used for patch files. You should not
send such an armored file via email because all spaces
and line endings are hashed too. You can not use this
option for data which has 5 dashes at the beginning of a
line, patch files don't have this. A special armor header
line tells GnuPG about this cleartext signature option.
@item --escape-from-lines
@itemx --no-escape-from-lines
@opindex escape-from-lines
Because some mailers change lines starting with "From " to ">From " it
is good to handle such lines in a special way when creating cleartext
signatures to prevent the mail system from breaking the signature. Note
that all other PGP versions do it this way too. Enabled by
default. @option{--no-escape-from-lines} disables this option.
@item --passphrase-repeat @var{n}
@opindex passphrase-repeat
Specify how many times @command{@gpgname} will request a new
passphrase be repeated. This is useful for helping memorize a
passphrase. Defaults to 1 repetition; can be set to 0 to disable any
passphrase repetition. Note that a @var{n} greater than 1 will pop up
the pinentry window @var{n}+1 times even if a modern pinentry with
two entry fields is used.
@item --passphrase-fd @var{n}
@opindex passphrase-fd
Read the passphrase from file descriptor @var{n}. Only the first line
will be read from file descriptor @var{n}. If you use 0 for @var{n},
the passphrase will be read from STDIN. This can only be used if only
one passphrase is supplied.
Note that since Version 2.0 this passphrase is only used if the
option @option{--batch} has also been given. Since Version 2.1
the @option{--pinentry-mode} also needs to be set to @code{loopback}.
@item --passphrase-file @var{file}
@opindex passphrase-file
Read the passphrase from file @var{file}. Only the first line will
be read from file @var{file}. This can only be used if only one
passphrase is supplied. Obviously, a passphrase stored in a file is
of questionable security if other users can read this file. Don't use
this option if you can avoid it.
Note that since Version 2.0 this passphrase is only used if the
option @option{--batch} has also been given. Since Version 2.1
the @option{--pinentry-mode} also needs to be set to @code{loopback}.
@item --passphrase @var{string}
@opindex passphrase
Use @var{string} as the passphrase. This can only be used if only one
passphrase is supplied. Obviously, this is of very questionable
security on a multi-user system. Don't use this option if you can
avoid it.
Note that since Version 2.0 this passphrase is only used if the
option @option{--batch} has also been given. Since Version 2.1
the @option{--pinentry-mode} also needs to be set to @code{loopback}.
@item --pinentry-mode @var{mode}
@opindex pinentry-mode
Set the pinentry mode to @var{mode}. Allowed values for @var{mode}
are:
@table @asis
@item default
Use the default of the agent, which is @code{ask}.
@item ask
Force the use of the Pinentry.
@item cancel
Emulate use of Pinentry's cancel button.
@item error
Return a Pinentry error (``No Pinentry'').
@item loopback
Redirect Pinentry queries to the caller. Note that in contrast to
Pinentry the user is not prompted again if he enters a bad password.
@end table
@item --no-symkey-cache
@opindex no-symkey-cache
Disable the passphrase cache used for symmetrical en- and decryption.
This cache is based on the message specific salt value
(cf. @option{--s2k-mode}).
@item --request-origin @var{origin}
@opindex request-origin
Tell gpg to assume that the operation ultimately originated at
@var{origin}. Depending on the origin certain restrictions are applied
and the Pinentry may include an extra note on the origin. Supported
values for @var{origin} are: @code{local} which is the default,
@code{remote} to indicate a remote origin or @code{browser} for an
operation requested by a web browser.
@item --command-fd @var{n}
@opindex command-fd
This is a replacement for the deprecated shared-memory IPC mode.
If this option is enabled, user input on questions is not expected
from the TTY but from the given file descriptor. It should be used
together with @option{--status-fd}. See the file doc/DETAILS in the source
distribution for details on how to use it.
@item --command-file @var{file}
@opindex command-file
Same as @option{--command-fd}, except the commands are read out of file
@var{file}
@item --allow-non-selfsigned-uid
@itemx --no-allow-non-selfsigned-uid
@opindex allow-non-selfsigned-uid
Allow the import and use of keys with user IDs which are not
self-signed. This is not recommended, as a non self-signed user ID is
trivial to forge. @option{--no-allow-non-selfsigned-uid} disables.
@item --allow-freeform-uid
@opindex allow-freeform-uid
Disable all checks on the form of the user ID while generating a new
one. This option should only be used in very special environments as
it does not ensure the de-facto standard format of user IDs.
@item --ignore-time-conflict
@opindex ignore-time-conflict
GnuPG normally checks that the timestamps associated with keys and
signatures have plausible values. However, sometimes a signature
seems to be older than the key due to clock problems. This option
makes these checks just a warning. See also @option{--ignore-valid-from} for
timestamp issues on subkeys.
@item --ignore-valid-from
@opindex ignore-valid-from
GnuPG normally does not select and use subkeys created in the future.
This option allows the use of such keys and thus exhibits the
pre-1.0.7 behaviour. You should not use this option unless there
is some clock problem. See also @option{--ignore-time-conflict} for timestamp
issues with signatures.
@item --ignore-crc-error
@opindex ignore-crc-error
The ASCII armor used by OpenPGP is protected by a CRC checksum against
transmission errors. Occasionally the CRC gets mangled somewhere on
the transmission channel but the actual content (which is protected by
the OpenPGP protocol anyway) is still okay. This option allows GnuPG
to ignore CRC errors.
@item --ignore-mdc-error
@opindex ignore-mdc-error
This option changes a MDC integrity protection failure into a warning.
It is required to decrypt old messages which did not use an MDC. It
may also be useful if a message is partially garbled, but it is
necessary to get as much data as possible out of that garbled message.
Be aware that a missing or failed MDC can be an indication of an
attack. Use with great caution; see also option @option{--rfc2440}.
@item --allow-weak-digest-algos
@opindex allow-weak-digest-algos
Signatures made with known-weak digest algorithms are normally
rejected with an ``invalid digest algorithm'' message. This option
allows the verification of signatures made with such weak algorithms.
MD5 is the only digest algorithm considered weak by default. See also
@option{--weak-digest} to reject other digest algorithms.
@item --weak-digest @var{name}
@opindex weak-digest
Treat the specified digest algorithm as weak. Signatures made over
weak digests algorithms are normally rejected. This option can be
supplied multiple times if multiple algorithms should be considered
weak. See also @option{--allow-weak-digest-algos} to disable
rejection of weak digests. MD5 is always considered weak, and does
not need to be listed explicitly.
@item --allow-weak-key-signatures
@opindex allow-weak-key-signatures
To avoid a minor risk of collision attacks on third-party key
signatures made using SHA-1, those key signatures are considered
invalid. This options allows to override this restriction.
@item --no-default-keyring
@opindex no-default-keyring
Do not add the default keyrings to the list of keyrings. Note that
GnuPG will not operate without any keyrings, so if you use this option
and do not provide alternate keyrings via @option{--keyring} or
@option{--secret-keyring}, then GnuPG will still use the default public or
secret keyrings.
@item --no-keyring
@opindex no-keyring
Do not use any keyring at all. This overrides the default and all
options which specify keyrings.
@item --skip-verify
@opindex skip-verify
Skip the signature verification step. This may be
used to make the decryption faster if the signature
verification is not needed.
@item --with-key-data
@opindex with-key-data
Print key listings delimited by colons (like @option{--with-colons}) and
print the public key data.
@item --list-signatures
@opindex list-signatures
@itemx --list-sigs
@opindex list-sigs
Same as @option{--list-keys}, but the signatures are listed too. This
command has the same effect as using @option{--list-keys} with
@option{--with-sig-list}. Note that in contrast to
@option{--check-signatures} the key signatures are not verified. This
command can be used to create a list of signing keys missing in the
local keyring; for example:
@example
gpg --list-sigs --with-colons USERID | \
awk -F: '$1=="sig" && $2=="?" @{if($13)@{print $13@}else@{print $5@}@}'
@end example
@item --fast-list-mode
@opindex fast-list-mode
Changes the output of the list commands to work faster; this is achieved
by leaving some parts empty. Some applications don't need the user ID
and the trust information given in the listings. By using this options
they can get a faster listing. The exact behaviour of this option may
change in future versions. If you are missing some information, don't
use this option.
@item --no-literal
@opindex no-literal
This is not for normal use. Use the source to see for what it might be useful.
@item --set-filesize
@opindex set-filesize
This is not for normal use. Use the source to see for what it might be useful.
@item --show-session-key
@opindex show-session-key
Display the session key used for one message. See
@option{--override-session-key} for the counterpart of this option.
We think that Key Escrow is a Bad Thing; however the user should have
the freedom to decide whether to go to prison or to reveal the content
of one specific message without compromising all messages ever
encrypted for one secret key.
You can also use this option if you receive an encrypted message which
is abusive or offensive, to prove to the administrators of the
messaging system that the ciphertext transmitted corresponds to an
inappropriate plaintext so they can take action against the offending
user.
@item --override-session-key @var{string}
@itemx --override-session-key-fd @var{fd}
@opindex override-session-key
Don't use the public key but the session key @var{string} respective
the session key taken from the first line read from file descriptor
@var{fd}. The format of this string is the same as the one printed by
@option{--show-session-key}. This option is normally not used but
comes handy in case someone forces you to reveal the content of an
encrypted message; using this option you can do this without handing
out the secret key. Note that using @option{--override-session-key}
may reveal the session key to all local users via the global process
table. Often it is useful to combine this option with
@option{--no-keyring}.
@item --ask-sig-expire
@itemx --no-ask-sig-expire
@opindex ask-sig-expire
When making a data signature, prompt for an expiration time. If this
option is not specified, the expiration time set via
@option{--default-sig-expire} is used. @option{--no-ask-sig-expire}
disables this option.
@item --default-sig-expire
@opindex default-sig-expire
The default expiration time to use for signature expiration. Valid
values are "0" for no expiration, a number followed by the letter d
(for days), w (for weeks), m (for months), or y (for years) (for
example "2m" for two months, or "5y" for five years), or an absolute
date in the form YYYY-MM-DD. Defaults to "0".
@item --ask-cert-expire
@itemx --no-ask-cert-expire
@opindex ask-cert-expire
When making a key signature, prompt for an expiration time. If this
option is not specified, the expiration time set via
@option{--default-cert-expire} is used. @option{--no-ask-cert-expire}
disables this option.
@item --default-cert-expire
@opindex default-cert-expire
The default expiration time to use for key signature expiration.
Valid values are "0" for no expiration, a number followed by the
letter d (for days), w (for weeks), m (for months), or y (for years)
(for example "2m" for two months, or "5y" for five years), or an
absolute date in the form YYYY-MM-DD. Defaults to "0".
@item --default-new-key-algo @var{string}
@opindex default-new-key-algo @var{string}
This option can be used to change the default algorithms for key
generation. The @var{string} is similar to the arguments required for
the command @option{--quick-add-key} but slightly different. For
example the current default of @code{"rsa2048/cert,sign+rsa2048/encr"}
(or @code{"rsa3072"}) can be changed to the value of what we currently
call future default, which is @code{"ed25519/cert,sign+cv25519/encr"}.
You need to consult the source code to learn the details. Note that
the advanced key generation commands can always be used to specify a
key algorithm directly.
@item --allow-secret-key-import
@opindex allow-secret-key-import
This is an obsolete option and is not used anywhere.
@item --allow-multiple-messages
@item --no-allow-multiple-messages
@opindex allow-multiple-messages
Allow processing of multiple OpenPGP messages contained in a single file
or stream. Some programs that call GPG are not prepared to deal with
multiple messages being processed together, so this option defaults to
no. Note that versions of GPG prior to 1.4.7 always allowed multiple
messages. Future versions of GnUPG will remove this option.
Warning: Do not use this option unless you need it as a temporary
workaround!
@item --enable-special-filenames
@opindex enable-special-filenames
This option enables a mode in which filenames of the form
@file{-&n}, where n is a non-negative decimal number,
refer to the file descriptor n and not to a file with that name.
@item --no-expensive-trust-checks
@opindex no-expensive-trust-checks
Experimental use only.
@item --preserve-permissions
@opindex preserve-permissions
Don't change the permissions of a secret keyring back to user
read/write only. Use this option only if you really know what you are doing.
@item --default-preference-list @var{string}
@opindex default-preference-list
Set the list of default preferences to @var{string}. This preference
list is used for new keys and becomes the default for "setpref" in the
edit menu.
@item --default-keyserver-url @var{name}
@opindex default-keyserver-url
Set the default keyserver URL to @var{name}. This keyserver will be
used as the keyserver URL when writing a new self-signature on a key,
which includes key generation and changing preferences.
@item --list-config
@opindex list-config
Display various internal configuration parameters of GnuPG. This option
is intended for external programs that call GnuPG to perform tasks, and
is thus not generally useful. See the file @file{doc/DETAILS} in the
source distribution for the details of which configuration items may be
listed. @option{--list-config} is only usable with
@option{--with-colons} set.
@item --list-gcrypt-config
@opindex list-gcrypt-config
Display various internal configuration parameters of Libgcrypt.
@item --gpgconf-list
@opindex gpgconf-list
This command is similar to @option{--list-config} but in general only
internally used by the @command{gpgconf} tool.
@item --gpgconf-test
@opindex gpgconf-test
This is more or less dummy action. However it parses the configuration
file and returns with failure if the configuration file would prevent
@command{@gpgname} from startup. Thus it may be used to run a syntax check
on the configuration file.
@end table
@c *******************************
@c ******* Deprecated ************
@c *******************************
@node Deprecated Options
@subsection Deprecated options
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --show-photos
@itemx --no-show-photos
@opindex show-photos
Causes @option{--list-keys}, @option{--list-signatures},
@option{--list-public-keys}, @option{--list-secret-keys}, and verifying
a signature to also display the photo ID attached to the key, if
any. See also @option{--photo-viewer}. These options are deprecated. Use
@option{--list-options [no-]show-photos} and/or @option{--verify-options
[no-]show-photos} instead.
@item --show-keyring
@opindex show-keyring
Display the keyring name at the head of key listings to show which
keyring a given key resides on. This option is deprecated: use
@option{--list-options [no-]show-keyring} instead.
@item --always-trust
@opindex always-trust
Identical to @option{--trust-model always}. This option is deprecated.
@item --show-notation
@itemx --no-show-notation
@opindex show-notation
Show signature notations in the @option{--list-signatures} or @option{--check-signatures} listings
as well as when verifying a signature with a notation in it. These
options are deprecated. Use @option{--list-options [no-]show-notation}
and/or @option{--verify-options [no-]show-notation} instead.
@item --show-policy-url
@itemx --no-show-policy-url
@opindex show-policy-url
Show policy URLs in the @option{--list-signatures} or @option{--check-signatures}
listings as well as when verifying a signature with a policy URL in
it. These options are deprecated. Use @option{--list-options
[no-]show-policy-url} and/or @option{--verify-options
[no-]show-policy-url} instead.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c *************** ****************
@c *************** FILES ****************
@c *************** ****************
@c *******************************************
@mansect files
@node GPG Configuration
@section Configuration files
There are a few configuration files to control certain aspects of
@command{@gpgname}'s operation. Unless noted, they are expected in the
current home directory (@pxref{option --homedir}).
@table @file
@item gpg.conf
@efindex gpg.conf
This is the standard configuration file read by @command{@gpgname} on
startup. It may contain any valid long option; the leading two dashes
may not be entered and the option may not be abbreviated. This default
name may be changed on the command line (@pxref{gpg-option --options}).
You should backup this file.
@end table
Note that on larger installations, it is useful to put predefined files
into the directory @file{@value{SYSCONFSKELDIR}} so that
newly created users start up with a working configuration.
For existing users a small
helper script is provided to create these files (@pxref{addgnupghome}).
For internal purposes @command{@gpgname} creates and maintains a few other
files; They all live in the current home directory (@pxref{option
--homedir}). Only the @command{@gpgname} program may modify these files.
@table @file
@item ~/.gnupg
@efindex ~/.gnupg
This is the default home directory which is used if neither the
environment variable @code{GNUPGHOME} nor the option
@option{--homedir} is given.
@item ~/.gnupg/pubring.gpg
@efindex pubring.gpg
The public keyring using a legacy format. You should backup this file.
If this file is not available, @command{gpg} defaults to the new
keybox format and creates a file @file{pubring.kbx} unless that file
already exists in which case that file will also be used for OpenPGP
keys.
Note that in the case that both files, @file{pubring.gpg} and
@file{pubring.kbx} exists but the latter has no OpenPGP keys, the
legacy file @file{pubring.gpg} will be used. Take care: GnuPG
versions before 2.1 will always use the file @file{pubring.gpg}
because they do not know about the new keybox format. In the case
that you have to use GnuPG 1.4 to decrypt archived data you should
keep this file.
@item ~/.gnupg/pubring.gpg.lock
The lock file for the public keyring.
@item ~/.gnupg/pubring.kbx
@efindex pubring.kbx
The public keyring using the new keybox format. This file is shared
with @command{gpgsm}. You should backup this file. See above for
the relation between this file and it predecessor.
To convert an existing @file{pubring.gpg} file to the keybox format, you
first backup the ownertrust values, then rename @file{pubring.gpg} to
@file{publickeys.backup}, so it won’t be recognized by any GnuPG version,
run import, and finally restore the ownertrust values:
@example
$ cd ~/.gnupg
$ gpg --export-ownertrust >otrust.lst
$ mv pubring.gpg publickeys.backup
$ gpg --import-options restore --import publickeys.backups
$ gpg --import-ownertrust otrust.lst
@end example
@item ~/.gnupg/pubring.kbx.lock
The lock file for @file{pubring.kbx}.
@item ~/.gnupg/secring.gpg
@efindex secring.gpg
The legacy secret keyring as used by GnuPG versions before 2.1. It is not
used by GnuPG 2.1 and later. You may want to keep it in case you
have to use GnuPG 1.4 to decrypt archived data.
@item ~/.gnupg/secring.gpg.lock
The lock file for the legacy secret keyring.
@item ~/.gnupg/.gpg-v21-migrated
@efindex .gpg-v21-migrated
File indicating that a migration to GnuPG 2.1 has been done.
@item ~/.gnupg/trustdb.gpg
@efindex trustdb.gpg
The trust database. There is no need to backup this file; it is better
to backup the ownertrust values (@pxref{option --export-ownertrust}).
@item ~/.gnupg/trustdb.gpg.lock
The lock file for the trust database.
@item ~/.gnupg/random_seed
@efindex random_seed
A file used to preserve the state of the internal random pool.
@item ~/.gnupg/openpgp-revocs.d/
@efindex openpgp-revocs.d
This is the directory where gpg stores pre-generated revocation
certificates. The file name corresponds to the OpenPGP fingerprint of
the respective key. It is suggested to backup those certificates and
if the primary private key is not stored on the disk to move them to
an external storage device. Anyone who can access theses files is
able to revoke the corresponding key. You may want to print them out.
You should backup all files in this directory and take care to keep
this backup closed away.
@end table
Operation is further controlled by a few environment variables:
@table @asis
@item HOME
@efindex HOME
Used to locate the default home directory.
@item GNUPGHOME
@efindex GNUPGHOME
If set directory used instead of "~/.gnupg".
@item GPG_AGENT_INFO
This variable is obsolete; it was used by GnuPG versions before 2.1.
@item PINENTRY_USER_DATA
@efindex PINENTRY_USER_DATA
This value is passed via gpg-agent to pinentry. It is useful to convey
extra information to a custom pinentry.
@item COLUMNS
@itemx LINES
@efindex COLUMNS
@efindex LINES
Used to size some displays to the full size of the screen.
@item LANGUAGE
@efindex LANGUAGE
Apart from its use by GNU, it is used in the W32 version to override the
language selection done through the Registry. If used and set to a
valid and available language name (@var{langid}), the file with the
translation is loaded from
@code{@var{gpgdir}/gnupg.nls/@var{langid}.mo}. Here @var{gpgdir} is the
directory out of which the gpg binary has been loaded. If it can't be
loaded the Registry is tried and as last resort the native Windows
locale system is used.
@end table
When calling the gpg-agent component @command{@gpgname} sends a set of
environment variables to gpg-agent. The names of these variables can
be listed using the command:
@example
gpg-connect-agent 'getinfo std_env_names' /bye | awk '$1=="D" @{print $2@}'
@end example
@c *******************************************
@c *************** ****************
@c *************** EXAMPLES ****************
@c *************** ****************
@c *******************************************
@mansect examples
@node GPG Examples
@section Examples
@table @asis
@item gpg -se -r @code{Bob} @code{file}
sign and encrypt for user Bob
@item gpg --clear-sign @code{file}
make a cleartext signature
@item gpg -sb @code{file}
make a detached signature
@item gpg -u 0x12345678 -sb @code{file}
make a detached signature with the key 0x12345678
@item gpg --list-keys @code{user_ID}
show keys
@item gpg --fingerprint @code{user_ID}
show fingerprint
@item gpg --verify @code{pgpfile}
@itemx gpg --verify @code{sigfile} [@code{datafile}]
Verify the signature of the file but do not output the data unless
requested. The second form is used for detached signatures, where
@code{sigfile} is the detached signature (either ASCII armored or
binary) and @code{datafile} are the signed data; if this is not given, the name of the
file holding the signed data is constructed by cutting off the
extension (".asc" or ".sig") of @code{sigfile} or by asking the user
for the filename. If the option @option{--output} is also used the
signed data is written to the file specified by that option; use
@code{-} to write the signed data to stdout.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c *************** ****************
@c *************** USER ID ****************
@c *************** ****************
@c *******************************************
@mansect how to specify a user id
@ifset isman
@include specify-user-id.texi
@end ifset
@mansect filter expressions
@chapheading FILTER EXPRESSIONS
The options @option{--import-filter} and @option{--export-filter} use
expressions with this syntax (square brackets indicate an optional
part and curly braces a repetition, white space between the elements
are allowed):
@c man:.RS
@example
[lc] @{[@{flag@}] PROPNAME op VALUE [lc]@}
@end example
@c man:.RE
The name of a property (@var{PROPNAME}) may only consist of letters,
digits and underscores. The description for the filter type
describes which properties are defined. If an undefined property is
used it evaluates to the empty string. Unless otherwise noted, the
@var{VALUE} must always be given and may not be the empty string. No
quoting is defined for the value, thus the value may not contain the
strings @code{&&} or @code{||}, which are used as logical connection
operators. The flag @code{--} can be used to remove this restriction.
Numerical values are computed as long int; standard C notation
applies. @var{lc} is the logical connection operator; either
@code{&&} for a conjunction or @code{||} for a disjunction. A
conjunction is assumed at the begin of an expression. Conjunctions
have higher precedence than disjunctions. If @var{VALUE} starts with
one of the characters used in any @var{op} a space after the
@var{op} is required.
@noindent
The supported operators (@var{op}) are:
@table @asis
@item =~
Substring must match.
@item !~
Substring must not match.
@item =
The full string must match.
@item <>
The full string must not match.
@item ==
The numerical value must match.
@item !=
The numerical value must not match.
@item <=
The numerical value of the field must be LE than the value.
@item <
The numerical value of the field must be LT than the value.
@item >
The numerical value of the field must be GT than the value.
@item >=
The numerical value of the field must be GE than the value.
@item -le
The string value of the field must be less or equal than the value.
@item -lt
The string value of the field must be less than the value.
@item -gt
The string value of the field must be greater than the value.
@item -ge
The string value of the field must be greater or equal than the value.
@item -n
True if value is not empty (no value allowed).
@item -z
True if value is empty (no value allowed).
@item -t
Alias for "PROPNAME != 0" (no value allowed).
@item -f
Alias for "PROPNAME == 0" (no value allowed).
@end table
@noindent
Values for @var{flag} must be space separated. The supported flags
are:
@table @asis
@item --
@var{VALUE} spans to the end of the expression.
@item -c
The string match in this part is done case-sensitive.
@end table
The filter options concatenate several specifications for a filter of
the same type. For example the four options in this example:
@c man:.RS
@example
--import-filter keep-uid="uid =~ Alfa"
--import-filter keep-uid="&& uid !~ Test"
--import-filter keep-uid="|| uid =~ Alpha"
--import-filter keep-uid="uid !~ Test"
@end example
@c man:.RE
@noindent
which is equivalent to
@c man:.RS
@example
--import-filter \
keep-uid="uid =~ Alfa" && uid !~ Test" || uid =~ Alpha" && "uid !~ Test"
@end example
@c man:.RE
imports only the user ids of a key containing the strings "Alfa"
or "Alpha" but not the string "test".
@mansect trust values
@ifset isman
@include trust-values.texi
@end ifset
@mansect return value
@chapheading RETURN VALUE
The program returns 0 if there are no severe errors, 1 if at least a
signature was bad, and other error codes for fatal errors.
Note that signature verification requires exact knowledge of what has
been signed and by whom it has beensigned. Using only the return code
is thus not an appropriate way to verify a signature by a script.
Either make proper use or the status codes or use the @command{gpgv}
tool which has been designed to make signature verification easy for
scripts.
@mansect warnings
@chapheading WARNINGS
Use a good password for your user account and make sure that all
security issues are always fixed on your machine. Also employ
diligent physical protection to your machine. Consider to use a good
passphrase as a last resort protection to your secret key in the case
your machine gets stolen. It is important that your secret key is
never leaked. Using an easy to carry around token or smartcard with
the secret key is often a advisable.
If you are going to verify detached signatures, make sure that the
program knows about it; either give both filenames on the command line
or use @samp{-} to specify STDIN.
For scripted or other unattended use of @command{gpg} make sure to use
the machine-parseable interface and not the default interface which is
intended for direct use by humans. The machine-parseable interface
provides a stable and well documented API independent of the locale or
future changes of @command{gpg}. To enable this interface use the
options @option{--with-colons} and @option{--status-fd}. For certain
operations the option @option{--command-fd} may come handy too. See
this man page and the file @file{DETAILS} for the specification of the
interface. Note that the GnuPG ``info'' pages as well as the PDF
version of the GnuPG manual features a chapter on unattended use of
GnuPG. As an alternative the library @command{GPGME} can be used as a
high-level abstraction on top of that interface.
@mansect interoperability
@chapheading INTEROPERABILITY WITH OTHER OPENPGP PROGRAMS
GnuPG tries to be a very flexible implementation of the OpenPGP
standard. In particular, GnuPG implements many of the optional parts
of the standard, such as the SHA-512 hash, and the ZLIB and BZIP2
compression algorithms. It is important to be aware that not all
OpenPGP programs implement these optional algorithms and that by
forcing their use via the @option{--cipher-algo},
@option{--digest-algo}, @option{--cert-digest-algo}, or
@option{--compress-algo} options in GnuPG, it is possible to create a
perfectly valid OpenPGP message, but one that cannot be read by the
intended recipient.
There are dozens of variations of OpenPGP programs available, and each
supports a slightly different subset of these optional algorithms.
For example, until recently, no (unhacked) version of PGP supported
the BLOWFISH cipher algorithm. A message using BLOWFISH simply could
not be read by a PGP user. By default, GnuPG uses the standard
OpenPGP preferences system that will always do the right thing and
create messages that are usable by all recipients, regardless of which
OpenPGP program they use. Only override this safe default if you
really know what you are doing.
If you absolutely must override the safe default, or if the preferences
on a given key are invalid for some reason, you are far better off using
the @option{--pgp6}, @option{--pgp7}, or @option{--pgp8} options. These
options are safe as they do not force any particular algorithms in
violation of OpenPGP, but rather reduce the available algorithms to a
"PGP-safe" list.
@mansect bugs
@chapheading BUGS
On older systems this program should be installed as setuid(root). This
is necessary to lock memory pages. Locking memory pages prevents the
operating system from writing memory pages (which may contain
passphrases or other sensitive material) to disk. If you get no
warning message about insecure memory your operating system supports
locking without being root. The program drops root privileges as soon
as locked memory is allocated.
Note also that some systems (especially laptops) have the ability to
``suspend to disk'' (also known as ``safe sleep'' or ``hibernate'').
This writes all memory to disk before going into a low power or even
powered off mode. Unless measures are taken in the operating system
to protect the saved memory, passphrases or other sensitive material
may be recoverable from it later.
Before you report a bug you should first search the mailing list
archives for similar problems and second check whether such a bug has
already been reported to our bug tracker at @url{https://bugs.gnupg.org}.
@c *******************************************
@c *************** **************
@c *************** UNATTENDED **************
@c *************** **************
@c *******************************************
@manpause
@node Unattended Usage of GPG
@section Unattended Usage
@command{@gpgname} is often used as a backend engine by other software. To help
with this a machine interface has been defined to have an unambiguous
way to do this. The options @option{--status-fd} and @option{--batch}
are almost always required for this.
@menu
* Programmatic use of GnuPG:: Programmatic use of GnuPG
* Ephemeral home directories:: Ephemeral home directories
* The quick key manipulation interface:: The quick key manipulation interface
* Unattended GPG key generation:: Unattended key generation
@end menu
@node Programmatic use of GnuPG
@subsection Programmatic use of GnuPG
Please consider using GPGME instead of calling @command{@gpgname}
directly. GPGME offers a stable, backend-independent interface for
many cryptographic operations. It supports OpenPGP and S/MIME, and
also allows interaction with various GnuPG components.
GPGME provides a C-API, and comes with bindings for C++, Qt, and
Python. Bindings for other languages are available.
@node Ephemeral home directories
@subsection Ephemeral home directories
Sometimes you want to contain effects of some operation, for example
you want to import a key to inspect it, but you do not want this key
to be added to your keyring. In earlier versions of GnuPG, it was
possible to specify alternate keyring files for both public and secret
keys. In modern GnuPG versions, however, we changed how secret keys
are stored in order to better protect secret key material, and it was
not possible to preserve this interface.
The preferred way to do this is to use ephemeral home directories.
This technique works across all versions of GnuPG.
Create a temporary directory, create (or copy) a configuration that
meets your needs, make @command{@gpgname} use this directory either
using the environment variable @var{GNUPGHOME}, or the option
@option{--homedir}. GPGME supports this too on a per-context basis,
by modifying the engine info of contexts. Now execute whatever
operation you like, import and export key material as necessary. Once
finished, you can delete the directory. All GnuPG backend services
that were started will detect this and shut down.
@node The quick key manipulation interface
@subsection The quick key manipulation interface
Recent versions of GnuPG have an interface to manipulate keys without
using the interactive command @option{--edit-key}. This interface was
added mainly for the benefit of GPGME (please consider using GPGME,
see the manual subsection ``Programmatic use of GnuPG''). This
interface is described in the subsection ``How to manage your keys''.
@node Unattended GPG key generation
@subsection Unattended key generation
The command @option{--generate-key} may be used along with the option
@option{--batch} for unattended key generation. This is the most
flexible way of generating keys, but it is also the most complex one.
Consider using the quick key manipulation interface described in the
previous subsection ``The quick key manipulation interface''.
The parameters for the key are either read from stdin or given as a
file on the command line. The format of the parameter file is as
follows:
@itemize @bullet
@item Text only, line length is limited to about 1000 characters.
@item UTF-8 encoding must be used to specify non-ASCII characters.
@item Empty lines are ignored.
@item Leading and trailing white space is ignored.
@item A hash sign as the first non white space character indicates
a comment line.
@item Control statements are indicated by a leading percent sign, the
arguments are separated by white space from the keyword.
@item Parameters are specified by a keyword, followed by a colon. Arguments
are separated by white space.
@item
The first parameter must be @samp{Key-Type}; control statements may be
placed anywhere.
@item
The order of the parameters does not matter except for @samp{Key-Type}
which must be the first parameter. The parameters are only used for
the generated keyblock (primary and subkeys); parameters from previous
sets are not used. Some syntactically checks may be performed.
@item
Key generation takes place when either the end of the parameter file
is reached, the next @samp{Key-Type} parameter is encountered or at the
control statement @samp{%commit} is encountered.
@end itemize
@noindent
Control statements:
@table @asis
@item %echo @var{text}
Print @var{text} as diagnostic.
@item %dry-run
Suppress actual key generation (useful for syntax checking).
@item %commit
Perform the key generation. Note that an implicit commit is done at
the next @asis{Key-Type} parameter.
@item %pubring @var{filename}
Do not write the key to the default or commandline given keyring but
to @var{filename}. This must be given before the first commit to take
place, duplicate specification of the same filename is ignored, the
last filename before a commit is used. The filename is used until a
new filename is used (at commit points) and all keys are written to
that file. If a new filename is given, this file is created (and
overwrites an existing one).
See the previous subsection ``Ephemeral home directories'' for a more
robust way to contain side-effects.
@item %secring @var{filename}
This option is a no-op for GnuPG 2.1 and later.
See the previous subsection ``Ephemeral home directories''.
@item %ask-passphrase
@itemx %no-ask-passphrase
This option is a no-op for GnuPG 2.1 and later.
@item %no-protection
Using this option allows the creation of keys without any passphrase
protection. This option is mainly intended for regression tests.
@item %transient-key
If given the keys are created using a faster and a somewhat less
secure random number generator. This option may be used for keys
which are only used for a short time and do not require full
cryptographic strength. It takes only effect if used together with
the control statement @samp{%no-protection}.
@end table
@noindent
General Parameters:
@table @asis
@item Key-Type: @var{algo}
Starts a new parameter block by giving the type of the primary
key. The algorithm must be capable of signing. This is a required
parameter. @var{algo} may either be an OpenPGP algorithm number or a
string with the algorithm name. The special value @samp{default} may
be used for @var{algo} to create the default key type; in this case a
@samp{Key-Usage} shall not be given and @samp{default} also be used
for @samp{Subkey-Type}.
@item Key-Length: @var{nbits}
The requested length of the generated key in bits. The default is
returned by running the command @samp{@gpgname --gpgconf-list}.
For ECC keys this parameter is ignored.
@item Key-Curve: @var{curve}
The requested elliptic curve of the generated key. This is a required
parameter for ECC keys. It is ignored for non-ECC keys.
@item Key-Grip: @var{hexstring}
This is optional and used to generate a CSR or certificate for an
already existing key. Key-Length will be ignored when given.
@item Key-Usage: @var{usage-list}
Space or comma delimited list of key usages. Allowed values are
@samp{encrypt}, @samp{sign}, and @samp{auth}. This is used to
generate the key flags. Please make sure that the algorithm is
capable of this usage. Note that OpenPGP requires that all primary
keys are capable of certification, so no matter what usage is given
here, the @samp{cert} flag will be on. If no @samp{Key-Usage} is
specified and the @samp{Key-Type} is not @samp{default}, all allowed
usages for that particular algorithm are used; if it is not given but
@samp{default} is used the usage will be @samp{sign}.
@item Subkey-Type: @var{algo}
This generates a secondary key (subkey). Currently only one subkey
can be handled. See also @samp{Key-Type} above.
@item Subkey-Length: @var{nbits}
Length of the secondary key (subkey) in bits. The default is returned
by running the command @samp{@gpgname --gpgconf-list}.
@item Subkey-Curve: @var{curve}
Key curve for a subkey; similar to @samp{Key-Curve}.
@item Subkey-Usage: @var{usage-list}
Key usage lists for a subkey; similar to @samp{Key-Usage}.
@item Passphrase: @var{string}
If you want to specify a passphrase for the secret key, enter it here.
Default is to use the Pinentry dialog to ask for a passphrase.
@item Name-Real: @var{name}
@itemx Name-Comment: @var{comment}
@itemx Name-Email: @var{email}
The three parts of a user name. Remember to use UTF-8 encoding here.
If you don't give any of them, no user ID is created.
@item Expire-Date: @var{iso-date}|(@var{number}[d|w|m|y])
Set the expiration date for the key (and the subkey). It may either
be entered in ISO date format (e.g. "20000815T145012") or as number of
days, weeks, month or years after the creation date. The special
notation "seconds=N" is also allowed to specify a number of seconds
since creation. Without a letter days are assumed. Note that there
is no check done on the overflow of the type used by OpenPGP for
timestamps. Thus you better make sure that the given value make
sense. Although OpenPGP works with time intervals, GnuPG uses an
absolute value internally and thus the last year we can represent is
2105.
@item Creation-Date: @var{iso-date}
Set the creation date of the key as stored in the key information and
which is also part of the fingerprint calculation. Either a date like
"1986-04-26" or a full timestamp like "19860426T042640" may be used.
The time is considered to be UTC. The special notation "seconds=N"
may be used to directly specify a the number of seconds since Epoch
(Unix time). If it is not given the current time is used.
@item Preferences: @var{string}
Set the cipher, hash, and compression preference values for this key.
This expects the same type of string as the sub-command @samp{setpref}
in the @option{--edit-key} menu.
@item Revoker: @var{algo}:@var{fpr} [sensitive]
Add a designated revoker to the generated key. Algo is the public key
algorithm of the designated revoker (i.e. RSA=1, DSA=17, etc.)
@var{fpr} is the fingerprint of the designated revoker. The optional
@samp{sensitive} flag marks the designated revoker as sensitive
information. Only v4 keys may be designated revokers.
@item Keyserver: @var{string}
This is an optional parameter that specifies the preferred keyserver
URL for the key.
@item Handle: @var{string}
This is an optional parameter only used with the status lines
KEY_CREATED and KEY_NOT_CREATED. @var{string} may be up to 100
characters and should not contain spaces. It is useful for batch key
generation to associate a key parameter block with a status line.
@end table
@noindent
Here is an example on how to create a key in an ephemeral home directory:
@smallexample
$ export GNUPGHOME="$(mktemp -d)"
$ cat >foo <<EOF
%echo Generating a basic OpenPGP key
Key-Type: DSA
Key-Length: 1024
Subkey-Type: ELG-E
Subkey-Length: 1024
Name-Real: Joe Tester
Name-Comment: with stupid passphrase
Name-Email: joe@@foo.bar
Expire-Date: 0
Passphrase: abc
# Do a commit here, so that we can later print "done" :-)
%commit
%echo done
EOF
$ @gpgname --batch --generate-key foo
[...]
$ @gpgname --list-secret-keys
/tmp/tmp.0NQxB74PEf/pubring.kbx
-------------------------------
sec dsa1024 2016-12-16 [SCA]
768E895903FC1C44045C8CB95EEBDB71E9E849D0
uid [ultimate] Joe Tester (with stupid passphrase) <joe@@foo.bar>
ssb elg1024 2016-12-16 [E]
@end smallexample
@noindent
If you want to create a key with the default algorithms you would use
these parameters:
@smallexample
%echo Generating a default key
Key-Type: default
Subkey-Type: default
Name-Real: Joe Tester
Name-Comment: with stupid passphrase
Name-Email: joe@@foo.bar
Expire-Date: 0
Passphrase: abc
# Do a commit here, so that we can later print "done" :-)
%commit
%echo done
@end smallexample
@mansect see also
@ifset isman
@command{gpgv}(1),
@command{gpgsm}(1),
@command{gpg-agent}(1)
@end ifset
@include see-also-note.texi
diff --git a/g10/getkey.c b/g10/getkey.c
index 3f0a6922d..e758b43de 100644
--- a/g10/getkey.c
+++ b/g10/getkey.c
@@ -1,4364 +1,4373 @@
/* getkey.c - Get a key from the database
* Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
* 2007, 2008, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2015, 2016 g10 Code GmbH
*
* This file is part of GnuPG.
*
* GnuPG is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GnuPG is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <config.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include "gpg.h"
#include "../common/util.h"
#include "packet.h"
#include "../common/iobuf.h"
#include "keydb.h"
#include "options.h"
#include "main.h"
#include "trustdb.h"
#include "../common/i18n.h"
#include "keyserver-internal.h"
#include "call-agent.h"
#include "../common/host2net.h"
#include "../common/mbox-util.h"
#include "../common/status.h"
#define MAX_PK_CACHE_ENTRIES PK_UID_CACHE_SIZE
#define MAX_UID_CACHE_ENTRIES PK_UID_CACHE_SIZE
#if MAX_PK_CACHE_ENTRIES < 2
#error We need the cache for key creation
#endif
/* Flags values returned by the lookup code. Note that the values are
* directly used by the KEY_CONSIDERED status line. */
#define LOOKUP_NOT_SELECTED (1<<0)
#define LOOKUP_ALL_SUBKEYS_EXPIRED (1<<1) /* or revoked */
/* A context object used by the lookup functions. */
struct getkey_ctx_s
{
/* Part of the search criteria: whether the search is an exact
search or not. A search that is exact requires that a key or
subkey meet all of the specified criteria. A search that is not
exact allows selecting a different key or subkey from the
keyblock that matched the critera. Further, an exact search
returns the key or subkey that matched whereas a non-exact search
typically returns the primary key. See finish_lookup for
details. */
int exact;
/* Part of the search criteria: Whether the caller only wants keys
with an available secret key. This is used by getkey_next to get
the next result with the same initial criteria. */
int want_secret;
/* Part of the search criteria: The type of the requested key. A
mask of PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG, PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC and PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT.
If non-zero, then for a key to match, it must implement one of
the required uses. */
int req_usage;
/* The database handle. */
KEYDB_HANDLE kr_handle;
/* Whether we should call xfree() on the context when the context is
released using getkey_end()). */
int not_allocated;
/* This variable is used as backing store for strings which have
their address used in ITEMS. */
strlist_t extra_list;
/* Hack to return the mechanism (AKL_foo) used to find the key. */
int found_via_akl;
/* Part of the search criteria: The low-level search specification
as passed to keydb_search. */
int nitems;
/* This must be the last element in the structure. When we allocate
the structure, we allocate it so that ITEMS can hold NITEMS. */
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC items[1];
};
#if 0
static struct
{
int any;
int okay_count;
int nokey_count;
int error_count;
} lkup_stats[21];
#endif
typedef struct keyid_list
{
struct keyid_list *next;
char fpr[MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN];
u32 keyid[2];
} *keyid_list_t;
#if MAX_PK_CACHE_ENTRIES
typedef struct pk_cache_entry
{
struct pk_cache_entry *next;
u32 keyid[2];
PKT_public_key *pk;
} *pk_cache_entry_t;
static pk_cache_entry_t pk_cache;
static int pk_cache_entries; /* Number of entries in pk cache. */
static int pk_cache_disabled;
#endif
#if MAX_UID_CACHE_ENTRIES < 5
#error we really need the userid cache
#endif
typedef struct user_id_db
{
struct user_id_db *next;
keyid_list_t keyids;
int len;
char name[1];
} *user_id_db_t;
static user_id_db_t user_id_db;
static int uid_cache_entries; /* Number of entries in uid cache. */
static void merge_selfsigs (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock);
static int lookup (ctrl_t ctrl, getkey_ctx_t ctx, int want_secret,
kbnode_t *ret_keyblock, kbnode_t *ret_found_key);
static kbnode_t finish_lookup (kbnode_t keyblock,
unsigned int req_usage, int want_exact,
int want_secret, unsigned int *r_flags);
static void print_status_key_considered (kbnode_t keyblock, unsigned int flags);
#if 0
static void
print_stats ()
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < DIM (lkup_stats); i++)
{
if (lkup_stats[i].any)
es_fprintf (es_stderr,
"lookup stats: mode=%-2d ok=%-6d nokey=%-6d err=%-6d\n",
i,
lkup_stats[i].okay_count,
lkup_stats[i].nokey_count, lkup_stats[i].error_count);
}
}
#endif
/* Cache a copy of a public key in the public key cache. PK is not
* cached if caching is disabled (via getkey_disable_caches), if
* PK->FLAGS.DONT_CACHE is set, we don't know how to derive a key id
* from the public key (e.g., unsupported algorithm), or a key with
* the key id is already in the cache.
*
* The public key packet is copied into the cache using
* copy_public_key. Thus, any secret parts are not copied, for
* instance.
*
* This cache is filled by get_pubkey and is read by get_pubkey and
* get_pubkey_fast. */
void
cache_public_key (PKT_public_key * pk)
{
#if MAX_PK_CACHE_ENTRIES
pk_cache_entry_t ce, ce2;
u32 keyid[2];
if (pk_cache_disabled)
return;
if (pk->flags.dont_cache)
return;
if (is_ELGAMAL (pk->pubkey_algo)
|| pk->pubkey_algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_DSA
|| pk->pubkey_algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA
|| pk->pubkey_algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA
|| pk->pubkey_algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH
|| is_RSA (pk->pubkey_algo))
{
keyid_from_pk (pk, keyid);
}
else
return; /* Don't know how to get the keyid. */
for (ce = pk_cache; ce; ce = ce->next)
if (ce->keyid[0] == keyid[0] && ce->keyid[1] == keyid[1])
{
if (DBG_CACHE)
log_debug ("cache_public_key: already in cache\n");
return;
}
if (pk_cache_entries >= MAX_PK_CACHE_ENTRIES)
{
int n;
/* Remove the last 50% of the entries. */
for (ce = pk_cache, n = 0; ce && n < pk_cache_entries/2; n++)
ce = ce->next;
if (ce && ce != pk_cache && ce->next)
{
ce2 = ce->next;
ce->next = NULL;
ce = ce2;
for (; ce; ce = ce2)
{
ce2 = ce->next;
free_public_key (ce->pk);
xfree (ce);
pk_cache_entries--;
}
}
log_assert (pk_cache_entries < MAX_PK_CACHE_ENTRIES);
}
pk_cache_entries++;
ce = xmalloc (sizeof *ce);
ce->next = pk_cache;
pk_cache = ce;
ce->pk = copy_public_key (NULL, pk);
ce->keyid[0] = keyid[0];
ce->keyid[1] = keyid[1];
#endif
}
/* Return a const utf-8 string with the text "[User ID not found]".
This function is required so that we don't need to switch gettext's
encoding temporary. */
static const char *
user_id_not_found_utf8 (void)
{
static char *text;
if (!text)
text = native_to_utf8 (_("[User ID not found]"));
return text;
}
/* Return the user ID from the given keyblock.
* We use the primary uid flag which has been set by the merge_selfsigs
* function. The returned value is only valid as long as the given
* keyblock is not changed. */
static const char *
get_primary_uid (KBNODE keyblock, size_t * uidlen)
{
KBNODE k;
const char *s;
for (k = keyblock; k; k = k->next)
{
if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID
&& !k->pkt->pkt.user_id->attrib_data
&& k->pkt->pkt.user_id->flags.primary)
{
*uidlen = k->pkt->pkt.user_id->len;
return k->pkt->pkt.user_id->name;
}
}
s = user_id_not_found_utf8 ();
*uidlen = strlen (s);
return s;
}
static void
release_keyid_list (keyid_list_t k)
{
while (k)
{
keyid_list_t k2 = k->next;
xfree (k);
k = k2;
}
}
/****************
* Store the association of keyid and userid
* Feed only public keys to this function.
*/
static void
cache_user_id (KBNODE keyblock)
{
user_id_db_t r;
const char *uid;
size_t uidlen;
keyid_list_t keyids = NULL;
KBNODE k;
for (k = keyblock; k; k = k->next)
{
if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY
|| k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)
{
keyid_list_t a = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *a);
/* Hmmm: For a long list of keyids it might be an advantage
* to append the keys. */
fingerprint_from_pk (k->pkt->pkt.public_key, a->fpr, NULL);
keyid_from_pk (k->pkt->pkt.public_key, a->keyid);
/* First check for duplicates. */
for (r = user_id_db; r; r = r->next)
{
keyid_list_t b;
for (b = r->keyids; b; b = b->next)
{
if (!memcmp (b->fpr, a->fpr, MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN))
{
if (DBG_CACHE)
log_debug ("cache_user_id: already in cache\n");
release_keyid_list (keyids);
xfree (a);
return;
}
}
}
/* Now put it into the cache. */
a->next = keyids;
keyids = a;
}
}
if (!keyids)
BUG (); /* No key no fun. */
uid = get_primary_uid (keyblock, &uidlen);
if (uid_cache_entries >= MAX_UID_CACHE_ENTRIES)
{
/* fixme: use another algorithm to free some cache slots */
r = user_id_db;
user_id_db = r->next;
release_keyid_list (r->keyids);
xfree (r);
uid_cache_entries--;
}
r = xmalloc (sizeof *r + uidlen - 1);
r->keyids = keyids;
r->len = uidlen;
memcpy (r->name, uid, r->len);
r->next = user_id_db;
user_id_db = r;
uid_cache_entries++;
}
/* Disable and drop the public key cache (which is filled by
cache_public_key and get_pubkey). Note: there is currently no way
to re-enable this cache. */
void
getkey_disable_caches ()
{
#if MAX_PK_CACHE_ENTRIES
{
pk_cache_entry_t ce, ce2;
for (ce = pk_cache; ce; ce = ce2)
{
ce2 = ce->next;
free_public_key (ce->pk);
xfree (ce);
}
pk_cache_disabled = 1;
pk_cache_entries = 0;
pk_cache = NULL;
}
#endif
/* fixme: disable user id cache ? */
}
/* Free a list of pubkey_t objects. */
void
pubkeys_free (pubkey_t keys)
{
while (keys)
{
pubkey_t next = keys->next;
xfree (keys->pk);
release_kbnode (keys->keyblock);
xfree (keys);
keys = next;
}
}
static void
pk_from_block (PKT_public_key *pk, kbnode_t keyblock, kbnode_t found_key)
{
kbnode_t a = found_key ? found_key : keyblock;
log_assert (a->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY
|| a->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY);
copy_public_key (pk, a->pkt->pkt.public_key);
}
/* Specialized version of get_pubkey which retrieves the key based on
* information in SIG. In contrast to get_pubkey PK is required. IF
* FORCED_PK is not NULL, this public key is used and copied to PK. */
gpg_error_t
get_pubkey_for_sig (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk, PKT_signature *sig,
PKT_public_key *forced_pk)
{
const byte *fpr;
size_t fprlen;
if (forced_pk)
{
copy_public_key (pk, forced_pk);
return 0;
}
/* First try the new ISSUER_FPR info. */
fpr = issuer_fpr_raw (sig, &fprlen);
if (fpr && !get_pubkey_byfprint (ctrl, pk, NULL, fpr, fprlen))
return 0;
/* Fallback to use the ISSUER_KEYID. */
return get_pubkey (ctrl, pk, sig->keyid);
}
/* Return the public key with the key id KEYID and store it at PK.
* The resources in *PK should be released using
* release_public_key_parts(). This function also stores a copy of
* the public key in the user id cache (see cache_public_key).
*
* If PK is NULL, this function just stores the public key in the
* cache and returns the usual return code.
*
* PK->REQ_USAGE (which is a mask of PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG,
* PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC and PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT) is passed through to the
* lookup function. If this is non-zero, only keys with the specified
* usage will be returned. As such, it is essential that
* PK->REQ_USAGE be correctly initialized!
*
* Returns 0 on success, GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY if there is no public key
* with the specified key id, or another error code if an error
* occurs.
*
* If the data was not read from the cache, then the self-signed data
* has definitely been merged into the public key using
* merge_selfsigs. */
int
get_pubkey (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key * pk, u32 * keyid)
{
int internal = 0;
int rc = 0;
#if MAX_PK_CACHE_ENTRIES
if (pk)
{
/* Try to get it from the cache. We don't do this when pk is
NULL as it does not guarantee that the user IDs are
cached. */
pk_cache_entry_t ce;
for (ce = pk_cache; ce; ce = ce->next)
{
if (ce->keyid[0] == keyid[0] && ce->keyid[1] == keyid[1])
/* XXX: We don't check PK->REQ_USAGE here, but if we don't
read from the cache, we do check it! */
{
copy_public_key (pk, ce->pk);
return 0;
}
}
}
#endif
/* More init stuff. */
if (!pk)
{
internal++;
pk = xtrycalloc (1, sizeof *pk);
if (!pk)
{
rc = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto leave;
}
}
/* Do a lookup. */
{
struct getkey_ctx_s ctx;
kbnode_t kb = NULL;
kbnode_t found_key = NULL;
memset (&ctx, 0, sizeof ctx);
ctx.exact = 1; /* Use the key ID exactly as given. */
ctx.not_allocated = 1;
if (ctrl && ctrl->cached_getkey_kdb)
{
ctx.kr_handle = ctrl->cached_getkey_kdb;
ctrl->cached_getkey_kdb = NULL;
keydb_search_reset (ctx.kr_handle);
}
else
{
ctx.kr_handle = keydb_new ();
if (!ctx.kr_handle)
{
rc = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto leave;
}
}
ctx.nitems = 1;
ctx.items[0].mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID;
ctx.items[0].u.kid[0] = keyid[0];
ctx.items[0].u.kid[1] = keyid[1];
ctx.req_usage = pk->req_usage;
rc = lookup (ctrl, &ctx, 0, &kb, &found_key);
if (!rc)
{
pk_from_block (pk, kb, found_key);
}
getkey_end (ctrl, &ctx);
release_kbnode (kb);
}
if (!rc)
goto leave;
rc = GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY;
leave:
if (!rc)
cache_public_key (pk);
if (internal)
free_public_key (pk);
return rc;
}
/* Similar to get_pubkey, but it does not take PK->REQ_USAGE into
* account nor does it merge in the self-signed data. This function
* also only considers primary keys. It is intended to be used as a
* quick check of the key to avoid recursion. It should only be used
* in very certain cases. Like get_pubkey and unlike any of the other
* lookup functions, this function also consults the user id cache
* (see cache_public_key).
*
* Return the public key in *PK. The resources in *PK should be
* released using release_public_key_parts(). */
int
get_pubkey_fast (PKT_public_key * pk, u32 * keyid)
{
int rc = 0;
KEYDB_HANDLE hd;
KBNODE keyblock;
u32 pkid[2];
log_assert (pk);
#if MAX_PK_CACHE_ENTRIES
{
/* Try to get it from the cache */
pk_cache_entry_t ce;
for (ce = pk_cache; ce; ce = ce->next)
{
if (ce->keyid[0] == keyid[0] && ce->keyid[1] == keyid[1]
/* Only consider primary keys. */
&& ce->pk->keyid[0] == ce->pk->main_keyid[0]
&& ce->pk->keyid[1] == ce->pk->main_keyid[1])
{
if (pk)
copy_public_key (pk, ce->pk);
return 0;
}
}
}
#endif
hd = keydb_new ();
if (!hd)
return gpg_error_from_syserror ();
rc = keydb_search_kid (hd, keyid);
if (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_NOT_FOUND)
{
keydb_release (hd);
return GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY;
}
rc = keydb_get_keyblock (hd, &keyblock);
keydb_release (hd);
if (rc)
{
log_error ("keydb_get_keyblock failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (rc));
return GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY;
}
log_assert (keyblock && keyblock->pkt
&& keyblock->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY);
/* We return the primary key. If KEYID matched a subkey, then we
return an error. */
keyid_from_pk (keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key, pkid);
if (keyid[0] == pkid[0] && keyid[1] == pkid[1])
copy_public_key (pk, keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key);
else
rc = GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY;
release_kbnode (keyblock);
/* Not caching key here since it won't have all of the fields
properly set. */
return rc;
}
/* Return the entire keyblock used to create SIG. This is a
* specialized version of get_pubkeyblock.
*
* FIXME: This is a hack because get_pubkey_for_sig was already called
* and it could have used a cache to hold the key. */
kbnode_t
get_pubkeyblock_for_sig (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_signature *sig)
{
const byte *fpr;
size_t fprlen;
kbnode_t keyblock;
/* First try the new ISSUER_FPR info. */
fpr = issuer_fpr_raw (sig, &fprlen);
if (fpr && !get_pubkey_byfprint (ctrl, NULL, &keyblock, fpr, fprlen))
return keyblock;
/* Fallback to use the ISSUER_KEYID. */
return get_pubkeyblock (ctrl, sig->keyid);
}
/* Return the key block for the key with key id KEYID or NULL, if an
* error occurs. Use release_kbnode() to release the key block.
*
* The self-signed data has already been merged into the public key
* using merge_selfsigs. */
kbnode_t
get_pubkeyblock (ctrl_t ctrl, u32 * keyid)
{
struct getkey_ctx_s ctx;
int rc = 0;
KBNODE keyblock = NULL;
memset (&ctx, 0, sizeof ctx);
/* No need to set exact here because we want the entire block. */
ctx.not_allocated = 1;
ctx.kr_handle = keydb_new ();
if (!ctx.kr_handle)
return NULL;
ctx.nitems = 1;
ctx.items[0].mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID;
ctx.items[0].u.kid[0] = keyid[0];
ctx.items[0].u.kid[1] = keyid[1];
rc = lookup (ctrl, &ctx, 0, &keyblock, NULL);
getkey_end (ctrl, &ctx);
return rc ? NULL : keyblock;
}
/* Return the public key with the key id KEYID iff the secret key is
* available and store it at PK. The resources should be released
* using release_public_key_parts().
*
* Unlike other lookup functions, PK may not be NULL. PK->REQ_USAGE
* is passed through to the lookup function and is a mask of
* PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG, PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC and PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT. Thus, it
* must be valid! If this is non-zero, only keys with the specified
* usage will be returned.
*
* Returns 0 on success. If a public key with the specified key id is
* not found or a secret key is not available for that public key, an
* error code is returned. Note: this function ignores legacy keys.
* An error code is also return if an error occurs.
*
* The self-signed data has already been merged into the public key
* using merge_selfsigs. */
gpg_error_t
get_seckey (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk, u32 *keyid)
{
gpg_error_t err;
struct getkey_ctx_s ctx;
kbnode_t keyblock = NULL;
kbnode_t found_key = NULL;
memset (&ctx, 0, sizeof ctx);
ctx.exact = 1; /* Use the key ID exactly as given. */
ctx.not_allocated = 1;
ctx.kr_handle = keydb_new ();
if (!ctx.kr_handle)
return gpg_error_from_syserror ();
ctx.nitems = 1;
ctx.items[0].mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID;
ctx.items[0].u.kid[0] = keyid[0];
ctx.items[0].u.kid[1] = keyid[1];
ctx.req_usage = pk->req_usage;
err = lookup (ctrl, &ctx, 1, &keyblock, &found_key);
if (!err)
{
pk_from_block (pk, keyblock, found_key);
}
getkey_end (ctrl, &ctx);
release_kbnode (keyblock);
if (!err)
{
err = agent_probe_secret_key (/*ctrl*/NULL, pk);
if (err)
release_public_key_parts (pk);
}
return err;
}
/* Skip unusable keys. A key is unusable if it is revoked, expired or
disabled or if the selected user id is revoked or expired. */
static int
skip_unusable (void *opaque, u32 * keyid, int uid_no)
{
ctrl_t ctrl = opaque;
int unusable = 0;
KBNODE keyblock;
PKT_public_key *pk;
keyblock = get_pubkeyblock (ctrl, keyid);
if (!keyblock)
{
log_error ("error checking usability status of %s\n", keystr (keyid));
goto leave;
}
pk = keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key;
/* Is the key revoked or expired? */
if (pk->flags.revoked || pk->has_expired)
unusable = 1;
/* Is the user ID in question revoked or expired? */
if (!unusable && uid_no)
{
KBNODE node;
int uids_seen = 0;
for (node = keyblock; node; node = node->next)
{
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID)
{
PKT_user_id *user_id = node->pkt->pkt.user_id;
uids_seen ++;
if (uids_seen != uid_no)
continue;
if (user_id->flags.revoked || user_id->flags.expired)
unusable = 1;
break;
}
}
/* If UID_NO is non-zero, then the keyblock better have at least
that many UIDs. */
log_assert (uids_seen == uid_no);
}
if (!unusable)
unusable = pk_is_disabled (pk);
leave:
release_kbnode (keyblock);
return unusable;
}
/* Search for keys matching some criteria.
If RETCTX is not NULL, then the constructed context is returned in
*RETCTX so that getpubkey_next can be used to get subsequent
results. In this case, getkey_end() must be used to free the
search context. If RETCTX is not NULL, then RET_KDBHD must be
NULL.
If NAMELIST is not NULL, then a search query is constructed using
classify_user_id on each of the strings in the list. (Recall: the
database does an OR of the terms, not an AND.) If NAMELIST is
NULL, then all results are returned.
If PK is not NULL, the public key of the first result is returned
in *PK. Note: PK->REQ_USAGE must be valid!!! If PK->REQ_USAGE is
set, it is used to filter the search results. See the
documentation for finish_lookup to understand exactly how this is
used. Note: The self-signed data has already been merged into the
public key using merge_selfsigs. Free *PK by calling
release_public_key_parts (or, if PK was allocated using xfree, you
can use free_public_key, which calls release_public_key_parts(PK)
and then xfree(PK)).
If WANT_SECRET is set, then only keys with an available secret key
(either locally or via key registered on a smartcard) are returned.
If INCLUDE_UNUSABLE is set, then unusable keys (see the
documentation for skip_unusable for an exact definition) are
skipped unless they are looked up by key id or by fingerprint.
If RET_KB is not NULL, the keyblock is returned in *RET_KB. This
should be freed using release_kbnode().
If RET_KDBHD is not NULL, then the new database handle used to
conduct the search is returned in *RET_KDBHD. This can be used to
get subsequent results using keydb_search_next. Note: in this
case, no advanced filtering is done for subsequent results (e.g.,
WANT_SECRET and PK->REQ_USAGE are not respected).
This function returns 0 on success. Otherwise, an error code is
returned. In particular, GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY or GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY
(if want_secret is set) is returned if the key is not found. */
static int
key_byname (ctrl_t ctrl, GETKEY_CTX *retctx, strlist_t namelist,
PKT_public_key *pk,
int want_secret, int include_unusable,
KBNODE * ret_kb, KEYDB_HANDLE * ret_kdbhd)
{
int rc = 0;
int n;
strlist_t r;
GETKEY_CTX ctx;
KBNODE help_kb = NULL;
KBNODE found_key = NULL;
if (retctx)
{
/* Reset the returned context in case of error. */
log_assert (!ret_kdbhd); /* Not allowed because the handle is stored
in the context. */
*retctx = NULL;
}
if (ret_kdbhd)
*ret_kdbhd = NULL;
if (!namelist)
/* No search terms: iterate over the whole DB. */
{
ctx = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *ctx);
ctx->nitems = 1;
ctx->items[0].mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FIRST;
if (!include_unusable)
{
ctx->items[0].skipfnc = skip_unusable;
ctx->items[0].skipfncvalue = ctrl;
}
}
else
{
/* Build the search context. */
for (n = 0, r = namelist; r; r = r->next)
n++;
/* CTX has space for a single search term at the end. Thus, we
need to allocate sizeof *CTX plus (n - 1) sizeof
CTX->ITEMS. */
ctx = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *ctx + (n - 1) * sizeof ctx->items);
ctx->nitems = n;
for (n = 0, r = namelist; r; r = r->next, n++)
{
gpg_error_t err;
err = classify_user_id (r->d, &ctx->items[n], 1);
if (ctx->items[n].exact)
ctx->exact = 1;
if (err)
{
xfree (ctx);
return gpg_err_code (err); /* FIXME: remove gpg_err_code. */
}
if (!include_unusable
&& ctx->items[n].mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SHORT_KID
&& ctx->items[n].mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID
&& ctx->items[n].mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR16
&& ctx->items[n].mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR20
&& ctx->items[n].mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR)
{
ctx->items[n].skipfnc = skip_unusable;
ctx->items[n].skipfncvalue = ctrl;
}
}
}
ctx->want_secret = want_secret;
ctx->kr_handle = keydb_new ();
if (!ctx->kr_handle)
{
rc = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
getkey_end (ctrl, ctx);
return rc;
}
if (!ret_kb)
ret_kb = &help_kb;
if (pk)
{
ctx->req_usage = pk->req_usage;
}
rc = lookup (ctrl, ctx, want_secret, ret_kb, &found_key);
if (!rc && pk)
{
pk_from_block (pk, *ret_kb, found_key);
}
release_kbnode (help_kb);
if (retctx) /* Caller wants the context. */
*retctx = ctx;
else
{
if (ret_kdbhd)
{
*ret_kdbhd = ctx->kr_handle;
ctx->kr_handle = NULL;
}
getkey_end (ctrl, ctx);
}
return rc;
}
/* Find a public key identified by NAME.
*
* If name appears to be a valid RFC822 mailbox (i.e., email address)
* and auto key lookup is enabled (mode != GET_PUBKEY_NO_AKL), then
* the specified auto key lookup methods (--auto-key-lookup) are used
* to import the key into the local keyring. Otherwise, just the
* local keyring is consulted.
*
* MODE can be one of:
* GET_PUBKEY_NORMAL - The standard mode
* GET_PUBKEY_NO_AKL - The auto key locate functionality is
* disabled and only the local key ring is
* considered. Note: the local key ring is
* consulted even if local is not in the
* auto-key-locate option list!
* GET_PUBKEY_NO_LOCAL - Only the auto key locate functionaly is
* used and no local search is done.
*
* If RETCTX is not NULL, then the constructed context is returned in
* *RETCTX so that getpubkey_next can be used to get subsequent
* results. In this case, getkey_end() must be used to free the
* search context. If RETCTX is not NULL, then RET_KDBHD must be
* NULL.
*
* If PK is not NULL, the public key of the first result is returned
* in *PK. Note: PK->REQ_USAGE must be valid!!! PK->REQ_USAGE is
* passed through to the lookup function and is a mask of
* PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG, PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC and PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT. If this
* is non-zero, only keys with the specified usage will be returned.
* Note: The self-signed data has already been merged into the public
* key using merge_selfsigs. Free *PK by calling
* release_public_key_parts (or, if PK was allocated using xfree, you
* can use free_public_key, which calls release_public_key_parts(PK)
* and then xfree(PK)).
*
* NAME is a string, which is turned into a search query using
* classify_user_id.
*
* If RET_KEYBLOCK is not NULL, the keyblock is returned in
* *RET_KEYBLOCK. This should be freed using release_kbnode().
*
* If RET_KDBHD is not NULL, then the new database handle used to
* conduct the search is returned in *RET_KDBHD. This can be used to
* get subsequent results using keydb_search_next or to modify the
* returned record. Note: in this case, no advanced filtering is done
* for subsequent results (e.g., PK->REQ_USAGE is not respected).
* Unlike RETCTX, this is always returned.
*
* If INCLUDE_UNUSABLE is set, then unusable keys (see the
* documentation for skip_unusable for an exact definition) are
* skipped unless they are looked up by key id or by fingerprint.
*
* This function returns 0 on success. Otherwise, an error code is
* returned. In particular, GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY or GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY
* (if want_secret is set) is returned if the key is not found. */
int
get_pubkey_byname (ctrl_t ctrl, enum get_pubkey_modes mode,
GETKEY_CTX * retctx, PKT_public_key * pk,
const char *name, KBNODE * ret_keyblock,
KEYDB_HANDLE * ret_kdbhd, int include_unusable)
{
int rc;
strlist_t namelist = NULL;
struct akl *akl;
int is_mbox;
int nodefault = 0;
int anylocalfirst = 0;
int mechanism_type = AKL_NODEFAULT;
/* If RETCTX is not NULL, then RET_KDBHD must be NULL. */
log_assert (retctx == NULL || ret_kdbhd == NULL);
if (retctx)
*retctx = NULL;
/* Does NAME appear to be a mailbox (mail address)? */
is_mbox = is_valid_mailbox (name);
if (!is_mbox && *name == '<' && name[1] && name[strlen(name)-1]=='>'
&& name[1] != '>'
&& is_valid_mailbox_mem (name+1, strlen (name)-2))
{
/* The mailbox is in the form "<foo@example.org>" which is not
* detected by is_valid_mailbox. Set the flag but keep name as
* it is because the bracketed name is actual the better
* specification for a local search and the other methods
* extract the mail address anyway. */
is_mbox = 1;
}
/* The auto-key-locate feature works as follows: there are a number
* of methods to look up keys. By default, the local keyring is
* tried first. Then, each method listed in the --auto-key-locate is
* tried in the order it appears.
*
* This can be changed as follows:
*
* - if nodefault appears anywhere in the list of options, then
* the local keyring is not tried first, or,
*
* - if local appears anywhere in the list of options, then the
* local keyring is not tried first, but in the order in which
* it was listed in the --auto-key-locate option.
*
* Note: we only save the search context in RETCTX if the local
* method is the first method tried (either explicitly or
* implicitly). */
if (mode == GET_PUBKEY_NO_LOCAL)
nodefault = 1; /* Auto-key-locate but ignore "local". */
else if (mode != GET_PUBKEY_NO_AKL)
{
/* auto-key-locate is enabled. */
/* nodefault is true if "nodefault" or "local" appear. */
for (akl = opt.auto_key_locate; akl; akl = akl->next)
if (akl->type == AKL_NODEFAULT || akl->type == AKL_LOCAL)
{
nodefault = 1;
break;
}
/* anylocalfirst is true if "local" appears before any other
search methods (except "nodefault"). */
for (akl = opt.auto_key_locate; akl; akl = akl->next)
if (akl->type != AKL_NODEFAULT)
{
if (akl->type == AKL_LOCAL)
anylocalfirst = 1;
break;
}
}
if (!nodefault)
{
/* "nodefault" didn't occur. Thus, "local" is implicitly the
* first method to try. */
anylocalfirst = 1;
}
if (mode == GET_PUBKEY_NO_LOCAL)
{
/* Force using the AKL. If IS_MBOX is not set this is the final
* error code. */
rc = GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY;
}
else if (nodefault && is_mbox)
{
/* Either "nodefault" or "local" (explicitly) appeared in the
* auto key locate list and NAME appears to be an email address.
* Don't try the local keyring. */
rc = GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY;
}
else
{
/* Either "nodefault" and "local" don't appear in the auto key
* locate list (in which case we try the local keyring first) or
* NAME does not appear to be an email address (in which case we
* only try the local keyring). In this case, lookup NAME in
* the local keyring. */
add_to_strlist (&namelist, name);
rc = key_byname (ctrl, retctx, namelist, pk, 0,
include_unusable, ret_keyblock, ret_kdbhd);
}
/* If the requested name resembles a valid mailbox and automatic
retrieval has been enabled, we try to import the key. */
if (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY
&& mode != GET_PUBKEY_NO_AKL
&& is_mbox)
{
/* NAME wasn't present in the local keyring (or we didn't try
* the local keyring). Since the auto key locate feature is
* enabled and NAME appears to be an email address, try the auto
* locate feature. */
for (akl = opt.auto_key_locate; akl; akl = akl->next)
{
unsigned char *fpr = NULL;
size_t fpr_len;
int did_akl_local = 0;
int no_fingerprint = 0;
const char *mechanism_string = "?";
mechanism_type = akl->type;
switch (mechanism_type)
{
case AKL_NODEFAULT:
/* This is a dummy mechanism. */
mechanism_string = "";
rc = GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY;
break;
case AKL_LOCAL:
if (mode == GET_PUBKEY_NO_LOCAL)
{
mechanism_string = "";
rc = GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY;
}
else
{
mechanism_string = "Local";
did_akl_local = 1;
if (retctx)
{
getkey_end (ctrl, *retctx);
*retctx = NULL;
}
add_to_strlist (&namelist, name);
rc = key_byname (ctrl, anylocalfirst ? retctx : NULL,
namelist, pk, 0,
include_unusable, ret_keyblock, ret_kdbhd);
}
break;
case AKL_CERT:
mechanism_string = "DNS CERT";
glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve++;
rc = keyserver_import_cert (ctrl, name, 0, &fpr, &fpr_len);
glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve--;
break;
case AKL_PKA:
mechanism_string = "PKA";
glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve++;
rc = keyserver_import_pka (ctrl, name, &fpr, &fpr_len);
glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve--;
break;
case AKL_DANE:
mechanism_string = "DANE";
glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve++;
rc = keyserver_import_cert (ctrl, name, 1, &fpr, &fpr_len);
glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve--;
break;
case AKL_WKD:
mechanism_string = "WKD";
glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve++;
rc = keyserver_import_wkd (ctrl, name, 0, &fpr, &fpr_len);
glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve--;
break;
case AKL_LDAP:
mechanism_string = "LDAP";
glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve++;
rc = keyserver_import_ldap (ctrl, name, &fpr, &fpr_len);
glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve--;
break;
+ case AKL_NTDS:
+ mechanism_string = "NTDS";
+ glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve++;
+ rc = keyserver_import_ntds (ctrl, name, &fpr, &fpr_len);
+ glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve--;
+ break;
+
case AKL_KEYSERVER:
/* Strictly speaking, we don't need to only use a valid
* mailbox for the getname search, but it helps cut down
* on the problem of searching for something like "john"
* and getting a whole lot of keys back. */
if (keyserver_any_configured (ctrl))
{
mechanism_string = "keyserver";
glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve++;
rc = keyserver_import_name (ctrl, name, &fpr, &fpr_len,
opt.keyserver);
glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve--;
}
else
{
mechanism_string = "Unconfigured keyserver";
rc = GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY;
}
break;
case AKL_SPEC:
{
struct keyserver_spec *keyserver;
mechanism_string = akl->spec->uri;
keyserver = keyserver_match (akl->spec);
glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve++;
rc = keyserver_import_name (ctrl,
name, &fpr, &fpr_len, keyserver);
glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve--;
}
break;
}
/* Use the fingerprint of the key that we actually fetched.
* This helps prevent problems where the key that we fetched
* doesn't have the same name that we used to fetch it. In
* the case of CERT and PKA, this is an actual security
* requirement as the URL might point to a key put in by an
* attacker. By forcing the use of the fingerprint, we
* won't use the attacker's key here. */
if (!rc && fpr)
{
char fpr_string[MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN * 2 + 1];
log_assert (fpr_len <= MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN);
free_strlist (namelist);
namelist = NULL;
bin2hex (fpr, fpr_len, fpr_string);
if (opt.verbose)
log_info ("auto-key-locate found fingerprint %s\n",
fpr_string);
add_to_strlist (&namelist, fpr_string);
}
else if (!rc && !fpr && !did_akl_local)
{ /* The acquisition method said no failure occurred, but
* it didn't return a fingerprint. That's a failure. */
no_fingerprint = 1;
rc = GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY;
}
xfree (fpr);
fpr = NULL;
if (!rc && !did_akl_local)
{ /* There was no error and we didn't do a local lookup.
* This means that we imported a key into the local
* keyring. Try to read the imported key from the
* keyring. */
if (retctx)
{
getkey_end (ctrl, *retctx);
*retctx = NULL;
}
rc = key_byname (ctrl, anylocalfirst ? retctx : NULL,
namelist, pk, 0,
include_unusable, ret_keyblock, ret_kdbhd);
}
if (!rc)
{
/* Key found. */
if (opt.verbose)
log_info (_("automatically retrieved '%s' via %s\n"),
name, mechanism_string);
break;
}
if ((gpg_err_code (rc) != GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY
|| opt.verbose || no_fingerprint) && *mechanism_string)
log_info (_("error retrieving '%s' via %s: %s\n"),
name, mechanism_string,
no_fingerprint ? _("No fingerprint") : gpg_strerror (rc));
}
}
if (rc && retctx)
{
getkey_end (ctrl, *retctx);
*retctx = NULL;
}
if (retctx && *retctx)
{
log_assert (!(*retctx)->extra_list);
(*retctx)->extra_list = namelist;
(*retctx)->found_via_akl = mechanism_type;
}
else
free_strlist (namelist);
return rc;
}
/* Comparison machinery for get_best_pubkey_byname. */
/* First we have a struct to cache computed information about the key
* in question. */
struct pubkey_cmp_cookie
{
int valid; /* Is this cookie valid? */
PKT_public_key key; /* The key. */
PKT_user_id *uid; /* The matching UID packet. */
unsigned int validity; /* Computed validity of (KEY, UID). */
u32 creation_time; /* Creation time of the newest subkey
capable of encryption. */
};
/* Then we have a series of helper functions. */
static int
key_is_ok (const PKT_public_key *key)
{
return (! key->has_expired && ! key->flags.revoked
&& key->flags.valid && ! key->flags.disabled);
}
static int
uid_is_ok (const PKT_public_key *key, const PKT_user_id *uid)
{
return key_is_ok (key) && ! uid->flags.revoked;
}
static int
subkey_is_ok (const PKT_public_key *sub)
{
return ! sub->flags.revoked && sub->flags.valid && ! sub->flags.disabled;
}
/* Return true if KEYBLOCK has only expired encryption subkyes. Note
* that the function returns false if the key has no encryption
* subkeys at all or the subkeys are revoked. */
static int
only_expired_enc_subkeys (kbnode_t keyblock)
{
kbnode_t node;
PKT_public_key *sub;
int any = 0;
for (node = find_next_kbnode (keyblock, PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY);
node; node = find_next_kbnode (node, PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY))
{
sub = node->pkt->pkt.public_key;
if (!(sub->pubkey_usage & PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC))
continue;
if (!subkey_is_ok (sub))
continue;
any = 1;
if (!sub->has_expired)
return 0;
}
return any? 1 : 0;
}
/* Finally this function compares a NEW key to the former candidate
* OLD. Returns < 0 if the old key is worse, > 0 if the old key is
* better, == 0 if it is a tie. */
static int
pubkey_cmp (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *name, struct pubkey_cmp_cookie *old,
struct pubkey_cmp_cookie *new, KBNODE new_keyblock)
{
kbnode_t n;
new->creation_time = 0;
for (n = find_next_kbnode (new_keyblock, PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY);
n; n = find_next_kbnode (n, PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY))
{
PKT_public_key *sub = n->pkt->pkt.public_key;
if ((sub->pubkey_usage & PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC) == 0)
continue;
if (! subkey_is_ok (sub))
continue;
if (sub->timestamp > new->creation_time)
new->creation_time = sub->timestamp;
}
for (n = find_next_kbnode (new_keyblock, PKT_USER_ID);
n; n = find_next_kbnode (n, PKT_USER_ID))
{
PKT_user_id *uid = n->pkt->pkt.user_id;
char *mbox = mailbox_from_userid (uid->name);
int match = mbox ? strcasecmp (name, mbox) == 0 : 0;
xfree (mbox);
if (! match)
continue;
new->uid = scopy_user_id (uid);
new->validity =
get_validity (ctrl, new_keyblock, &new->key, uid, NULL, 0) & TRUST_MASK;
new->valid = 1;
if (! old->valid)
return -1; /* No OLD key. */
if (! uid_is_ok (&old->key, old->uid) && uid_is_ok (&new->key, uid))
return -1; /* Validity of the NEW key is better. */
if (old->validity < new->validity)
return -1; /* Validity of the NEW key is better. */
if (old->validity == new->validity && uid_is_ok (&new->key, uid)
&& old->creation_time < new->creation_time)
return -1; /* Both keys are of the same validity, but the
NEW key is newer. */
}
/* Stick with the OLD key. */
return 1;
}
/* This function works like get_pubkey_byname, but if the name
* resembles a mail address, the results are ranked and only the best
* result is returned. */
gpg_error_t
get_best_pubkey_byname (ctrl_t ctrl, enum get_pubkey_modes mode,
GETKEY_CTX *retctx, PKT_public_key *pk,
const char *name, KBNODE *ret_keyblock,
int include_unusable)
{
gpg_error_t err;
struct getkey_ctx_s *ctx = NULL;
int is_mbox;
int wkd_tried = 0;
if (retctx)
*retctx = NULL;
is_mbox = is_valid_mailbox (name);
if (!is_mbox && *name == '<' && name[1] && name[strlen(name)-1]=='>'
&& name[1] != '>'
&& is_valid_mailbox_mem (name+1, strlen (name)-2))
{
/* The mailbox is in the form "<foo@example.org>" which is not
* detected by is_valid_mailbox. Set the flag but keep name as
* it is because get_pubkey_byname does an is_valid_mailbox_mem
* itself. */
is_mbox = 1;
}
start_over:
if (ctx) /* Clear in case of a start over. */
{
if (ret_keyblock)
{
release_kbnode (*ret_keyblock);
*ret_keyblock = NULL;
}
getkey_end (ctrl, ctx);
ctx = NULL;
}
err = get_pubkey_byname (ctrl, mode,
&ctx, pk, name, ret_keyblock,
NULL, include_unusable);
if (err)
{
goto leave;
}
/* If the keyblock was retrieved from the local database and the key
* has expired, do further checks. However, we can do this only if
* the caller requested a keyblock. */
if (is_mbox && ctx && ctx->found_via_akl == AKL_LOCAL && ret_keyblock)
{
u32 now = make_timestamp ();
PKT_public_key *pk2 = (*ret_keyblock)->pkt->pkt.public_key;
int found;
/* If the key has expired and its origin was the WKD then try to
* get a fresh key from the WKD. We also try this if the key
* has any only expired encryption subkeys. In case we checked
* for a fresh copy in the last 3 hours we won't do that again.
* Unfortunately that does not yet work because KEYUPDATE is
* only updated during import iff the key has actually changed
* (see import.c:import_one). */
if (!wkd_tried && pk2->keyorg == KEYORG_WKD
&& (pk2->keyupdate + 3*3600) < now
&& (pk2->has_expired || only_expired_enc_subkeys (*ret_keyblock)))
{
if (opt.verbose)
log_info (_("checking for a fresh copy of an expired key via %s\n"),
"WKD");
wkd_tried = 1;
glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve++;
found = !keyserver_import_wkd (ctrl, name, 0, NULL, NULL);
glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve--;
if (found)
goto start_over;
}
}
if (is_mbox && ctx)
{
/* Rank results and return only the most relevant key. */
struct pubkey_cmp_cookie best = { 0 };
struct pubkey_cmp_cookie new = { 0 };
kbnode_t new_keyblock;
while (getkey_next (ctrl, ctx, &new.key, &new_keyblock) == 0)
{
int diff = pubkey_cmp (ctrl, name, &best, &new, new_keyblock);
release_kbnode (new_keyblock);
if (diff < 0)
{
/* New key is better. */
release_public_key_parts (&best.key);
free_user_id (best.uid);
best = new;
}
else if (diff > 0)
{
/* Old key is better. */
release_public_key_parts (&new.key);
free_user_id (new.uid);
}
else
{
/* A tie. Keep the old key. */
release_public_key_parts (&new.key);
free_user_id (new.uid);
}
new.uid = NULL;
}
getkey_end (ctrl, ctx);
ctx = NULL;
free_user_id (best.uid);
best.uid = NULL;
if (best.valid)
{
if (retctx || ret_keyblock)
{
ctx = xtrycalloc (1, sizeof **retctx);
if (! ctx)
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
{
ctx->kr_handle = keydb_new ();
if (! ctx->kr_handle)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
xfree (ctx);
ctx = NULL;
if (retctx)
*retctx = NULL;
}
else
{
u32 *keyid = pk_keyid (&best.key);
ctx->exact = 1;
ctx->nitems = 1;
ctx->items[0].mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID;
ctx->items[0].u.kid[0] = keyid[0];
ctx->items[0].u.kid[1] = keyid[1];
if (ret_keyblock)
{
release_kbnode (*ret_keyblock);
*ret_keyblock = NULL;
err = getkey_next (ctrl, ctx, NULL, ret_keyblock);
}
}
}
}
if (pk)
{
release_public_key_parts (pk);
*pk = best.key;
}
else
release_public_key_parts (&best.key);
}
}
if (err && ctx)
{
getkey_end (ctrl, ctx);
ctx = NULL;
}
if (retctx && ctx)
{
*retctx = ctx;
ctx = NULL;
}
leave:
getkey_end (ctrl, ctx);
return err;
}
/* Get a public key from a file.
*
* PK is the buffer to store the key. The caller needs to make sure
* that PK->REQ_USAGE is valid. PK->REQ_USAGE is passed through to
* the lookup function and is a mask of PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG,
* PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC and PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT. If this is non-zero, only
* keys with the specified usage will be returned.
*
* FNAME is the file name. That file should contain exactly one
* keyblock.
*
* This function returns 0 on success. Otherwise, an error code is
* returned. In particular, GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY is returned if the key
* is not found.
*
* The self-signed data has already been merged into the public key
* using merge_selfsigs. The caller must release the content of PK by
* calling release_public_key_parts (or, if PK was malloced, using
* free_public_key).
*/
gpg_error_t
get_pubkey_fromfile (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk, const char *fname)
{
gpg_error_t err;
kbnode_t keyblock;
kbnode_t found_key;
unsigned int infoflags;
err = read_key_from_file_or_buffer (ctrl, fname, NULL, 0, &keyblock);
if (!err)
{
/* Warning: node flag bits 0 and 1 should be preserved by
* merge_selfsigs. FIXME: Check whether this still holds. */
merge_selfsigs (ctrl, keyblock);
found_key = finish_lookup (keyblock, pk->req_usage, 0, 0, &infoflags);
print_status_key_considered (keyblock, infoflags);
if (found_key)
pk_from_block (pk, keyblock, found_key);
else
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_UNUSABLE_PUBKEY);
}
release_kbnode (keyblock);
return err;
}
/* Return a public key from the buffer (BUFFER, BUFLEN). The key is
* onlyretruned if it matches the keyid given in WANT_KEYID. On
* success the key is stored at the caller provided PKBUF structure.
* The caller must release the content of PK by calling
* release_public_key_parts (or, if PKBUF was malloced, using
* free_public_key). If R_KEYBLOCK is not NULL the full keyblock is
* also stored there. */
gpg_error_t
get_pubkey_from_buffer (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pkbuf,
const void *buffer, size_t buflen, u32 *want_keyid,
kbnode_t *r_keyblock)
{
gpg_error_t err;
kbnode_t keyblock;
kbnode_t node;
PKT_public_key *pk;
if (r_keyblock)
*r_keyblock = NULL;
err = read_key_from_file_or_buffer (ctrl, NULL, buffer, buflen, &keyblock);
if (!err)
{
merge_selfsigs (ctrl, keyblock);
for (node = keyblock; node; node = node->next)
{
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY
|| node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)
{
pk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key;
keyid_from_pk (pk, NULL);
if (pk->keyid[0] == want_keyid[0]
&& pk->keyid[1] == want_keyid[1])
break;
}
}
if (node)
copy_public_key (pkbuf, pk);
else
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY);
}
if (!err && r_keyblock)
*r_keyblock = keyblock;
else
release_kbnode (keyblock);
return err;
}
/* Lookup a key with the specified fingerprint.
*
* If PK is not NULL, the public key of the first result is returned
* in *PK. Note: this function does an exact search and thus the
* returned public key may be a subkey rather than the primary key.
* Note: The self-signed data has already been merged into the public
* key using merge_selfsigs. Free *PK by calling
* release_public_key_parts (or, if PK was allocated using xfree, you
* can use free_public_key, which calls release_public_key_parts(PK)
* and then xfree(PK)).
*
* If PK->REQ_USAGE is set, it is used to filter the search results.
* (Thus, if PK is not NULL, PK->REQ_USAGE must be valid!!!) See the
* documentation for finish_lookup to understand exactly how this is
* used.
*
* If R_KEYBLOCK is not NULL, then the first result's keyblock is
* returned in *R_KEYBLOCK. This should be freed using
* release_kbnode().
*
* FPRINT is a byte array whose contents is the fingerprint to use as
* the search term. FPRINT_LEN specifies the length of the
* fingerprint (in bytes). Currently, only 16 and 20-byte
* fingerprints are supported.
*
* FIXME: We should replace this with the _byname function. This can
* be done by creating a userID conforming to the unified fingerprint
* style. */
int
get_pubkey_byfprint (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk, kbnode_t *r_keyblock,
const byte * fprint, size_t fprint_len)
{
int rc;
if (r_keyblock)
*r_keyblock = NULL;
if (fprint_len == 20 || fprint_len == 16)
{
struct getkey_ctx_s ctx;
KBNODE kb = NULL;
KBNODE found_key = NULL;
memset (&ctx, 0, sizeof ctx);
ctx.exact = 1;
ctx.not_allocated = 1;
/* FIXME: We should get the handle from the cache like we do in
* get_pubkey. */
ctx.kr_handle = keydb_new ();
if (!ctx.kr_handle)
return gpg_error_from_syserror ();
ctx.nitems = 1;
ctx.items[0].mode = fprint_len == 16 ? KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR16
: KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR20;
memcpy (ctx.items[0].u.fpr, fprint, fprint_len);
if (pk)
ctx.req_usage = pk->req_usage;
rc = lookup (ctrl, &ctx, 0, &kb, &found_key);
if (!rc && pk)
pk_from_block (pk, kb, found_key);
if (!rc && r_keyblock)
{
*r_keyblock = kb;
kb = NULL;
}
release_kbnode (kb);
getkey_end (ctrl, &ctx);
}
else
rc = GPG_ERR_GENERAL; /* Oops */
return rc;
}
/* This function is similar to get_pubkey_byfprint, but it doesn't
* merge the self-signed data into the public key and subkeys or into
* the user ids. It also doesn't add the key to the user id cache.
* Further, this function ignores PK->REQ_USAGE.
*
* This function is intended to avoid recursion and, as such, should
* only be used in very specific situations.
*
* Like get_pubkey_byfprint, PK may be NULL. In that case, this
* function effectively just checks for the existence of the key. */
gpg_error_t
get_pubkey_byfprint_fast (PKT_public_key * pk,
const byte * fprint, size_t fprint_len)
{
gpg_error_t err;
KBNODE keyblock;
err = get_keyblock_byfprint_fast (&keyblock, NULL, fprint, fprint_len, 0);
if (!err)
{
if (pk)
copy_public_key (pk, keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key);
release_kbnode (keyblock);
}
return err;
}
/* This function is similar to get_pubkey_byfprint_fast but returns a
* keydb handle at R_HD and the keyblock at R_KEYBLOCK. R_KEYBLOCK or
* R_HD may be NULL. If LOCK is set the handle has been opend in
* locked mode and keydb_disable_caching () has been called. On error
* R_KEYBLOCK is set to NULL but R_HD must be released by the caller;
* it may have a value of NULL, though. This allows to do an insert
* operation on a locked keydb handle. */
gpg_error_t
get_keyblock_byfprint_fast (kbnode_t *r_keyblock, KEYDB_HANDLE *r_hd,
const byte *fprint, size_t fprint_len, int lock)
{
gpg_error_t err;
KEYDB_HANDLE hd;
kbnode_t keyblock;
byte fprbuf[MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN];
int i;
if (r_keyblock)
*r_keyblock = NULL;
if (r_hd)
*r_hd = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN && i < fprint_len; i++)
fprbuf[i] = fprint[i];
while (i < MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN)
fprbuf[i++] = 0;
hd = keydb_new ();
if (!hd)
return gpg_error_from_syserror ();
if (lock)
{
err = keydb_lock (hd);
if (err)
{
/* If locking did not work, we better don't return a handle
* at all - there was a reason that locking has been
* requested. */
keydb_release (hd);
return err;
}
keydb_disable_caching (hd);
}
/* Fo all other errors we return the handle. */
if (r_hd)
*r_hd = hd;
err = keydb_search_fpr (hd, fprbuf);
if (gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_NOT_FOUND)
{
if (!r_hd)
keydb_release (hd);
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY);
}
err = keydb_get_keyblock (hd, &keyblock);
if (err)
{
log_error ("keydb_get_keyblock failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err));
if (!r_hd)
keydb_release (hd);
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY);
}
log_assert (keyblock->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY
|| keyblock->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY);
/* Not caching key here since it won't have all of the fields
properly set. */
if (r_keyblock)
*r_keyblock = keyblock;
else
release_kbnode (keyblock);
if (!r_hd)
keydb_release (hd);
return 0;
}
const char *
parse_def_secret_key (ctrl_t ctrl)
{
KEYDB_HANDLE hd = NULL;
strlist_t t;
static int warned;
for (t = opt.def_secret_key; t; t = t->next)
{
gpg_error_t err;
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC desc;
KBNODE kb;
KBNODE node;
err = classify_user_id (t->d, &desc, 1);
if (err)
{
log_error (_("secret key \"%s\" not found: %s\n"),
t->d, gpg_strerror (err));
if (!opt.quiet)
log_info (_("(check argument of option '%s')\n"), "--default-key");
continue;
}
if (! hd)
{
hd = keydb_new ();
if (!hd)
return NULL;
}
else
keydb_search_reset (hd);
err = keydb_search (hd, &desc, 1, NULL);
if (gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_NOT_FOUND)
continue;
if (err)
{
log_error (_("key \"%s\" not found: %s\n"), t->d, gpg_strerror (err));
t = NULL;
break;
}
err = keydb_get_keyblock (hd, &kb);
if (err)
{
log_error (_("error reading keyblock: %s\n"),
gpg_strerror (err));
continue;
}
merge_selfsigs (ctrl, kb);
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY);
node = kb;
do
{
PKT_public_key *pk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key;
/* Check if the key is valid. */
if (pk->flags.revoked)
{
if (DBG_LOOKUP)
log_debug ("not using %s as default key, %s",
keystr_from_pk (pk), "revoked");
continue;
}
if (pk->has_expired)
{
if (DBG_LOOKUP)
log_debug ("not using %s as default key, %s",
keystr_from_pk (pk), "expired");
continue;
}
if (pk_is_disabled (pk))
{
if (DBG_LOOKUP)
log_debug ("not using %s as default key, %s",
keystr_from_pk (pk), "disabled");
continue;
}
err = agent_probe_secret_key (ctrl, pk);
if (! err)
/* This is a valid key. */
break;
}
while ((node = find_next_kbnode (node, PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)));
release_kbnode (kb);
if (err)
{
if (! warned && ! opt.quiet)
{
log_info (_("Warning: not using '%s' as default key: %s\n"),
t->d, gpg_strerror (GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY));
print_reported_error (err, GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY);
}
}
else
{
if (! warned && ! opt.quiet)
log_info (_("using \"%s\" as default secret key for signing\n"),
t->d);
break;
}
}
if (! warned && opt.def_secret_key && ! t)
log_info (_("all values passed to '%s' ignored\n"),
"--default-key");
warned = 1;
if (hd)
keydb_release (hd);
if (t)
return t->d;
return NULL;
}
/* Look up a secret key.
*
* If PK is not NULL, the public key of the first result is returned
* in *PK. Note: PK->REQ_USAGE must be valid!!! If PK->REQ_USAGE is
* set, it is used to filter the search results. See the
* documentation for finish_lookup to understand exactly how this is
* used. Note: The self-signed data has already been merged into the
* public key using merge_selfsigs. Free *PK by calling
* release_public_key_parts (or, if PK was allocated using xfree, you
* can use free_public_key, which calls release_public_key_parts(PK)
* and then xfree(PK)).
*
* If --default-key was set, then the specified key is looked up. (In
* this case, the default key is returned even if it is considered
* unusable. See the documentation for skip_unusable for exactly what
* this means.)
*
* Otherwise, this initiates a DB scan that returns all keys that are
* usable (see previous paragraph for exactly what usable means) and
* for which a secret key is available.
*
* This function returns the first match. Additional results can be
* returned using getkey_next. */
gpg_error_t
get_seckey_default (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk)
{
gpg_error_t err;
strlist_t namelist = NULL;
int include_unusable = 1;
const char *def_secret_key = parse_def_secret_key (ctrl);
if (def_secret_key)
add_to_strlist (&namelist, def_secret_key);
else
include_unusable = 0;
err = key_byname (ctrl, NULL, namelist, pk, 1, include_unusable, NULL, NULL);
free_strlist (namelist);
return err;
}
/* Search for keys matching some criteria.
*
* If RETCTX is not NULL, then the constructed context is returned in
* *RETCTX so that getpubkey_next can be used to get subsequent
* results. In this case, getkey_end() must be used to free the
* search context. If RETCTX is not NULL, then RET_KDBHD must be
* NULL.
*
* If PK is not NULL, the public key of the first result is returned
* in *PK. Note: PK->REQ_USAGE must be valid!!! If PK->REQ_USAGE is
* set, it is used to filter the search results. See the
* documentation for finish_lookup to understand exactly how this is
* used. Note: The self-signed data has already been merged into the
* public key using merge_selfsigs. Free *PK by calling
* release_public_key_parts (or, if PK was allocated using xfree, you
* can use free_public_key, which calls release_public_key_parts(PK)
* and then xfree(PK)).
*
* If NAMES is not NULL, then a search query is constructed using
* classify_user_id on each of the strings in the list. (Recall: the
* database does an OR of the terms, not an AND.) If NAMES is
* NULL, then all results are returned.
*
* If WANT_SECRET is set, then only keys with an available secret key
* (either locally or via key registered on a smartcard) are returned.
*
* This function does not skip unusable keys (see the documentation
* for skip_unusable for an exact definition).
*
* If RET_KEYBLOCK is not NULL, the keyblock is returned in
* *RET_KEYBLOCK. This should be freed using release_kbnode().
*
* This function returns 0 on success. Otherwise, an error code is
* returned. In particular, GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY or GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY
* (if want_secret is set) is returned if the key is not found. */
gpg_error_t
getkey_bynames (ctrl_t ctrl, getkey_ctx_t *retctx, PKT_public_key *pk,
strlist_t names, int want_secret, kbnode_t *ret_keyblock)
{
return key_byname (ctrl, retctx, names, pk, want_secret, 1,
ret_keyblock, NULL);
}
/* Search for one key matching some criteria.
*
* If RETCTX is not NULL, then the constructed context is returned in
* *RETCTX so that getpubkey_next can be used to get subsequent
* results. In this case, getkey_end() must be used to free the
* search context. If RETCTX is not NULL, then RET_KDBHD must be
* NULL.
*
* If PK is not NULL, the public key of the first result is returned
* in *PK. Note: PK->REQ_USAGE must be valid!!! If PK->REQ_USAGE is
* set, it is used to filter the search results. See the
* documentation for finish_lookup to understand exactly how this is
* used. Note: The self-signed data has already been merged into the
* public key using merge_selfsigs. Free *PK by calling
* release_public_key_parts (or, if PK was allocated using xfree, you
* can use free_public_key, which calls release_public_key_parts(PK)
* and then xfree(PK)).
*
* If NAME is not NULL, then a search query is constructed using
* classify_user_id on the string. In this case, even unusable keys
* (see the documentation for skip_unusable for an exact definition of
* unusable) are returned. Otherwise, if --default-key was set, then
* that key is returned (even if it is unusable). If neither of these
* conditions holds, then the first usable key is returned.
*
* If WANT_SECRET is set, then only keys with an available secret key
* (either locally or via key registered on a smartcard) are returned.
*
* This function does not skip unusable keys (see the documentation
* for skip_unusable for an exact definition).
*
* If RET_KEYBLOCK is not NULL, the keyblock is returned in
* *RET_KEYBLOCK. This should be freed using release_kbnode().
*
* This function returns 0 on success. Otherwise, an error code is
* returned. In particular, GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY or GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY
* (if want_secret is set) is returned if the key is not found.
*
* FIXME: We also have the get_pubkey_byname function which has a
* different semantic. Should be merged with this one. */
gpg_error_t
getkey_byname (ctrl_t ctrl, getkey_ctx_t *retctx, PKT_public_key *pk,
const char *name, int want_secret, kbnode_t *ret_keyblock)
{
gpg_error_t err;
strlist_t namelist = NULL;
int with_unusable = 1;
const char *def_secret_key = NULL;
if (want_secret && !name)
def_secret_key = parse_def_secret_key (ctrl);
if (want_secret && !name && def_secret_key)
add_to_strlist (&namelist, def_secret_key);
else if (name)
add_to_strlist (&namelist, name);
else
with_unusable = 0;
err = key_byname (ctrl, retctx, namelist, pk, want_secret, with_unusable,
ret_keyblock, NULL);
/* FIXME: Check that we really return GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY if
WANT_SECRET has been used. */
free_strlist (namelist);
return err;
}
/* Return the next search result.
*
* If PK is not NULL, the public key of the next result is returned in
* *PK. Note: The self-signed data has already been merged into the
* public key using merge_selfsigs. Free *PK by calling
* release_public_key_parts (or, if PK was allocated using xmalloc, you
* can use free_public_key, which calls release_public_key_parts(PK)
* and then xfree(PK)).
*
* RET_KEYBLOCK can be given as NULL; if it is not NULL it the entire
* found keyblock is returned which must be released with
* release_kbnode. If the function returns an error NULL is stored at
* RET_KEYBLOCK.
*
* The self-signed data has already been merged into the public key
* using merge_selfsigs. */
gpg_error_t
getkey_next (ctrl_t ctrl, getkey_ctx_t ctx,
PKT_public_key *pk, kbnode_t *ret_keyblock)
{
int rc; /* Fixme: Make sure this is proper gpg_error */
KBNODE keyblock = NULL;
KBNODE found_key = NULL;
/* We need to disable the caching so that for an exact key search we
won't get the result back from the cache and thus end up in an
endless loop. The endless loop can occur, because the cache is
used without respecting the current file pointer! */
keydb_disable_caching (ctx->kr_handle);
/* FOUND_KEY is only valid as long as RET_KEYBLOCK is. If the
* caller wants PK, but not RET_KEYBLOCK, we need hand in our own
* keyblock. */
if (pk && ret_keyblock == NULL)
ret_keyblock = &keyblock;
rc = lookup (ctrl, ctx, ctx->want_secret,
ret_keyblock, pk ? &found_key : NULL);
if (!rc && pk)
{
log_assert (found_key);
pk_from_block (pk, NULL, found_key);
release_kbnode (keyblock);
}
return rc;
}
/* Release any resources used by a key listing context. This must be
* called on the context returned by, e.g., getkey_byname. */
void
getkey_end (ctrl_t ctrl, getkey_ctx_t ctx)
{
if (ctx)
{
#ifdef HAVE_W32_SYSTEM
/* FIXME: This creates a big regression for Windows because the
* keyring is only released after the global ctrl is released.
* So if an operation does a getkey and then tries to modify the
* keyring it will fail on Windows with a sharing violation. We
* need to modify all keyring write operations to also take the
* ctrl and close the cached_getkey_kdb handle to make writing
* work. See: GnuPG-bug-id: 3097 */
(void)ctrl;
keydb_release (ctx->kr_handle);
#else /*!HAVE_W32_SYSTEM*/
if (ctrl && !ctrl->cached_getkey_kdb)
ctrl->cached_getkey_kdb = ctx->kr_handle;
else
keydb_release (ctx->kr_handle);
#endif /*!HAVE_W32_SYSTEM*/
free_strlist (ctx->extra_list);
if (!ctx->not_allocated)
xfree (ctx);
}
}
/************************************************
************* Merging stuff ********************
************************************************/
/* Set the mainkey_id fields for all keys in KEYBLOCK. This is
* usually done by merge_selfsigs but at some places we only need the
* main_kid not a full merge. The function also guarantees that all
* pk->keyids are computed. */
void
setup_main_keyids (kbnode_t keyblock)
{
u32 kid[2], mainkid[2];
kbnode_t kbctx, node;
PKT_public_key *pk;
if (keyblock->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_KEY)
BUG ();
pk = keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key;
keyid_from_pk (pk, mainkid);
for (kbctx=NULL; (node = walk_kbnode (keyblock, &kbctx, 0)); )
{
if (!(node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY
|| node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY))
continue;
pk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key;
keyid_from_pk (pk, kid); /* Make sure pk->keyid is set. */
if (!pk->main_keyid[0] && !pk->main_keyid[1])
{
pk->main_keyid[0] = mainkid[0];
pk->main_keyid[1] = mainkid[1];
}
}
}
/* KEYBLOCK corresponds to a public key block. This function merges
* much of the information from the self-signed data into the public
* key, public subkey and user id data structures. If you use the
* high-level search API (e.g., get_pubkey) for looking up key blocks,
* then you don't need to call this function. This function is
* useful, however, if you change the keyblock, e.g., by adding or
* removing a self-signed data packet. */
void
merge_keys_and_selfsig (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock)
{
if (!keyblock)
;
else if (keyblock->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY)
merge_selfsigs (ctrl, keyblock);
else
log_debug ("FIXME: merging secret key blocks is not anymore available\n");
}
static int
parse_key_usage (PKT_signature * sig)
{
int key_usage = 0;
const byte *p;
size_t n;
byte flags;
p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed, SIGSUBPKT_KEY_FLAGS, &n);
if (p && n)
{
/* First octet of the keyflags. */
flags = *p;
if (flags & 1)
{
key_usage |= PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT;
flags &= ~1;
}
if (flags & 2)
{
key_usage |= PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG;
flags &= ~2;
}
/* We do not distinguish between encrypting communications and
encrypting storage. */
if (flags & (0x04 | 0x08))
{
key_usage |= PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC;
flags &= ~(0x04 | 0x08);
}
if (flags & 0x20)
{
key_usage |= PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH;
flags &= ~0x20;
}
if (flags)
key_usage |= PUBKEY_USAGE_UNKNOWN;
if (!key_usage)
key_usage |= PUBKEY_USAGE_NONE;
}
else if (p) /* Key flags of length zero. */
key_usage |= PUBKEY_USAGE_NONE;
/* We set PUBKEY_USAGE_UNKNOWN to indicate that this key has a
capability that we do not handle. This serves to distinguish
between a zero key usage which we handle as the default
capabilities for that algorithm, and a usage that we do not
handle. Likewise we use PUBKEY_USAGE_NONE to indicate that
key_flags have been given but they do not specify any usage. */
return key_usage;
}
/* Apply information from SIGNODE (which is the valid self-signature
* associated with that UID) to the UIDNODE:
* - wether the UID has been revoked
* - assumed creation date of the UID
* - temporary store the keyflags here
* - temporary store the key expiration time here
* - mark whether the primary user ID flag hat been set.
* - store the preferences
*/
static void
fixup_uidnode (KBNODE uidnode, KBNODE signode, u32 keycreated)
{
PKT_user_id *uid = uidnode->pkt->pkt.user_id;
PKT_signature *sig = signode->pkt->pkt.signature;
const byte *p, *sym, *aead, *hash, *zip;
size_t n, nsym, naead, nhash, nzip;
sig->flags.chosen_selfsig = 1;/* We chose this one. */
uid->created = 0; /* Not created == invalid. */
if (IS_UID_REV (sig))
{
uid->flags.revoked = 1;
return; /* Has been revoked. */
}
else
uid->flags.revoked = 0;
uid->expiredate = sig->expiredate;
if (sig->flags.expired)
{
uid->flags.expired = 1;
return; /* Has expired. */
}
else
uid->flags.expired = 0;
uid->created = sig->timestamp; /* This one is okay. */
uid->selfsigversion = sig->version;
/* If we got this far, it's not expired :) */
uid->flags.expired = 0;
/* Store the key flags in the helper variable for later processing. */
uid->help_key_usage = parse_key_usage (sig);
/* Ditto for the key expiration. */
p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed, SIGSUBPKT_KEY_EXPIRE, NULL);
if (p && buf32_to_u32 (p))
uid->help_key_expire = keycreated + buf32_to_u32 (p);
else
uid->help_key_expire = 0;
/* Set the primary user ID flag - we will later wipe out some
* of them to only have one in our keyblock. */
uid->flags.primary = 0;
p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed, SIGSUBPKT_PRIMARY_UID, NULL);
if (p && *p)
uid->flags.primary = 2;
/* We could also query this from the unhashed area if it is not in
* the hased area and then later try to decide which is the better
* there should be no security problem with this.
* For now we only look at the hashed one. */
/* Now build the preferences list. These must come from the
hashed section so nobody can modify the ciphers a key is
willing to accept. */
p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed, SIGSUBPKT_PREF_SYM, &n);
sym = p;
nsym = p ? n : 0;
p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed, SIGSUBPKT_PREF_AEAD, &n);
aead = p;
naead = p ? n : 0;
p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed, SIGSUBPKT_PREF_HASH, &n);
hash = p;
nhash = p ? n : 0;
p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed, SIGSUBPKT_PREF_COMPR, &n);
zip = p;
nzip = p ? n : 0;
if (uid->prefs)
xfree (uid->prefs);
n = nsym + naead + nhash + nzip;
if (!n)
uid->prefs = NULL;
else
{
uid->prefs = xmalloc (sizeof (*uid->prefs) * (n + 1));
n = 0;
for (; nsym; nsym--, n++)
{
uid->prefs[n].type = PREFTYPE_SYM;
uid->prefs[n].value = *sym++;
}
for (; naead; naead--, n++)
{
uid->prefs[n].type = PREFTYPE_AEAD;
uid->prefs[n].value = *aead++;
}
for (; nhash; nhash--, n++)
{
uid->prefs[n].type = PREFTYPE_HASH;
uid->prefs[n].value = *hash++;
}
for (; nzip; nzip--, n++)
{
uid->prefs[n].type = PREFTYPE_ZIP;
uid->prefs[n].value = *zip++;
}
uid->prefs[n].type = PREFTYPE_NONE; /* End of list marker */
uid->prefs[n].value = 0;
}
/* See whether we have the MDC feature. */
uid->flags.mdc = 0;
p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed, SIGSUBPKT_FEATURES, &n);
if (p && n && (p[0] & 0x01))
uid->flags.mdc = 1;
/* See whether we have the AEAD feature. */
uid->flags.aead = 0;
p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed, SIGSUBPKT_FEATURES, &n);
if (p && n && (p[0] & 0x02))
uid->flags.aead = 1;
/* And the keyserver modify flag. */
uid->flags.ks_modify = 1;
p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed, SIGSUBPKT_KS_FLAGS, &n);
if (p && n && (p[0] & 0x80))
uid->flags.ks_modify = 0;
}
static void
sig_to_revoke_info (PKT_signature * sig, struct revoke_info *rinfo)
{
rinfo->date = sig->timestamp;
rinfo->algo = sig->pubkey_algo;
rinfo->keyid[0] = sig->keyid[0];
rinfo->keyid[1] = sig->keyid[1];
}
/* Given a keyblock, parse the key block and extract various pieces of
* information and save them with the primary key packet and the user
* id packets. For instance, some information is stored in signature
* packets. We find the latest such valid packet (since the user can
* change that information) and copy its contents into the
* PKT_public_key.
*
* Note that R_REVOKED may be set to 0, 1 or 2.
*
* This function fills in the following fields in the primary key's
* keyblock:
*
* main_keyid (computed)
* revkey / numrevkeys (derived from self signed key data)
* flags.valid (whether we have at least 1 self-sig)
* flags.maybe_revoked (whether a designed revoked the key, but
* we are missing the key to check the sig)
* selfsigversion (highest version of any valid self-sig)
* pubkey_usage (derived from most recent self-sig or most
* recent user id)
* has_expired (various sources)
* expiredate (various sources)
*
* See the documentation for fixup_uidnode for how the user id packets
* are modified. In addition to that the primary user id's is_primary
* field is set to 1 and the other user id's is_primary are set to 0.
*/
static void
merge_selfsigs_main (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock, int *r_revoked,
struct revoke_info *rinfo)
{
PKT_public_key *pk = NULL;
KBNODE k;
u32 kid[2];
u32 sigdate, uiddate, uiddate2;
KBNODE signode, uidnode, uidnode2;
u32 curtime = make_timestamp ();
unsigned int key_usage = 0;
u32 keytimestamp = 0; /* Creation time of the key. */
u32 key_expire = 0;
int key_expire_seen = 0;
byte sigversion = 0;
*r_revoked = 0;
memset (rinfo, 0, sizeof (*rinfo));
/* Section 11.1 of RFC 4880 determines the order of packets within a
* message. There are three sections, which must occur in the
* following order: the public key, the user ids and user attributes
* and the subkeys. Within each section, each primary packet (e.g.,
* a user id packet) is followed by one or more signature packets,
* which modify that packet. */
/* According to Section 11.1 of RFC 4880, the public key must be the
first packet. Note that parse_keyblock_image ensures that the
first packet is the public key. */
if (keyblock->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_KEY)
BUG ();
pk = keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key;
keytimestamp = pk->timestamp;
keyid_from_pk (pk, kid);
pk->main_keyid[0] = kid[0];
pk->main_keyid[1] = kid[1];
if (pk->version < 4)
{
/* Before v4 the key packet itself contains the expiration date
* and there was no way to change it, so we start with the one
* from the key packet. We do not support v3 keys anymore but
* we keep the code in case a future key versions introduces a
* hadr expire time again. */
key_expire = pk->max_expiredate;
key_expire_seen = 1;
}
/* First pass:
*
* - Find the latest direct key self-signature. We assume that the
* newest one overrides all others.
*
* - Determine whether the key has been revoked.
*
* - Gather all revocation keys (unlike other data, we don't just
* take them from the latest self-signed packet).
*
* - Determine max (sig[...]->version).
*/
/* Reset this in case this key was already merged. */
xfree (pk->revkey);
pk->revkey = NULL;
pk->numrevkeys = 0;
signode = NULL;
sigdate = 0; /* Helper variable to find the latest signature. */
/* According to Section 11.1 of RFC 4880, the public key comes first
* and is immediately followed by any signature packets that modify
* it. */
for (k = keyblock;
k && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_USER_ID
&& k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_ATTRIBUTE
&& k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY;
k = k->next)
{
if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE)
{
PKT_signature *sig = k->pkt->pkt.signature;
if (sig->keyid[0] == kid[0] && sig->keyid[1] == kid[1])
{ /* Self sig. */
if (check_key_signature (ctrl, keyblock, k, NULL))
; /* Signature did not verify. */
else if (IS_KEY_REV (sig))
{
/* Key has been revoked - there is no way to
* override such a revocation, so we theoretically
* can stop now. We should not cope with expiration
* times for revocations here because we have to
* assume that an attacker can generate all kinds of
* signatures. However due to the fact that the key
* has been revoked it does not harm either and by
* continuing we gather some more info on that
* key. */
*r_revoked = 1;
sig_to_revoke_info (sig, rinfo);
}
else if (IS_KEY_SIG (sig))
{
/* Add the indicated revocations keys from all
* signatures not just the latest. We do this
* because you need multiple 1F sigs to properly
* handle revocation keys (PGP does it this way, and
* a revocation key could be sensitive and hence in
* a different signature). */
if (sig->revkey)
{
int i;
pk->revkey =
xrealloc (pk->revkey, sizeof (struct revocation_key) *
(pk->numrevkeys + sig->numrevkeys));
for (i = 0; i < sig->numrevkeys; i++)
memcpy (&pk->revkey[pk->numrevkeys++],
&sig->revkey[i],
sizeof (struct revocation_key));
}
if (sig->timestamp >= sigdate)
{ /* This is the latest signature so far. */
if (sig->flags.expired)
; /* Signature has expired - ignore it. */
else
{
sigdate = sig->timestamp;
signode = k;
if (sig->version > sigversion)
sigversion = sig->version;
}
}
}
}
}
}
/* Remove dupes from the revocation keys. */
if (pk->revkey)
{
int i, j, x, changed = 0;
for (i = 0; i < pk->numrevkeys; i++)
{
for (j = i + 1; j < pk->numrevkeys; j++)
{
if (memcmp (&pk->revkey[i], &pk->revkey[j],
sizeof (struct revocation_key)) == 0)
{
/* remove j */
for (x = j; x < pk->numrevkeys - 1; x++)
pk->revkey[x] = pk->revkey[x + 1];
pk->numrevkeys--;
j--;
changed = 1;
}
}
}
if (changed)
pk->revkey = xrealloc (pk->revkey,
pk->numrevkeys *
sizeof (struct revocation_key));
}
/* SIGNODE is the direct key signature packet (sigclass 0x1f) with
* the latest creation time. Extract some information from it. */
if (signode)
{
/* Some information from a direct key signature take precedence
* over the same information given in UID sigs. */
PKT_signature *sig = signode->pkt->pkt.signature;
const byte *p;
key_usage = parse_key_usage (sig);
p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed, SIGSUBPKT_KEY_EXPIRE, NULL);
if (p && buf32_to_u32 (p))
{
key_expire = keytimestamp + buf32_to_u32 (p);
key_expire_seen = 1;
}
/* Mark that key as valid: One direct key signature should
* render a key as valid. */
pk->flags.valid = 1;
}
/* Pass 1.5: Look for key revocation signatures that were not made
* by the key (i.e. did a revocation key issue a revocation for
* us?). Only bother to do this if there is a revocation key in the
* first place and we're not revoked already. */
if (!*r_revoked && pk->revkey)
for (k = keyblock; k && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_USER_ID; k = k->next)
{
if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE)
{
PKT_signature *sig = k->pkt->pkt.signature;
if (IS_KEY_REV (sig) &&
(sig->keyid[0] != kid[0] || sig->keyid[1] != kid[1]))
{
int rc = check_revocation_keys (ctrl, pk, sig);
if (rc == 0)
{
*r_revoked = 2;
sig_to_revoke_info (sig, rinfo);
/* Don't continue checking since we can't be any
* more revoked than this. */
break;
}
else if (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY)
pk->flags.maybe_revoked = 1;
/* A failure here means the sig did not verify, was
* not issued by a revocation key, or a revocation
* key loop was broken. If a revocation key isn't
* findable, however, the key might be revoked and
* we don't know it. */
/* Fixme: In the future handle subkey and cert
* revocations? PGP doesn't, but it's in 2440. */
}
}
}
/* Second pass: Look at the self-signature of all user IDs. */
/* According to RFC 4880 section 11.1, user id and attribute packets
* are in the second section, after the public key packet and before
* the subkey packets. */
signode = uidnode = NULL;
sigdate = 0; /* Helper variable to find the latest signature in one UID. */
for (k = keyblock; k && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY; k = k->next)
{
if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID || k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_ATTRIBUTE)
{ /* New user id packet. */
/* Apply the data from the most recent self-signed packet to
* the preceding user id packet. */
if (uidnode && signode)
{
fixup_uidnode (uidnode, signode, keytimestamp);
pk->flags.valid = 1;
}
/* Clear SIGNODE. The only relevant self-signed data for
* UIDNODE follows it. */
if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID)
uidnode = k;
else
uidnode = NULL;
signode = NULL;
sigdate = 0;
}
else if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE && uidnode)
{
PKT_signature *sig = k->pkt->pkt.signature;
if (sig->keyid[0] == kid[0] && sig->keyid[1] == kid[1])
{
if (check_key_signature (ctrl, keyblock, k, NULL))
; /* signature did not verify */
else if ((IS_UID_SIG (sig) || IS_UID_REV (sig))
&& sig->timestamp >= sigdate)
{
/* Note: we allow invalidation of cert revocations
* by a newer signature. An attacker can't use this
* because a key should be revoked with a key revocation.
* The reason why we have to allow for that is that at
* one time an email address may become invalid but later
* the same email address may become valid again (hired,
* fired, hired again). */
sigdate = sig->timestamp;
signode = k;
signode->pkt->pkt.signature->flags.chosen_selfsig = 0;
if (sig->version > sigversion)
sigversion = sig->version;
}
}
}
}
if (uidnode && signode)
{
fixup_uidnode (uidnode, signode, keytimestamp);
pk->flags.valid = 1;
}
/* If the key isn't valid yet, and we have
* --allow-non-selfsigned-uid set, then force it valid. */
if (!pk->flags.valid && opt.allow_non_selfsigned_uid)
{
if (opt.verbose)
log_info (_("Invalid key %s made valid by"
" --allow-non-selfsigned-uid\n"), keystr_from_pk (pk));
pk->flags.valid = 1;
}
/* The key STILL isn't valid, so try and find an ultimately
* trusted signature. */
if (!pk->flags.valid)
{
uidnode = NULL;
for (k = keyblock; k && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY;
k = k->next)
{
if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID)
uidnode = k;
else if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE && uidnode)
{
PKT_signature *sig = k->pkt->pkt.signature;
if (sig->keyid[0] != kid[0] || sig->keyid[1] != kid[1])
{
PKT_public_key *ultimate_pk;
ultimate_pk = xmalloc_clear (sizeof (*ultimate_pk));
/* We don't want to use the full get_pubkey to avoid
* infinite recursion in certain cases. There is no
* reason to check that an ultimately trusted key is
* still valid - if it has been revoked the user
* should also remove the ultimate trust flag. */
if (get_pubkey_fast (ultimate_pk, sig->keyid) == 0
&& check_key_signature2 (ctrl,
keyblock, k, ultimate_pk,
NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL) == 0
&& get_ownertrust (ctrl, ultimate_pk) == TRUST_ULTIMATE)
{
free_public_key (ultimate_pk);
pk->flags.valid = 1;
break;
}
free_public_key (ultimate_pk);
}
}
}
}
/* Record the highest selfsig version so we know if this is a v3 key
* through and through, or a v3 key with a v4 selfsig somewhere.
* This is useful in a few places to know if the key must be treated
* as PGP2-style or OpenPGP-style. Note that a selfsig revocation
* with a higher version number will also raise this value. This is
* okay since such a revocation must be issued by the user (i.e. it
* cannot be issued by someone else to modify the key behavior.) */
pk->selfsigversion = sigversion;
/* Now that we had a look at all user IDs we can now get some
* information from those user IDs. */
if (!key_usage)
{
/* Find the latest user ID with key flags set. */
uiddate = 0; /* Helper to find the latest user ID. */
for (k = keyblock; k && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY;
k = k->next)
{
if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID)
{
PKT_user_id *uid = k->pkt->pkt.user_id;
if (uid->help_key_usage
&& (uid->created > uiddate || (!uid->created && !uiddate)))
{
key_usage = uid->help_key_usage;
uiddate = uid->created;
}
}
}
}
if (!key_usage)
{
/* No key flags at all: get it from the algo. */
key_usage = openpgp_pk_algo_usage (pk->pubkey_algo);
}
else
{
/* Check that the usage matches the usage as given by the algo. */
int x = openpgp_pk_algo_usage (pk->pubkey_algo);
if (x) /* Mask it down to the actual allowed usage. */
key_usage &= x;
}
/* Whatever happens, it's a primary key, so it can certify. */
pk->pubkey_usage = key_usage | PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT;
if (!key_expire_seen)
{
/* Find the latest valid user ID with a key expiration set.
* This may be a different one than from usage computation above
* because some user IDs may have no expiration date set. */
uiddate = 0;
for (k = keyblock; k && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY;
k = k->next)
{
if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID)
{
PKT_user_id *uid = k->pkt->pkt.user_id;
if (uid->help_key_expire
&& (uid->created > uiddate || (!uid->created && !uiddate)))
{
key_expire = uid->help_key_expire;
uiddate = uid->created;
}
}
}
}
/* Currently only the not anymore supported v3 keys have a maximum
* expiration date, but future key versions may get this feature again. */
if (key_expire == 0
|| (pk->max_expiredate && key_expire > pk->max_expiredate))
key_expire = pk->max_expiredate;
pk->has_expired = key_expire >= curtime ? 0 : key_expire;
pk->expiredate = key_expire;
/* Fixme: we should see how to get rid of the expiretime fields but
* this needs changes at other places too. */
/* And now find the real primary user ID and delete all others. */
uiddate = uiddate2 = 0;
uidnode = uidnode2 = NULL;
for (k = keyblock; k && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY; k = k->next)
{
if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID && !k->pkt->pkt.user_id->attrib_data)
{
PKT_user_id *uid = k->pkt->pkt.user_id;
if (uid->flags.primary)
{
if (uid->created > uiddate)
{
uiddate = uid->created;
uidnode = k;
}
else if (uid->created == uiddate && uidnode)
{
/* The dates are equal, so we need to do a different
* (and arbitrary) comparison. This should rarely,
* if ever, happen. It's good to try and guarantee
* that two different GnuPG users with two different
* keyrings at least pick the same primary. */
if (cmp_user_ids (uid, uidnode->pkt->pkt.user_id) > 0)
uidnode = k;
}
}
else
{
if (uid->created > uiddate2)
{
uiddate2 = uid->created;
uidnode2 = k;
}
else if (uid->created == uiddate2 && uidnode2)
{
if (cmp_user_ids (uid, uidnode2->pkt->pkt.user_id) > 0)
uidnode2 = k;
}
}
}
}
if (uidnode)
{
for (k = keyblock; k && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY;
k = k->next)
{
if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID &&
!k->pkt->pkt.user_id->attrib_data)
{
PKT_user_id *uid = k->pkt->pkt.user_id;
if (k != uidnode)
uid->flags.primary = 0;
}
}
}
else if (uidnode2)
{
/* None is flagged primary - use the latest user ID we have,
* and disambiguate with the arbitrary packet comparison. */
uidnode2->pkt->pkt.user_id->flags.primary = 1;
}
else
{
/* None of our uids were self-signed, so pick the one that
* sorts first to be the primary. This is the best we can do
* here since there are no self sigs to date the uids. */
uidnode = NULL;
for (k = keyblock; k && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY;
k = k->next)
{
if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID
&& !k->pkt->pkt.user_id->attrib_data)
{
if (!uidnode)
{
uidnode = k;
uidnode->pkt->pkt.user_id->flags.primary = 1;
continue;
}
else
{
if (cmp_user_ids (k->pkt->pkt.user_id,
uidnode->pkt->pkt.user_id) > 0)
{
uidnode->pkt->pkt.user_id->flags.primary = 0;
uidnode = k;
uidnode->pkt->pkt.user_id->flags.primary = 1;
}
else
{
/* just to be safe: */
k->pkt->pkt.user_id->flags.primary = 0;
}
}
}
}
}
}
/* Convert a buffer to a signature. Useful for 0x19 embedded sigs.
* Caller must free the signature when they are done. */
static PKT_signature *
buf_to_sig (const byte * buf, size_t len)
{
PKT_signature *sig = xmalloc_clear (sizeof (PKT_signature));
IOBUF iobuf = iobuf_temp_with_content (buf, len);
int save_mode = set_packet_list_mode (0);
if (parse_signature (iobuf, PKT_SIGNATURE, len, sig) != 0)
{
free_seckey_enc (sig);
sig = NULL;
}
set_packet_list_mode (save_mode);
iobuf_close (iobuf);
return sig;
}
/* Use the self-signed data to fill in various fields in subkeys.
*
* KEYBLOCK is the whole keyblock. SUBNODE is the subkey to fill in.
*
* Sets the following fields on the subkey:
*
* main_keyid
* flags.valid if the subkey has a valid self-sig binding
* flags.revoked
* flags.backsig
* pubkey_usage
* has_expired
* expired_date
*
* On this subkey's most revent valid self-signed packet, the
* following field is set:
*
* flags.chosen_selfsig
*/
static void
merge_selfsigs_subkey (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock, kbnode_t subnode)
{
PKT_public_key *mainpk = NULL, *subpk = NULL;
PKT_signature *sig;
KBNODE k;
u32 mainkid[2];
u32 sigdate = 0;
KBNODE signode;
u32 curtime = make_timestamp ();
unsigned int key_usage = 0;
u32 keytimestamp = 0;
u32 key_expire = 0;
const byte *p;
if (subnode->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)
BUG ();
mainpk = keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key;
if (mainpk->version < 4)
return;/* (actually this should never happen) */
keyid_from_pk (mainpk, mainkid);
subpk = subnode->pkt->pkt.public_key;
keytimestamp = subpk->timestamp;
subpk->flags.valid = 0;
subpk->flags.exact = 0;
subpk->main_keyid[0] = mainpk->main_keyid[0];
subpk->main_keyid[1] = mainpk->main_keyid[1];
/* Find the latest key binding self-signature. */
signode = NULL;
sigdate = 0; /* Helper to find the latest signature. */
for (k = subnode->next; k && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY;
k = k->next)
{
if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE)
{
sig = k->pkt->pkt.signature;
if (sig->keyid[0] == mainkid[0] && sig->keyid[1] == mainkid[1])
{
if (check_key_signature (ctrl, keyblock, k, NULL))
; /* Signature did not verify. */
else if (IS_SUBKEY_REV (sig))
{
/* Note that this means that the date on a
* revocation sig does not matter - even if the
* binding sig is dated after the revocation sig,
* the subkey is still marked as revoked. This
* seems ok, as it is just as easy to make new
* subkeys rather than re-sign old ones as the
* problem is in the distribution. Plus, PGP (7)
* does this the same way. */
subpk->flags.revoked = 1;
sig_to_revoke_info (sig, &subpk->revoked);
/* Although we could stop now, we continue to
* figure out other information like the old expiration
* time. */
}
else if (IS_SUBKEY_SIG (sig) && sig->timestamp >= sigdate)
{
if (sig->flags.expired)
; /* Signature has expired - ignore it. */
else
{
sigdate = sig->timestamp;
signode = k;
signode->pkt->pkt.signature->flags.chosen_selfsig = 0;
}
}
}
}
}
/* No valid key binding. */
if (!signode)
return;
sig = signode->pkt->pkt.signature;
sig->flags.chosen_selfsig = 1; /* So we know which selfsig we chose later. */
key_usage = parse_key_usage (sig);
if (!key_usage)
{
/* No key flags at all: get it from the algo. */
key_usage = openpgp_pk_algo_usage (subpk->pubkey_algo);
}
else
{
/* Check that the usage matches the usage as given by the algo. */
int x = openpgp_pk_algo_usage (subpk->pubkey_algo);
if (x) /* Mask it down to the actual allowed usage. */
key_usage &= x;
}
subpk->pubkey_usage = key_usage;
p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed, SIGSUBPKT_KEY_EXPIRE, NULL);
if (p && buf32_to_u32 (p))
key_expire = keytimestamp + buf32_to_u32 (p);
else
key_expire = 0;
subpk->has_expired = key_expire >= curtime ? 0 : key_expire;
subpk->expiredate = key_expire;
/* Algo doesn't exist. */
if (openpgp_pk_test_algo (subpk->pubkey_algo))
return;
subpk->flags.valid = 1;
/* Find the most recent 0x19 embedded signature on our self-sig. */
if (!subpk->flags.backsig)
{
int seq = 0;
size_t n;
PKT_signature *backsig = NULL;
sigdate = 0;
/* We do this while() since there may be other embedded
* signatures in the future. We only want 0x19 here. */
while ((p = enum_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed,
SIGSUBPKT_SIGNATURE, &n, &seq, NULL)))
if (n > 3
&& ((p[0] == 3 && p[2] == 0x19) || (p[0] == 4 && p[1] == 0x19)))
{
PKT_signature *tempsig = buf_to_sig (p, n);
if (tempsig)
{
if (tempsig->timestamp > sigdate)
{
if (backsig)
free_seckey_enc (backsig);
backsig = tempsig;
sigdate = backsig->timestamp;
}
else
free_seckey_enc (tempsig);
}
}
seq = 0;
/* It is safe to have this in the unhashed area since the 0x19
* is located on the selfsig for convenience, not security. */
while ((p = enum_sig_subpkt (sig->unhashed, SIGSUBPKT_SIGNATURE,
&n, &seq, NULL)))
if (n > 3
&& ((p[0] == 3 && p[2] == 0x19) || (p[0] == 4 && p[1] == 0x19)))
{
PKT_signature *tempsig = buf_to_sig (p, n);
if (tempsig)
{
if (tempsig->timestamp > sigdate)
{
if (backsig)
free_seckey_enc (backsig);
backsig = tempsig;
sigdate = backsig->timestamp;
}
else
free_seckey_enc (tempsig);
}
}
if (backsig)
{
/* At this point, backsig contains the most recent 0x19 sig.
* Let's see if it is good. */
/* 2==valid, 1==invalid, 0==didn't check */
if (check_backsig (mainpk, subpk, backsig) == 0)
subpk->flags.backsig = 2;
else
subpk->flags.backsig = 1;
free_seckey_enc (backsig);
}
}
}
/* Merge information from the self-signatures with the public key,
* subkeys and user ids to make using them more easy.
*
* See documentation for merge_selfsigs_main, merge_selfsigs_subkey
* and fixup_uidnode for exactly which fields are updated. */
static void
merge_selfsigs (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock)
{
KBNODE k;
int revoked;
struct revoke_info rinfo;
PKT_public_key *main_pk;
prefitem_t *prefs;
unsigned int mdc_feature;
unsigned int aead_feature;
if (keyblock->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_KEY)
{
if (keyblock->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_KEY)
{
log_error ("expected public key but found secret key "
"- must stop\n");
/* We better exit here because a public key is expected at
* other places too. FIXME: Figure this out earlier and
* don't get to here at all */
g10_exit (1);
}
BUG ();
}
merge_selfsigs_main (ctrl, keyblock, &revoked, &rinfo);
/* Now merge in the data from each of the subkeys. */
for (k = keyblock; k; k = k->next)
{
if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)
{
merge_selfsigs_subkey (ctrl, keyblock, k);
}
}
main_pk = keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key;
if (revoked || main_pk->has_expired || !main_pk->flags.valid)
{
/* If the primary key is revoked, expired, or invalid we
* better set the appropriate flags on that key and all
* subkeys. */
for (k = keyblock; k; k = k->next)
{
if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY
|| k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)
{
PKT_public_key *pk = k->pkt->pkt.public_key;
if (!main_pk->flags.valid)
pk->flags.valid = 0;
if (revoked && !pk->flags.revoked)
{
pk->flags.revoked = revoked;
memcpy (&pk->revoked, &rinfo, sizeof (rinfo));
}
if (main_pk->has_expired)
pk->has_expired = main_pk->has_expired;
}
}
return;
}
/* Set the preference list of all keys to those of the primary real
* user ID. Note: we use these preferences when we don't know by
* which user ID the key has been selected.
* fixme: we should keep atoms of commonly used preferences or
* use reference counting to optimize the preference lists storage.
* FIXME: it might be better to use the intersection of
* all preferences.
* Do a similar thing for the MDC feature flag. */
prefs = NULL;
mdc_feature = aead_feature = 0;
for (k = keyblock; k && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY; k = k->next)
{
if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID
&& !k->pkt->pkt.user_id->attrib_data
&& k->pkt->pkt.user_id->flags.primary)
{
prefs = k->pkt->pkt.user_id->prefs;
mdc_feature = k->pkt->pkt.user_id->flags.mdc;
aead_feature = k->pkt->pkt.user_id->flags.aead;
break;
}
}
for (k = keyblock; k; k = k->next)
{
if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY
|| k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)
{
PKT_public_key *pk = k->pkt->pkt.public_key;
if (pk->prefs)
xfree (pk->prefs);
pk->prefs = copy_prefs (prefs);
pk->flags.mdc = mdc_feature;
pk->flags.aead = aead_feature;
}
}
}
/* See whether the key satisfies any additional requirements specified
* in CTX. If so, return the node of an appropriate key or subkey.
* Otherwise, return NULL if there was no appropriate key.
*
* Note that we do not return a reference, i.e. the result must not be
* freed using 'release_kbnode'.
*
* In case the primary key is not required, select a suitable subkey.
* We need the primary key if PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT is set in REQ_USAGE or
* we are in PGP6 or PGP7 mode and PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG is set in
* REQ_USAGE.
*
* If any of PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG, PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC and PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT
* are set in REQ_USAGE, we filter by the key's function. Concretely,
* if PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG and PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT are set, then we only
* return a key if it is (at least) either a signing or a
* certification key.
*
* If REQ_USAGE is set, then we reject any keys that are not good
* (i.e., valid, not revoked, not expired, etc.). This allows the
* getkey functions to be used for plain key listings.
*
* Sets the matched key's user id field (pk->user_id) to the user id
* that matched the low-level search criteria or NULL.
*
* If R_FLAGS is not NULL set certain flags for more detailed error
* reporting. Used flags are:
*
* - LOOKUP_ALL_SUBKEYS_EXPIRED :: All Subkeys are expired or have
* been revoked.
* - LOOKUP_NOT_SELECTED :: No suitable key found
*
* This function needs to handle several different cases:
*
* 1. No requested usage and no primary key requested
* Examples for this case are that we have a keyID to be used
* for decrytion or verification.
* 2. No usage but primary key requested
* This is the case for all functions which work on an
* entire keyblock, e.g. for editing or listing
* 3. Usage and primary key requested
* FIXME
* 4. Usage but no primary key requested
* FIXME
*
*/
static kbnode_t
finish_lookup (kbnode_t keyblock, unsigned int req_usage, int want_exact,
int want_secret, unsigned int *r_flags)
{
kbnode_t k;
/* If WANT_EXACT is set, the key or subkey that actually matched the
low-level search criteria. */
kbnode_t foundk = NULL;
/* The user id (if any) that matched the low-level search criteria. */
PKT_user_id *foundu = NULL;
u32 latest_date;
kbnode_t latest_key;
PKT_public_key *pk;
int req_prim;
u32 curtime = make_timestamp ();
if (r_flags)
*r_flags = 0;
#define USAGE_MASK (PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG|PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC|PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT)
req_usage &= USAGE_MASK;
/* Request the primary if we're certifying another key, and also if
* signing data while --pgp6 or --pgp7 is on since pgp 6 and 7 do
* not understand signatures made by a signing subkey. PGP 8 does. */
req_prim = ((req_usage & PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT)
|| ((PGP6 || PGP7) && (req_usage & PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG)));
log_assert (keyblock->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY);
/* For an exact match mark the primary or subkey that matched the
low-level search criteria. */
if (want_exact)
{
for (k = keyblock; k; k = k->next)
{
if ((k->flag & 1))
{
log_assert (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY
|| k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY);
foundk = k;
pk = k->pkt->pkt.public_key;
pk->flags.exact = 1;
break;
}
}
}
/* Get the user id that matched that low-level search criteria. */
for (k = keyblock; k; k = k->next)
{
if ((k->flag & 2))
{
log_assert (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID);
foundu = k->pkt->pkt.user_id;
break;
}
}
if (DBG_LOOKUP)
log_debug ("finish_lookup: checking key %08lX (%s)(req_usage=%x)\n",
(ulong) keyid_from_pk (keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key, NULL),
foundk ? "one" : "all", req_usage);
if (!req_usage)
{
latest_key = foundk ? foundk : keyblock;
goto found;
}
latest_date = 0;
latest_key = NULL;
/* Set LATEST_KEY to the latest (the one with the most recent
* timestamp) good (valid, not revoked, not expired, etc.) subkey.
*
* Don't bother if we are only looking for a primary key or we need
* an exact match and the exact match is not a subkey. */
if (req_prim || (foundk && foundk->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY))
;
else
{
kbnode_t nextk;
int n_subkeys = 0;
int n_revoked_or_expired = 0;
/* Either start a loop or check just this one subkey. */
for (k = foundk ? foundk : keyblock; k; k = nextk)
{
if (foundk)
{
/* If FOUNDK is not NULL, then only consider that exact
key, i.e., don't iterate. */
nextk = NULL;
}
else
nextk = k->next;
if (k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)
continue;
pk = k->pkt->pkt.public_key;
if (DBG_LOOKUP)
log_debug ("\tchecking subkey %08lX\n",
(ulong) keyid_from_pk (pk, NULL));
if (!pk->flags.valid)
{
if (DBG_LOOKUP)
log_debug ("\tsubkey not valid\n");
continue;
}
if (!((pk->pubkey_usage & USAGE_MASK) & req_usage))
{
if (DBG_LOOKUP)
log_debug ("\tusage does not match: want=%x have=%x\n",
req_usage, pk->pubkey_usage);
continue;
}
n_subkeys++;
if (pk->flags.revoked)
{
if (DBG_LOOKUP)
log_debug ("\tsubkey has been revoked\n");
n_revoked_or_expired++;
continue;
}
if (pk->has_expired)
{
if (DBG_LOOKUP)
log_debug ("\tsubkey has expired\n");
n_revoked_or_expired++;
continue;
}
if (pk->timestamp > curtime && !opt.ignore_valid_from)
{
if (DBG_LOOKUP)
log_debug ("\tsubkey not yet valid\n");
continue;
}
if (want_secret && agent_probe_secret_key (NULL, pk))
{
if (DBG_LOOKUP)
log_debug ("\tno secret key\n");
continue;
}
if (DBG_LOOKUP)
log_debug ("\tsubkey might be fine\n");
/* In case a key has a timestamp of 0 set, we make sure
that it is used. A better change would be to compare
">=" but that might also change the selected keys and
is as such a more intrusive change. */
if (pk->timestamp > latest_date || (!pk->timestamp && !latest_date))
{
latest_date = pk->timestamp;
latest_key = k;
}
}
if (n_subkeys == n_revoked_or_expired && r_flags)
*r_flags |= LOOKUP_ALL_SUBKEYS_EXPIRED;
}
/* Check if the primary key is ok (valid, not revoke, not expire,
* matches requested usage) if:
*
* - we didn't find an appropriate subkey and we're not doing an
* exact search,
*
* - we're doing an exact match and the exact match was the
* primary key, or,
*
* - we're just considering the primary key. */
if ((!latest_key && !want_exact) || foundk == keyblock || req_prim)
{
if (DBG_LOOKUP && !foundk && !req_prim)
log_debug ("\tno suitable subkeys found - trying primary\n");
pk = keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key;
if (!pk->flags.valid)
{
if (DBG_LOOKUP)
log_debug ("\tprimary key not valid\n");
}
else if (!((pk->pubkey_usage & USAGE_MASK) & req_usage))
{
if (DBG_LOOKUP)
log_debug ("\tprimary key usage does not match: "
"want=%x have=%x\n", req_usage, pk->pubkey_usage);
}
else if (pk->flags.revoked)
{
if (DBG_LOOKUP)
log_debug ("\tprimary key has been revoked\n");
}
else if (pk->has_expired)
{
if (DBG_LOOKUP)
log_debug ("\tprimary key has expired\n");
}
else /* Okay. */
{
if (DBG_LOOKUP)
log_debug ("\tprimary key may be used\n");
latest_key = keyblock;
}
}
if (!latest_key)
{
if (DBG_LOOKUP)
log_debug ("\tno suitable key found - giving up\n");
if (r_flags)
*r_flags |= LOOKUP_NOT_SELECTED;
return NULL; /* Not found. */
}
found:
if (DBG_LOOKUP)
log_debug ("\tusing key %08lX\n",
(ulong) keyid_from_pk (latest_key->pkt->pkt.public_key, NULL));
if (latest_key)
{
pk = latest_key->pkt->pkt.public_key;
free_user_id (pk->user_id);
pk->user_id = scopy_user_id (foundu);
}
if (latest_key != keyblock && opt.verbose)
{
char *tempkeystr =
xstrdup (keystr_from_pk (latest_key->pkt->pkt.public_key));
log_info (_("using subkey %s instead of primary key %s\n"),
tempkeystr, keystr_from_pk (keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key));
xfree (tempkeystr);
}
cache_user_id (keyblock);
return latest_key ? latest_key : keyblock; /* Found. */
}
/* Print a KEY_CONSIDERED status line. */
static void
print_status_key_considered (kbnode_t keyblock, unsigned int flags)
{
char hexfpr[2*MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN + 1];
kbnode_t node;
char flagbuf[20];
if (!is_status_enabled ())
return;
for (node=keyblock; node; node = node->next)
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY
|| node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_KEY)
break;
if (!node)
{
log_error ("%s: keyblock w/o primary key\n", __func__);
return;
}
hexfingerprint (node->pkt->pkt.public_key, hexfpr, sizeof hexfpr);
snprintf (flagbuf, sizeof flagbuf, " %u", flags);
write_status_strings (STATUS_KEY_CONSIDERED, hexfpr, flagbuf, NULL);
}
/* A high-level function to lookup keys.
*
* This function builds on top of the low-level keydb API. It first
* searches the database using the description stored in CTX->ITEMS,
* then it filters the results using CTX and, finally, if WANT_SECRET
* is set, it ignores any keys for which no secret key is available.
*
* Unlike the low-level search functions, this function also merges
* all of the self-signed data into the keys, subkeys and user id
* packets (see the merge_selfsigs for details).
*
* On success the key's keyblock is stored at *RET_KEYBLOCK, and the
* specific subkey is stored at *RET_FOUND_KEY. Note that we do not
* return a reference in *RET_FOUND_KEY, i.e. the result must not be
* freed using 'release_kbnode', and it is only valid until
* *RET_KEYBLOCK is deallocated. Therefore, if RET_FOUND_KEY is not
* NULL, then RET_KEYBLOCK must not be NULL. */
static int
lookup (ctrl_t ctrl, getkey_ctx_t ctx, int want_secret,
kbnode_t *ret_keyblock, kbnode_t *ret_found_key)
{
int rc;
int no_suitable_key = 0;
KBNODE keyblock = NULL;
KBNODE found_key = NULL;
unsigned int infoflags;
log_assert (ret_found_key == NULL || ret_keyblock != NULL);
if (ret_keyblock)
*ret_keyblock = NULL;
for (;;)
{
rc = keydb_search (ctx->kr_handle, ctx->items, ctx->nitems, NULL);
if (rc)
break;
/* If we are iterating over the entire database, then we need to
* change from KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FIRST, which does an implicit
* reset, to KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_NEXT, which gets the next record. */
if (ctx->nitems && ctx->items->mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FIRST)
ctx->items->mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_NEXT;
rc = keydb_get_keyblock (ctx->kr_handle, &keyblock);
if (rc)
{
log_error ("keydb_get_keyblock failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (rc));
goto skip;
}
if (want_secret)
{
rc = agent_probe_any_secret_key (NULL, keyblock);
if (gpg_err_code(rc) == GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY)
goto skip; /* No secret key available. */
if (rc)
goto found; /* Unexpected error. */
}
/* Warning: node flag bits 0 and 1 should be preserved by
* merge_selfsigs. */
merge_selfsigs (ctrl, keyblock);
found_key = finish_lookup (keyblock, ctx->req_usage, ctx->exact,
want_secret, &infoflags);
print_status_key_considered (keyblock, infoflags);
if (found_key)
{
no_suitable_key = 0;
goto found;
}
else
{
no_suitable_key = 1;
}
skip:
/* Release resources and continue search. */
release_kbnode (keyblock);
keyblock = NULL;
/* The keyblock cache ignores the current "file position".
* Thus, if we request the next result and the cache matches
* (and it will since it is what we just looked for), we'll get
* the same entry back! We can avoid this infinite loop by
* disabling the cache. */
keydb_disable_caching (ctx->kr_handle);
}
found:
if (rc && gpg_err_code (rc) != GPG_ERR_NOT_FOUND)
log_error ("keydb_search failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (rc));
if (!rc)
{
if (ret_keyblock)
{
*ret_keyblock = keyblock; /* Return the keyblock. */
keyblock = NULL;
}
}
else if (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_NOT_FOUND && no_suitable_key)
rc = want_secret? GPG_ERR_UNUSABLE_SECKEY : GPG_ERR_UNUSABLE_PUBKEY;
else if (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_NOT_FOUND)
rc = want_secret? GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY : GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY;
release_kbnode (keyblock);
if (ret_found_key)
{
if (! rc)
*ret_found_key = found_key;
else
*ret_found_key = NULL;
}
return rc;
}
gpg_error_t
get_seckey_default_or_card (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk,
const byte *fpr_card, size_t fpr_len)
{
gpg_error_t err;
strlist_t namelist = NULL;
const char *def_secret_key = parse_def_secret_key (ctrl);
if (def_secret_key)
add_to_strlist (&namelist, def_secret_key);
else if (fpr_card)
{
int rc = get_pubkey_byfprint (ctrl, pk, NULL, fpr_card, fpr_len);
/* The key on card can be not suitable for requested usage. */
if (rc == GPG_ERR_UNUSABLE_PUBKEY)
fpr_card = NULL; /* Fallthrough as no card. */
else
return rc;
}
if (!fpr_card
|| (def_secret_key && def_secret_key[strlen (def_secret_key)-1] == '!'))
err = key_byname (ctrl, NULL, namelist, pk, 1, 0, NULL, NULL);
else
{ /* Default key is specified and card key is also available. */
kbnode_t k, keyblock = NULL;
err = key_byname (ctrl, NULL, namelist, pk, 1, 0, &keyblock, NULL);
if (!err)
for (k = keyblock; k; k = k->next)
{
PKT_public_key *pk_candidate;
char fpr[MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN];
if (k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_KEY
&&k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)
continue;
pk_candidate = k->pkt->pkt.public_key;
if (!pk_candidate->flags.valid)
continue;
if (!((pk_candidate->pubkey_usage & USAGE_MASK) & pk->req_usage))
continue;
fingerprint_from_pk (pk_candidate, fpr, NULL);
if (!memcmp (fpr_card, fpr, fpr_len))
{
release_public_key_parts (pk);
copy_public_key (pk, pk_candidate);
break;
}
}
release_kbnode (keyblock);
}
free_strlist (namelist);
return err;
}
/*********************************************
*********** User ID printing helpers *******
*********************************************/
/* Return a string with a printable representation of the user_id.
* this string must be freed by xfree. If R_NOUID is not NULL it is
* set to true if a user id was not found; otherwise to false. */
static char *
get_user_id_string (ctrl_t ctrl, u32 * keyid, int mode, size_t *r_len,
int *r_nouid)
{
user_id_db_t r;
keyid_list_t a;
int pass = 0;
char *p;
if (r_nouid)
*r_nouid = 0;
/* Try it two times; second pass reads from the database. */
do
{
for (r = user_id_db; r; r = r->next)
{
for (a = r->keyids; a; a = a->next)
{
if (a->keyid[0] == keyid[0] && a->keyid[1] == keyid[1])
{
if (mode == 2)
{
/* An empty string as user id is possible. Make
sure that the malloc allocates one byte and
does not bail out. */
p = xmalloc (r->len? r->len : 1);
memcpy (p, r->name, r->len);
if (r_len)
*r_len = r->len;
}
else
{
if (mode)
p = xasprintf ("%08lX%08lX %.*s",
(ulong) keyid[0], (ulong) keyid[1],
r->len, r->name);
else
p = xasprintf ("%s %.*s", keystr (keyid),
r->len, r->name);
if (r_len)
*r_len = strlen (p);
}
return p;
}
}
}
}
while (++pass < 2 && !get_pubkey (ctrl, NULL, keyid));
if (mode == 2)
p = xstrdup (user_id_not_found_utf8 ());
else if (mode)
p = xasprintf ("%08lX%08lX [?]", (ulong) keyid[0], (ulong) keyid[1]);
else
p = xasprintf ("%s [?]", keystr (keyid));
if (r_nouid)
*r_nouid = 1;
if (r_len)
*r_len = strlen (p);
return p;
}
char *
get_user_id_string_native (ctrl_t ctrl, u32 * keyid)
{
char *p = get_user_id_string (ctrl, keyid, 0, NULL, NULL);
char *p2 = utf8_to_native (p, strlen (p), 0);
xfree (p);
return p2;
}
char *
get_long_user_id_string (ctrl_t ctrl, u32 * keyid)
{
return get_user_id_string (ctrl, keyid, 1, NULL, NULL);
}
/* Please try to use get_user_byfpr instead of this one. */
char *
get_user_id (ctrl_t ctrl, u32 *keyid, size_t *rn, int *r_nouid)
{
return get_user_id_string (ctrl, keyid, 2, rn, r_nouid);
}
/* Please try to use get_user_id_byfpr_native instead of this one. */
char *
get_user_id_native (ctrl_t ctrl, u32 *keyid)
{
size_t rn;
char *p = get_user_id (ctrl, keyid, &rn, NULL);
char *p2 = utf8_to_native (p, rn, 0);
xfree (p);
return p2;
}
/* Return the user id for a key designated by its fingerprint, FPR,
which must be MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN bytes in size. Note: the
returned string, which must be freed using xfree, may not be NUL
terminated. To determine the length of the string, you must use
*RN. */
char *
get_user_id_byfpr (ctrl_t ctrl, const byte *fpr, size_t *rn)
{
user_id_db_t r;
char *p;
int pass = 0;
/* Try it two times; second pass reads from the database. */
do
{
for (r = user_id_db; r; r = r->next)
{
keyid_list_t a;
for (a = r->keyids; a; a = a->next)
{
if (!memcmp (a->fpr, fpr, MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN))
{
/* An empty string as user id is possible. Make
sure that the malloc allocates one byte and does
not bail out. */
p = xmalloc (r->len? r->len : 1);
memcpy (p, r->name, r->len);
*rn = r->len;
return p;
}
}
}
}
while (++pass < 2
&& !get_pubkey_byfprint (ctrl, NULL, NULL, fpr, MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN));
p = xstrdup (user_id_not_found_utf8 ());
*rn = strlen (p);
return p;
}
/* Like get_user_id_byfpr, but convert the string to the native
encoding. The returned string needs to be freed. Unlike
get_user_id_byfpr, the returned string is NUL terminated. */
char *
get_user_id_byfpr_native (ctrl_t ctrl, const byte *fpr)
{
size_t rn;
char *p = get_user_id_byfpr (ctrl, fpr, &rn);
char *p2 = utf8_to_native (p, rn, 0);
xfree (p);
return p2;
}
/* Return the database handle used by this context. The context still
owns the handle. */
KEYDB_HANDLE
get_ctx_handle (GETKEY_CTX ctx)
{
return ctx->kr_handle;
}
static void
free_akl (struct akl *akl)
{
if (! akl)
return;
if (akl->spec)
free_keyserver_spec (akl->spec);
xfree (akl);
}
void
release_akl (void)
{
while (opt.auto_key_locate)
{
struct akl *akl2 = opt.auto_key_locate;
opt.auto_key_locate = opt.auto_key_locate->next;
free_akl (akl2);
}
}
/* Returns true if the AKL is empty or has only the local method
* active. */
int
akl_empty_or_only_local (void)
{
struct akl *akl;
int any = 0;
for (akl = opt.auto_key_locate; akl; akl = akl->next)
if (akl->type != AKL_NODEFAULT && akl->type != AKL_LOCAL)
{
any = 1;
break;
}
return !any;
}
/* Returns false on error. */
int
parse_auto_key_locate (const char *options_arg)
{
char *tok;
char *options, *options_buf;
options = options_buf = xstrdup (options_arg);
while ((tok = optsep (&options)))
{
struct akl *akl, *check, *last = NULL;
int dupe = 0;
if (tok[0] == '\0')
continue;
akl = xmalloc_clear (sizeof (*akl));
if (ascii_strcasecmp (tok, "clear") == 0)
{
xfree (akl);
free_akl (opt.auto_key_locate);
opt.auto_key_locate = NULL;
continue;
}
else if (ascii_strcasecmp (tok, "nodefault") == 0)
akl->type = AKL_NODEFAULT;
else if (ascii_strcasecmp (tok, "local") == 0)
akl->type = AKL_LOCAL;
else if (ascii_strcasecmp (tok, "ldap") == 0)
akl->type = AKL_LDAP;
else if (ascii_strcasecmp (tok, "keyserver") == 0)
akl->type = AKL_KEYSERVER;
else if (ascii_strcasecmp (tok, "cert") == 0)
akl->type = AKL_CERT;
else if (ascii_strcasecmp (tok, "pka") == 0)
akl->type = AKL_PKA;
else if (ascii_strcasecmp (tok, "dane") == 0)
akl->type = AKL_DANE;
else if (ascii_strcasecmp (tok, "wkd") == 0)
akl->type = AKL_WKD;
+ else if (ascii_strcasecmp (tok, "ntds") == 0)
+ akl->type = AKL_NTDS;
else if ((akl->spec = parse_keyserver_uri (tok, 1)))
akl->type = AKL_SPEC;
else
{
free_akl (akl);
xfree (options_buf);
return 0;
}
/* We must maintain the order the user gave us */
for (check = opt.auto_key_locate; check;
last = check, check = check->next)
{
/* Check for duplicates */
if (check->type == akl->type
&& (akl->type != AKL_SPEC
|| (akl->type == AKL_SPEC
&& strcmp (check->spec->uri, akl->spec->uri) == 0)))
{
dupe = 1;
free_akl (akl);
break;
}
}
if (!dupe)
{
if (last)
last->next = akl;
else
opt.auto_key_locate = akl;
}
}
xfree (options_buf);
return 1;
}
/* The list of key origins. */
static struct {
const char *name;
int origin;
} key_origin_list[] =
{
{ "self", KEYORG_SELF },
{ "file", KEYORG_FILE },
{ "url", KEYORG_URL },
{ "wkd", KEYORG_WKD },
{ "dane", KEYORG_DANE },
{ "ks-pref", KEYORG_KS_PREF },
{ "ks", KEYORG_KS },
{ "unknown", KEYORG_UNKNOWN }
};
/* Parse the argument for --key-origin. Return false on error. */
int
parse_key_origin (char *string)
{
int i;
char *comma;
comma = strchr (string, ',');
if (comma)
*comma = 0;
if (!ascii_strcasecmp (string, "help"))
{
log_info (_("valid values for option '%s':\n"), "--key-origin");
for (i=0; i < DIM (key_origin_list); i++)
log_info (" %s\n", key_origin_list[i].name);
g10_exit (1);
}
for (i=0; i < DIM (key_origin_list); i++)
if (!ascii_strcasecmp (string, key_origin_list[i].name))
{
opt.key_origin = key_origin_list[i].origin;
xfree (opt.key_origin_url);
opt.key_origin_url = NULL;
if (comma && comma[1])
{
opt.key_origin_url = xstrdup (comma+1);
trim_spaces (opt.key_origin_url);
}
return 1;
}
if (comma)
*comma = ',';
return 0;
}
/* Return a string or "?" for the key ORIGIN. */
const char *
key_origin_string (int origin)
{
int i;
for (i=0; i < DIM (key_origin_list); i++)
if (key_origin_list[i].origin == origin)
return key_origin_list[i].name;
return "?";
}
/* Returns true if a secret key is available for the public key with
key id KEYID; returns false if not. This function ignores legacy
keys. Note: this is just a fast check and does not tell us whether
the secret key is valid; this check merely indicates whether there
is some secret key with the specified key id. */
int
have_secret_key_with_kid (u32 *keyid)
{
gpg_error_t err;
KEYDB_HANDLE kdbhd;
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC desc;
kbnode_t keyblock;
kbnode_t node;
int result = 0;
kdbhd = keydb_new ();
if (!kdbhd)
return 0;
memset (&desc, 0, sizeof desc);
desc.mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID;
desc.u.kid[0] = keyid[0];
desc.u.kid[1] = keyid[1];
while (!result)
{
err = keydb_search (kdbhd, &desc, 1, NULL);
if (err)
break;
err = keydb_get_keyblock (kdbhd, &keyblock);
if (err)
{
log_error (_("error reading keyblock: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (err));
break;
}
for (node = keyblock; node; node = node->next)
{
/* Bit 0 of the flags is set if the search found the key
using that key or subkey. Note: a search will only ever
match a single key or subkey. */
if ((node->flag & 1))
{
log_assert (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY
|| node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY);
if (!agent_probe_secret_key (NULL, node->pkt->pkt.public_key))
result = 1; /* Secret key available. */
else
result = 0;
break;
}
}
release_kbnode (keyblock);
}
keydb_release (kdbhd);
return result;
}
diff --git a/g10/gpgv.c b/g10/gpgv.c
index 9be3eff0b..f0308661a 100644
--- a/g10/gpgv.c
+++ b/g10/gpgv.c
@@ -1,804 +1,815 @@
/* gpgv.c - The GnuPG signature verify utility
* Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2005, 2006,
* 2008, 2009, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
*
* This file is part of GnuPG.
*
* GnuPG is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GnuPG is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <config.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#ifdef HAVE_DOSISH_SYSTEM
#include <fcntl.h> /* for setmode() */
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_LIBREADLINE
#define GNUPG_LIBREADLINE_H_INCLUDED
#include <readline/readline.h>
#endif
#define INCLUDED_BY_MAIN_MODULE 1
#include "gpg.h"
#include "../common/util.h"
#include "packet.h"
#include "../common/iobuf.h"
#include "main.h"
#include "options.h"
#include "keydb.h"
#include "trustdb.h"
#include "filter.h"
#include "../common/ttyio.h"
#include "../common/i18n.h"
#include "../common/sysutils.h"
#include "../common/status.h"
#include "call-agent.h"
#include "../common/init.h"
enum cmd_and_opt_values {
aNull = 0,
oQuiet = 'q',
oVerbose = 'v',
oOutput = 'o',
oBatch = 500,
oKeyring,
oIgnoreTimeConflict,
oStatusFD,
oLoggerFD,
oLoggerFile,
oHomedir,
oWeakDigest,
oEnableSpecialFilenames,
oDebug,
aTest
};
static ARGPARSE_OPTS opts[] = {
ARGPARSE_group (300, N_("@\nOptions:\n ")),
ARGPARSE_s_n (oVerbose, "verbose", N_("verbose")),
ARGPARSE_s_n (oQuiet, "quiet", N_("be somewhat more quiet")),
ARGPARSE_s_s (oKeyring, "keyring",
N_("|FILE|take the keys from the keyring FILE")),
ARGPARSE_s_s (oOutput, "output", N_("|FILE|write output to FILE")),
ARGPARSE_s_n (oIgnoreTimeConflict, "ignore-time-conflict",
N_("make timestamp conflicts only a warning")),
ARGPARSE_s_i (oStatusFD, "status-fd",
N_("|FD|write status info to this FD")),
ARGPARSE_s_i (oLoggerFD, "logger-fd", "@"),
ARGPARSE_s_s (oLoggerFile, "log-file", "@"),
ARGPARSE_s_s (oHomedir, "homedir", "@"),
ARGPARSE_s_s (oWeakDigest, "weak-digest",
N_("|ALGO|reject signatures made with ALGO")),
ARGPARSE_s_n (oEnableSpecialFilenames, "enable-special-filenames", "@"),
ARGPARSE_s_s (oDebug, "debug", "@"),
ARGPARSE_end ()
};
/* The list of supported debug flags. */
static struct debug_flags_s debug_flags [] =
{
{ DBG_PACKET_VALUE , "packet" },
{ DBG_MPI_VALUE , "mpi" },
{ DBG_CRYPTO_VALUE , "crypto" },
{ DBG_FILTER_VALUE , "filter" },
{ DBG_IOBUF_VALUE , "iobuf" },
{ DBG_MEMORY_VALUE , "memory" },
{ DBG_CACHE_VALUE , "cache" },
{ DBG_MEMSTAT_VALUE, "memstat" },
{ DBG_TRUST_VALUE , "trust" },
{ DBG_HASHING_VALUE, "hashing" },
{ DBG_IPC_VALUE , "ipc" },
{ DBG_CLOCK_VALUE , "clock" },
{ DBG_LOOKUP_VALUE , "lookup" },
{ DBG_EXTPROG_VALUE, "extprog" },
{ 0, NULL }
};
int g10_errors_seen = 0;
static char *
make_libversion (const char *libname, const char *(*getfnc)(const char*))
{
const char *s;
char *result;
s = getfnc (NULL);
result = xmalloc (strlen (libname) + 1 + strlen (s) + 1);
strcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (result, libname), " "), s);
return result;
}
static const char *
my_strusage( int level )
{
static char *ver_gcry;
const char *p;
switch (level)
{
case 11: p = "@GPG@v (GnuPG)";
break;
case 13: p = VERSION; break;
case 17: p = PRINTABLE_OS_NAME; break;
case 19: p = _("Please report bugs to <@EMAIL@>.\n"); break;
case 1:
case 40: p = _("Usage: gpgv [options] [files] (-h for help)");
break;
case 41: p = _("Syntax: gpgv [options] [files]\n"
"Check signatures against known trusted keys\n");
break;
case 20:
if (!ver_gcry)
ver_gcry = make_libversion ("libgcrypt", gcry_check_version);
p = ver_gcry;
break;
default: p = NULL;
}
return p;
}
int
main( int argc, char **argv )
{
ARGPARSE_ARGS pargs;
int rc=0;
strlist_t sl;
strlist_t nrings = NULL;
unsigned configlineno;
ctrl_t ctrl;
early_system_init ();
set_strusage (my_strusage);
log_set_prefix ("gpgv", GPGRT_LOG_WITH_PREFIX);
/* Make sure that our subsystems are ready. */
i18n_init();
init_common_subsystems (&argc, &argv);
gcry_control (GCRYCTL_DISABLE_SECMEM, 0);
gnupg_init_signals (0, NULL);
opt.command_fd = -1; /* no command fd */
opt.keyserver_options.options |= KEYSERVER_AUTO_KEY_RETRIEVE;
opt.trust_model = TM_ALWAYS;
opt.no_sig_cache = 1;
opt.flags.require_cross_cert = 1;
opt.batch = 1;
opt.answer_yes = 1;
opt.weak_digests = NULL;
tty_no_terminal(1);
tty_batchmode(1);
dotlock_disable ();
gcry_control (GCRYCTL_INITIALIZATION_FINISHED, 0);
additional_weak_digest("MD5");
gnupg_initialize_compliance (GNUPG_MODULE_NAME_GPG);
pargs.argc = &argc;
pargs.argv = &argv;
pargs.flags= 1; /* do not remove the args */
while (optfile_parse( NULL, NULL, &configlineno, &pargs, opts))
{
switch (pargs.r_opt)
{
case oQuiet: opt.quiet = 1; break;
case oVerbose:
opt.verbose++;
opt.list_sigs=1;
gcry_control (GCRYCTL_SET_VERBOSITY, (int)opt.verbose);
break;
case oDebug:
if (parse_debug_flag (pargs.r.ret_str, &opt.debug, debug_flags))
{
pargs.r_opt = ARGPARSE_INVALID_ARG;
pargs.err = ARGPARSE_PRINT_ERROR;
}
break;
case oKeyring: append_to_strlist( &nrings, pargs.r.ret_str); break;
case oOutput: opt.outfile = pargs.r.ret_str; break;
case oStatusFD:
set_status_fd (translate_sys2libc_fd_int (pargs.r.ret_int, 1));
break;
case oLoggerFD:
log_set_fd (translate_sys2libc_fd_int (pargs.r.ret_int, 1));
break;
case oLoggerFile:
log_set_file (pargs.r.ret_str);
log_set_prefix (NULL, (GPGRT_LOG_WITH_PREFIX
| GPGRT_LOG_WITH_TIME
| GPGRT_LOG_WITH_PID) );
break;
case oHomedir: gnupg_set_homedir (pargs.r.ret_str); break;
case oWeakDigest:
additional_weak_digest(pargs.r.ret_str);
break;
case oIgnoreTimeConflict: opt.ignore_time_conflict = 1; break;
case oEnableSpecialFilenames:
enable_special_filenames ();
break;
default : pargs.err = ARGPARSE_PRINT_ERROR; break;
}
}
if (log_get_errorcount (0))
g10_exit(2);
if (opt.verbose > 1)
set_packet_list_mode(1);
/* Note: We open all keyrings in read-only mode. */
if (!nrings) /* No keyring given: use default one. */
keydb_add_resource ("trustedkeys" EXTSEP_S "kbx",
(KEYDB_RESOURCE_FLAG_READONLY
|KEYDB_RESOURCE_FLAG_GPGVDEF));
for (sl = nrings; sl; sl = sl->next)
keydb_add_resource (sl->d, KEYDB_RESOURCE_FLAG_READONLY);
FREE_STRLIST (nrings);
ctrl = xcalloc (1, sizeof *ctrl);
if ((rc = verify_signatures (ctrl, argc, argv)))
log_error("verify signatures failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (rc) );
keydb_release (ctrl->cached_getkey_kdb);
xfree (ctrl);
/* cleanup */
g10_exit (0);
return 8; /*NOTREACHED*/
}
void
g10_exit( int rc )
{
rc = rc? rc : log_get_errorcount(0)? 2 : g10_errors_seen? 1 : 0;
exit(rc );
}
/* Stub:
* We have to override the trustcheck from pkclist.c because
* this utility assumes that all keys in the keyring are trustworthy
*/
int
check_signatures_trust (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_signature *sig)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)sig;
return 0;
}
void
read_trust_options (ctrl_t ctrl,
byte *trust_model, ulong *created, ulong *nextcheck,
byte *marginals, byte *completes, byte *cert_depth,
byte *min_cert_level)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)trust_model;
(void)created;
(void)nextcheck;
(void)marginals;
(void)completes;
(void)cert_depth;
(void)min_cert_level;
}
/* Stub:
* We don't have the trustdb , so we have to provide some stub functions
* instead
*/
int
cache_disabled_value (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)pk;
return 0;
}
void
check_trustdb_stale (ctrl_t ctrl)
{
(void)ctrl;
}
int
get_validity_info (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t kb, PKT_public_key *pk,
PKT_user_id *uid)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)kb;
(void)pk;
(void)uid;
return '?';
}
unsigned int
get_validity (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t kb, PKT_public_key *pk, PKT_user_id *uid,
PKT_signature *sig, int may_ask)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)kb;
(void)pk;
(void)uid;
(void)sig;
(void)may_ask;
return 0;
}
const char *
trust_value_to_string (unsigned int value)
{
(void)value;
return "err";
}
const char *
uid_trust_string_fixed (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *key, PKT_user_id *uid)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)key;
(void)uid;
return "err";
}
int
get_ownertrust_info (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk, int no_create)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)pk;
(void)no_create;
return '?';
}
unsigned int
get_ownertrust (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)pk;
return TRUST_UNKNOWN;
}
/* Stubs:
* Because we only work with trusted keys, it does not make sense to
* get them from a keyserver
*/
struct keyserver_spec *
keyserver_match (struct keyserver_spec *spec)
{
(void)spec;
return NULL;
}
int
keyserver_any_configured (ctrl_t ctrl)
{
(void)ctrl;
return 0;
}
int
keyserver_import_keyid (u32 *keyid, void *dummy, int quick)
{
(void)keyid;
(void)dummy;
(void)quick;
return -1;
}
int
keyserver_import_fprint (ctrl_t ctrl, const byte *fprint,size_t fprint_len,
struct keyserver_spec *keyserver, int quick)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)fprint;
(void)fprint_len;
(void)keyserver;
(void)quick;
return -1;
}
int
keyserver_import_cert (const char *name)
{
(void)name;
return -1;
}
int
keyserver_import_pka (const char *name,unsigned char *fpr)
{
(void)name;
(void)fpr;
return -1;
}
gpg_error_t
keyserver_import_wkd (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *name, int quick,
unsigned char **fpr, size_t *fpr_len)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)name;
(void)quick;
(void)fpr;
(void)fpr_len;
return GPG_ERR_BUG;
}
int
keyserver_import_name (const char *name,struct keyserver_spec *spec)
{
(void)name;
(void)spec;
return -1;
}
+int
+keyserver_import_ntds (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *mbox,
+ unsigned char **fpr, size_t *fprlen)
+{
+ (void)ctrl;
+ (void)mbox;
+ (void)fpr;
+ (void)fprlen;
+ return -1;
+}
+
int
keyserver_import_ldap (const char *name)
{
(void)name;
return -1;
}
gpg_error_t
read_key_from_file_or_buffer (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *fname,
const void *buffer, size_t buflen,
kbnode_t *r_keyblock)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)fname;
(void)buffer;
(void)buflen;
(void)r_keyblock;
return -1;
}
gpg_error_t
import_included_key_block (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)keyblock;
return -1;
}
/* Stub:
* No encryption here but mainproc links to these functions.
*/
gpg_error_t
get_session_key (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_pubkey_enc *k, DEK *dek)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)k;
(void)dek;
return GPG_ERR_GENERAL;
}
/* Stub: */
gpg_error_t
get_override_session_key (DEK *dek, const char *string)
{
(void)dek;
(void)string;
return GPG_ERR_GENERAL;
}
/* Stub: */
int
decrypt_data (ctrl_t ctrl, void *procctx, PKT_encrypted *ed, DEK *dek)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)procctx;
(void)ed;
(void)dek;
return GPG_ERR_GENERAL;
}
/* Stub:
* No interactive commands, so we don't need the helptexts
*/
void
display_online_help (const char *keyword)
{
(void)keyword;
}
/* Stub:
* We don't use secret keys, but getkey.c links to this
*/
int
check_secret_key (PKT_public_key *pk, int n)
{
(void)pk;
(void)n;
return GPG_ERR_GENERAL;
}
/* Stub:
* No secret key, so no passphrase needed
*/
DEK *
passphrase_to_dek (int cipher_algo, STRING2KEY *s2k, int create, int nocache,
const char *tmp, int *canceled)
{
(void)cipher_algo;
(void)s2k;
(void)create;
(void)nocache;
(void)tmp;
if (canceled)
*canceled = 0;
return NULL;
}
void
passphrase_clear_cache (const char *cacheid)
{
(void)cacheid;
}
struct keyserver_spec *
parse_preferred_keyserver(PKT_signature *sig)
{
(void)sig;
return NULL;
}
struct keyserver_spec *
parse_keyserver_uri (const char *uri, int require_scheme,
const char *configname, unsigned int configlineno)
{
(void)uri;
(void)require_scheme;
(void)configname;
(void)configlineno;
return NULL;
}
void
free_keyserver_spec (struct keyserver_spec *keyserver)
{
(void)keyserver;
}
/* Stubs to avoid linking to photoid.c */
void
show_photos (const struct user_attribute *attrs, int count, PKT_public_key *pk)
{
(void)attrs;
(void)count;
(void)pk;
}
int
parse_image_header (const struct user_attribute *attr, byte *type, u32 *len)
{
(void)attr;
(void)type;
(void)len;
return 0;
}
char *
image_type_to_string (byte type, int string)
{
(void)type;
(void)string;
return NULL;
}
#ifdef ENABLE_CARD_SUPPORT
int
agent_scd_getattr (const char *name, struct agent_card_info_s *info)
{
(void)name;
(void)info;
return 0;
}
#endif /* ENABLE_CARD_SUPPORT */
/* We do not do any locking, so use these stubs here */
void
dotlock_disable (void)
{
}
dotlock_t
dotlock_create (const char *file_to_lock, unsigned int flags)
{
(void)file_to_lock;
(void)flags;
return NULL;
}
void
dotlock_destroy (dotlock_t h)
{
(void)h;
}
int
dotlock_take (dotlock_t h, long timeout)
{
(void)h;
(void)timeout;
return 0;
}
int
dotlock_release (dotlock_t h)
{
(void)h;
return 0;
}
void
dotlock_remove_lockfiles (void)
{
}
gpg_error_t
agent_probe_secret_key (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)pk;
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY);
}
gpg_error_t
agent_probe_any_secret_key (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)keyblock;
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY);
}
gpg_error_t
agent_get_keyinfo (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *hexkeygrip,
char **r_serialno, int *r_cleartext)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)hexkeygrip;
(void)r_cleartext;
*r_serialno = NULL;
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY);
}
gpg_error_t
gpg_dirmngr_get_pka (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *userid,
unsigned char **r_fpr, size_t *r_fprlen,
char **r_url)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)userid;
if (r_fpr)
*r_fpr = NULL;
if (r_fprlen)
*r_fprlen = 0;
if (r_url)
*r_url = NULL;
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_FOUND);
}
gpg_error_t
export_pubkey_buffer (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *keyspec, unsigned int options,
const void *prefix, size_t prefixlen,
export_stats_t stats,
kbnode_t *r_keyblock, void **r_data, size_t *r_datalen)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)keyspec;
(void)options;
(void)prefix;
(void)prefixlen;
(void)stats;
*r_keyblock = NULL;
*r_data = NULL;
*r_datalen = 0;
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED);
}
gpg_error_t
tofu_write_tfs_record (ctrl_t ctrl, estream_t fp,
PKT_public_key *pk, const char *user_id)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)fp;
(void)pk;
(void)user_id;
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_GENERAL);
}
gpg_error_t
tofu_get_policy (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk, PKT_user_id *user_id,
enum tofu_policy *policy)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)pk;
(void)user_id;
(void)policy;
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_GENERAL);
}
const char *
tofu_policy_str (enum tofu_policy policy)
{
(void)policy;
return "unknown";
}
void
tofu_begin_batch_update (ctrl_t ctrl)
{
(void)ctrl;
}
void
tofu_end_batch_update (ctrl_t ctrl)
{
(void)ctrl;
}
gpg_error_t
tofu_notice_key_changed (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t kb)
{
(void) ctrl;
(void) kb;
return 0;
}
int
get_revocation_reason (PKT_signature *sig, char **r_reason,
char **r_comment, size_t *r_commentlen)
{
(void)sig;
(void)r_commentlen;
if (r_reason)
*r_reason = NULL;
if (r_comment)
*r_comment = NULL;
return 0;
}
diff --git a/g10/keyserver-internal.h b/g10/keyserver-internal.h
index 46a1e1d9f..f5f7f3620 100644
--- a/g10/keyserver-internal.h
+++ b/g10/keyserver-internal.h
@@ -1,56 +1,58 @@
/* keyserver-internal.h - Keyserver internals
* Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
*
* This file is part of GnuPG.
*
* GnuPG is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GnuPG is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#ifndef _KEYSERVER_INTERNAL_H_
#define _KEYSERVER_INTERNAL_H_
#include <time.h>
#include "../common/keyserver.h"
#include "../common/iobuf.h"
#include "../common/types.h"
int parse_keyserver_options(char *options);
void free_keyserver_spec(struct keyserver_spec *keyserver);
struct keyserver_spec *keyserver_match(struct keyserver_spec *spec);
struct keyserver_spec *parse_keyserver_uri (const char *string,
int require_scheme);
struct keyserver_spec *parse_preferred_keyserver(PKT_signature *sig);
int keyserver_any_configured (ctrl_t ctrl);
int keyserver_export (ctrl_t ctrl, strlist_t users);
int keyserver_import (ctrl_t ctrl, strlist_t users);
int keyserver_import_fprint (ctrl_t ctrl, const byte *fprint,size_t fprint_len,
struct keyserver_spec *keyserver, int quick);
int keyserver_import_keyid (ctrl_t ctrl, u32 *keyid,
struct keyserver_spec *keyserver, int quick);
gpg_error_t keyserver_refresh (ctrl_t ctrl, strlist_t users);
gpg_error_t keyserver_search (ctrl_t ctrl, strlist_t tokens);
int keyserver_fetch (ctrl_t ctrl, strlist_t urilist, int origin);
int keyserver_import_cert (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *name, int dane_mode,
unsigned char **fpr,size_t *fpr_len);
gpg_error_t keyserver_import_pka (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *name,
unsigned char **fpr,size_t *fpr_len);
gpg_error_t keyserver_import_wkd (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *name, int quick,
unsigned char **fpr, size_t *fpr_len);
+int keyserver_import_ntds (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *name,
+ unsigned char **fpr,size_t *fpr_len);
int keyserver_import_name (ctrl_t ctrl,
const char *name,unsigned char **fpr,size_t *fpr_len,
struct keyserver_spec *keyserver);
int keyserver_import_ldap (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *name,
unsigned char **fpr,size_t *fpr_len);
#endif /* !_KEYSERVER_INTERNAL_H_ */
diff --git a/g10/keyserver.c b/g10/keyserver.c
index f171b9606..b0f52fa82 100644
--- a/g10/keyserver.c
+++ b/g10/keyserver.c
@@ -1,2186 +1,2220 @@
/* keyserver.c - generic keyserver code
* Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
* 2009, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2014 Werner Koch
*
* This file is part of GnuPG.
*
* GnuPG is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GnuPG is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <config.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include "gpg.h"
#include "../common/iobuf.h"
#include "filter.h"
#include "keydb.h"
#include "../common/status.h"
#include "exec.h"
#include "main.h"
#include "../common/i18n.h"
#include "../common/ttyio.h"
#include "options.h"
#include "packet.h"
#include "trustdb.h"
#include "keyserver-internal.h"
#include "../common/util.h"
#include "../common/membuf.h"
#include "../common/mbox-util.h"
#include "call-dirmngr.h"
#ifdef HAVE_W32_SYSTEM
/* It seems Vista doesn't grok X_OK and so fails access() tests.
Previous versions interpreted X_OK as F_OK anyway, so we'll just
use F_OK directly. */
#undef X_OK
#define X_OK F_OK
#endif /* HAVE_W32_SYSTEM */
struct keyrec
{
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC desc;
u32 createtime,expiretime;
int size,flags;
byte type;
IOBUF uidbuf;
unsigned int lines;
};
/* Parameters for the search line handler. */
struct search_line_handler_parm_s
{
ctrl_t ctrl; /* The session control structure. */
char *searchstr_disp; /* Native encoded search string or NULL. */
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *desc; /* Array with search descriptions. */
int count; /* Number of keys we are currently prepared to
handle. This is the size of the DESC array. If
it is too small, it will grow safely. */
int validcount; /* Enable the "Key x-y of z" messages. */
int nkeys; /* Number of processed records. */
int any_lines; /* At least one line has been processed. */
unsigned int numlines; /* Counter for displayed lines. */
int eof_seen; /* EOF encountered. */
int not_found; /* Set if no keys have been found. */
};
enum ks_action {KS_UNKNOWN=0,KS_GET,KS_GETNAME,KS_SEND,KS_SEARCH};
static struct parse_options keyserver_opts[]=
{
/* some of these options are not real - just for the help
message */
{"max-cert-size",0,NULL,NULL}, /* MUST be the first in this array! */
{"http-proxy", KEYSERVER_HTTP_PROXY, NULL, /* MUST be the second! */
N_("override proxy options set for dirmngr")},
{"include-revoked",0,NULL,N_("include revoked keys in search results")},
{"include-subkeys",0,NULL,N_("include subkeys when searching by key ID")},
{"timeout", KEYSERVER_TIMEOUT, NULL,
N_("override timeout options set for dirmngr")},
{"refresh-add-fake-v3-keyids",KEYSERVER_ADD_FAKE_V3,NULL,
NULL},
{"auto-key-retrieve",KEYSERVER_AUTO_KEY_RETRIEVE,NULL,
N_("automatically retrieve keys when verifying signatures")},
{"honor-keyserver-url",KEYSERVER_HONOR_KEYSERVER_URL,NULL,
N_("honor the preferred keyserver URL set on the key")},
{"honor-pka-record",KEYSERVER_HONOR_PKA_RECORD,NULL,
N_("honor the PKA record set on a key when retrieving keys")},
{NULL,0,NULL,NULL}
};
static gpg_error_t keyserver_get (ctrl_t ctrl,
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *desc, int ndesc,
struct keyserver_spec *override_keyserver,
int quick,
unsigned char **r_fpr, size_t *r_fprlen);
static gpg_error_t keyserver_put (ctrl_t ctrl, strlist_t keyspecs);
/* Reasonable guess. The commonly used test key simon.josefsson.org
is larger than 32k, thus we need at least this value. */
#define DEFAULT_MAX_CERT_SIZE 65536
static size_t max_cert_size=DEFAULT_MAX_CERT_SIZE;
static void
warn_kshelper_option(char *option, int noisy)
{
char *p;
if ((p=strchr (option, '=')))
*p = 0;
if (!strcmp (option, "ca-cert-file"))
log_info ("keyserver option '%s' is obsolete; please use "
"'%s' in dirmngr.conf\n",
"ca-cert-file", "hkp-cacert");
else if (!strcmp (option, "check-cert")
|| !strcmp (option, "broken-http-proxy"))
log_info ("keyserver option '%s' is obsolete\n", option);
else if (noisy || opt.verbose)
log_info ("keyserver option '%s' is unknown\n", option);
}
/* Called from main to parse the args for --keyserver-options. */
int
parse_keyserver_options(char *options)
{
int ret=1;
char *tok;
char *max_cert=NULL;
keyserver_opts[0].value=&max_cert;
keyserver_opts[1].value=&opt.keyserver_options.http_proxy;
while((tok=optsep(&options)))
{
if(tok[0]=='\0')
continue;
/* We accept quite a few possible options here - some options to
handle specially, the keyserver_options list, and import and
export options that pertain to keyserver operations. */
if (!parse_options (tok,&opt.keyserver_options.options, keyserver_opts,0)
&& !parse_import_options(tok,&opt.keyserver_options.import_options,0)
&& !parse_export_options(tok,&opt.keyserver_options.export_options,0))
{
/* All of the standard options have failed, so the option was
destined for a keyserver plugin as used by GnuPG < 2.1 */
warn_kshelper_option (tok, 1);
}
}
if(max_cert)
{
max_cert_size=strtoul(max_cert,(char **)NULL,10);
if(max_cert_size==0)
max_cert_size=DEFAULT_MAX_CERT_SIZE;
}
return ret;
}
void
free_keyserver_spec(struct keyserver_spec *keyserver)
{
xfree(keyserver->uri);
xfree(keyserver->scheme);
xfree(keyserver->auth);
xfree(keyserver->host);
xfree(keyserver->port);
xfree(keyserver->path);
xfree(keyserver->opaque);
free_strlist(keyserver->options);
xfree(keyserver);
}
/* Return 0 for match */
static int
cmp_keyserver_spec(struct keyserver_spec *one,struct keyserver_spec *two)
{
if(ascii_strcasecmp(one->scheme,two->scheme)==0)
{
if(one->host && two->host && ascii_strcasecmp(one->host,two->host)==0)
{
if((one->port && two->port
&& ascii_strcasecmp(one->port,two->port)==0)
|| (!one->port && !two->port))
return 0;
}
else if(one->opaque && two->opaque
&& ascii_strcasecmp(one->opaque,two->opaque)==0)
return 0;
}
return 1;
}
/* Try and match one of our keyservers. If we can, return that. If
we can't, return our input. */
struct keyserver_spec *
keyserver_match(struct keyserver_spec *spec)
{
struct keyserver_spec *ks;
for(ks=opt.keyserver;ks;ks=ks->next)
if(cmp_keyserver_spec(spec,ks)==0)
return ks;
return spec;
}
/* TODO: once we cut over to an all-curl world, we don't need this
parser any longer so it can be removed, or at least moved to
keyserver/ksutil.c for limited use in gpgkeys_ldap or the like. */
keyserver_spec_t
parse_keyserver_uri (const char *string,int require_scheme)
{
int assume_hkp=0;
struct keyserver_spec *keyserver;
const char *idx;
int count;
char *uri, *duped_uri, *options;
log_assert (string);
keyserver=xmalloc_clear(sizeof(struct keyserver_spec));
duped_uri = uri = xstrdup (string);
options=strchr(uri,' ');
if(options)
{
char *tok;
*options='\0';
options++;
while((tok=optsep(&options)))
warn_kshelper_option (tok, 0);
}
/* Get the scheme */
for(idx=uri,count=0;*idx && *idx!=':';idx++)
{
count++;
/* Do we see the start of an RFC-2732 ipv6 address here? If so,
there clearly isn't a scheme so get out early. */
if(*idx=='[')
{
/* Was the '[' the first thing in the string? If not, we
have a mangled scheme with a [ in it so fail. */
if(count==1)
break;
else
goto fail;
}
}
if(count==0)
goto fail;
if(*idx=='\0' || *idx=='[')
{
if(require_scheme)
return NULL;
/* Assume HKP if there is no scheme */
assume_hkp=1;
keyserver->scheme=xstrdup("hkp");
keyserver->uri=xmalloc(strlen(keyserver->scheme)+3+strlen(uri)+1);
strcpy(keyserver->uri,keyserver->scheme);
strcat(keyserver->uri,"://");
strcat(keyserver->uri,uri);
}
else
{
int i;
keyserver->uri=xstrdup(uri);
keyserver->scheme=xmalloc(count+1);
/* Force to lowercase */
for(i=0;i<count;i++)
keyserver->scheme[i]=ascii_tolower(uri[i]);
keyserver->scheme[i]='\0';
/* Skip past the scheme and colon */
uri+=count+1;
}
if(ascii_strcasecmp(keyserver->scheme,"x-broken-hkp")==0)
{
log_info ("keyserver option '%s' is obsolete\n",
"x-broken-hkp");
}
else if(ascii_strcasecmp(keyserver->scheme,"x-hkp")==0)
{
/* Canonicalize this to "hkp" so it works with both the internal
and external keyserver interface. */
xfree(keyserver->scheme);
keyserver->scheme=xstrdup("hkp");
}
if (uri[0]=='/' && uri[1]=='/' && uri[2] == '/')
{
/* Three slashes means network path with a default host name.
This is a hack because it does not crok all possible
combinations. We should better replace all code by the parser
from http.c. */
keyserver->path = xstrdup (uri+2);
}
else if(assume_hkp || (uri[0]=='/' && uri[1]=='/'))
{
/* Two slashes means network path. */
/* Skip over the "//", if any */
if(!assume_hkp)
uri+=2;
/* Do we have userinfo auth data present? */
for(idx=uri,count=0;*idx && *idx!='@' && *idx!='/';idx++)
count++;
/* We found a @ before the slash, so that means everything
before the @ is auth data. */
if(*idx=='@')
{
if(count==0)
goto fail;
keyserver->auth=xmalloc(count+1);
strncpy(keyserver->auth,uri,count);
keyserver->auth[count]='\0';
uri+=count+1;
}
/* Is it an RFC-2732 ipv6 [literal address] ? */
if(*uri=='[')
{
for(idx=uri+1,count=1;*idx
&& ((isascii (*idx) && isxdigit(*idx))
|| *idx==':' || *idx=='.');idx++)
count++;
/* Is the ipv6 literal address terminated? */
if(*idx==']')
count++;
else
goto fail;
}
else
for(idx=uri,count=0;*idx && *idx!=':' && *idx!='/';idx++)
count++;
if(count==0)
goto fail;
keyserver->host=xmalloc(count+1);
strncpy(keyserver->host,uri,count);
keyserver->host[count]='\0';
/* Skip past the host */
uri+=count;
if(*uri==':')
{
/* It would seem to be reasonable to limit the range of the
ports to values between 1-65535, but RFC 1738 and 1808
imply there is no limit. Of course, the real world has
limits. */
for(idx=uri+1,count=0;*idx && *idx!='/';idx++)
{
count++;
/* Ports are digits only */
if(!digitp(idx))
goto fail;
}
keyserver->port=xmalloc(count+1);
strncpy(keyserver->port,uri+1,count);
keyserver->port[count]='\0';
/* Skip past the colon and port number */
uri+=1+count;
}
/* Everything else is the path */
if(*uri)
keyserver->path=xstrdup(uri);
else
keyserver->path=xstrdup("/");
if(keyserver->path[1])
keyserver->flags.direct_uri=1;
}
else if(uri[0]!='/')
{
/* No slash means opaque. Just record the opaque blob and get
out. */
keyserver->opaque=xstrdup(uri);
}
else
{
/* One slash means absolute path. We don't need to support that
yet. */
goto fail;
}
xfree (duped_uri);
return keyserver;
fail:
free_keyserver_spec(keyserver);
xfree (duped_uri);
return NULL;
}
struct keyserver_spec *
parse_preferred_keyserver(PKT_signature *sig)
{
struct keyserver_spec *spec=NULL;
const byte *p;
size_t plen;
p=parse_sig_subpkt(sig->hashed,SIGSUBPKT_PREF_KS,&plen);
if(p && plen)
{
byte *dupe=xmalloc(plen+1);
memcpy(dupe,p,plen);
dupe[plen]='\0';
spec = parse_keyserver_uri (dupe, 1);
xfree(dupe);
}
return spec;
}
static void
print_keyrec (ctrl_t ctrl, int number,struct keyrec *keyrec)
{
int i;
iobuf_writebyte(keyrec->uidbuf,0);
iobuf_flush_temp(keyrec->uidbuf);
es_printf ("(%d)\t%s ", number, iobuf_get_temp_buffer (keyrec->uidbuf));
if (keyrec->size>0)
es_printf ("%d bit ", keyrec->size);
if(keyrec->type)
{
const char *str;
str = openpgp_pk_algo_name (keyrec->type);
if (str && strcmp (str, "?"))
es_printf ("%s ",str);
else
es_printf ("unknown ");
}
switch(keyrec->desc.mode)
{
/* If the keyserver helper gave us a short keyid, we have no
choice but to use it. Do check --keyid-format to add a 0x if
needed. */
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SHORT_KID:
es_printf ("key %s%08lX",
(opt.keyid_format==KF_0xSHORT
|| opt.keyid_format==KF_0xLONG)?"0x":"",
(ulong)keyrec->desc.u.kid[1]);
break;
/* However, if it gave us a long keyid, we can honor
--keyid-format via keystr(). */
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID:
es_printf ("key %s",keystr(keyrec->desc.u.kid));
break;
/* If it gave us a PGP 2.x fingerprint, not much we can do
beyond displaying it. */
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR16:
es_printf ("key ");
for(i=0;i<16;i++)
es_printf ("%02X",keyrec->desc.u.fpr[i]);
break;
/* If we get a modern fingerprint, we have the most
flexibility. */
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR20:
{
u32 kid[2];
keyid_from_fingerprint (ctrl, keyrec->desc.u.fpr,20,kid);
es_printf("key %s",keystr(kid));
}
break;
default:
BUG();
break;
}
if(keyrec->createtime>0)
{
es_printf (", ");
es_printf (_("created: %s"), strtimestamp(keyrec->createtime));
}
if(keyrec->expiretime>0)
{
es_printf (", ");
es_printf (_("expires: %s"), strtimestamp(keyrec->expiretime));
}
if (keyrec->flags&1)
es_printf (" (%s)", _("revoked"));
if(keyrec->flags&2)
es_printf (" (%s)", _("disabled"));
if(keyrec->flags&4)
es_printf (" (%s)", _("expired"));
es_printf ("\n");
}
/* Returns a keyrec (which must be freed) once a key is complete, and
NULL otherwise. Call with a NULL keystring once key parsing is
complete to return any unfinished keys. */
static struct keyrec *
parse_keyrec(char *keystring)
{
/* FIXME: Remove the static and put the data into the parms we use
for the caller anyway. */
static struct keyrec *work=NULL;
struct keyrec *ret=NULL;
char *record;
int i;
if(keystring==NULL)
{
if(work==NULL)
return NULL;
else if(work->desc.mode==KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_NONE)
{
xfree(work);
return NULL;
}
else
{
ret=work;
work=NULL;
return ret;
}
}
if(work==NULL)
{
work=xmalloc_clear(sizeof(struct keyrec));
work->uidbuf=iobuf_temp();
}
trim_trailing_ws (keystring, strlen (keystring));
if((record=strsep(&keystring,":"))==NULL)
return ret;
if(ascii_strcasecmp("pub",record)==0)
{
char *tok;
gpg_error_t err;
if(work->desc.mode)
{
ret=work;
work=xmalloc_clear(sizeof(struct keyrec));
work->uidbuf=iobuf_temp();
}
if((tok=strsep(&keystring,":"))==NULL)
return ret;
err = classify_user_id (tok, &work->desc, 1);
if (err || (work->desc.mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SHORT_KID
&& work->desc.mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID
&& work->desc.mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR16
&& work->desc.mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR20))
{
work->desc.mode=KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_NONE;
return ret;
}
/* Note all items after this are optional. This allows us to
have a pub line as simple as pub:keyid and nothing else. */
work->lines++;
if((tok=strsep(&keystring,":"))==NULL)
return ret;
work->type=atoi(tok);
if((tok=strsep(&keystring,":"))==NULL)
return ret;
work->size=atoi(tok);
if((tok=strsep(&keystring,":"))==NULL)
return ret;
if(atoi(tok)<=0)
work->createtime=0;
else
work->createtime=atoi(tok);
if((tok=strsep(&keystring,":"))==NULL)
return ret;
if(atoi(tok)<=0)
work->expiretime=0;
else
{
work->expiretime=atoi(tok);
/* Force the 'e' flag on if this key is expired. */
if(work->expiretime<=make_timestamp())
work->flags|=4;
}
if((tok=strsep(&keystring,":"))==NULL)
return ret;
while(*tok)
switch(*tok++)
{
case 'r':
case 'R':
work->flags|=1;
break;
case 'd':
case 'D':
work->flags|=2;
break;
case 'e':
case 'E':
work->flags|=4;
break;
}
}
else if(ascii_strcasecmp("uid",record)==0 && work->desc.mode)
{
char *userid,*tok,*decoded;
if((tok=strsep(&keystring,":"))==NULL)
return ret;
if(strlen(tok)==0)
return ret;
userid=tok;
/* By definition, de-%-encoding is always smaller than the
original string so we can decode in place. */
i=0;
while(*tok)
if(tok[0]=='%' && tok[1] && tok[2])
{
int c;
userid[i] = (c=hextobyte(&tok[1])) == -1 ? '?' : c;
i++;
tok+=3;
}
else
userid[i++]=*tok++;
/* We don't care about the other info provided in the uid: line
since no keyserver supports marking userids with timestamps
or revoked/expired/disabled yet. */
/* No need to check for control characters, as utf8_to_native
does this for us. */
decoded=utf8_to_native(userid,i,0);
if(strlen(decoded)>opt.screen_columns-10)
decoded[opt.screen_columns-10]='\0';
iobuf_writestr(work->uidbuf,decoded);
xfree(decoded);
iobuf_writestr(work->uidbuf,"\n\t");
work->lines++;
}
/* Ignore any records other than "pri" and "uid" for easy future
growth. */
return ret;
}
/* Show a prompt and allow the user to select keys for retrieval. */
static gpg_error_t
show_prompt (ctrl_t ctrl, KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *desc, int numdesc,
int count, const char *search)
{
gpg_error_t err;
char *answer = NULL;
es_fflush (es_stdout);
if (count && opt.command_fd == -1)
{
static int from = 1;
tty_printf ("Keys %d-%d of %d for \"%s\". ",
from, numdesc, count, search);
from = numdesc + 1;
}
again:
err = 0;
xfree (answer);
answer = cpr_get_no_help ("keysearch.prompt",
_("Enter number(s), N)ext, or Q)uit > "));
/* control-d */
if (answer[0]=='\x04')
{
tty_printf ("Q\n");
answer[0] = 'q';
}
if (answer[0]=='q' || answer[0]=='Q')
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_CANCELED);
else if (atoi (answer) >= 1 && atoi (answer) <= numdesc)
{
char *split = answer;
char *num;
int numarray[50];
int numidx = 0;
int idx;
while ((num = strsep (&split, " ,")))
if (atoi (num) >= 1 && atoi (num) <= numdesc)
{
if (numidx >= DIM (numarray))
{
tty_printf ("Too many keys selected\n");
goto again;
}
numarray[numidx++] = atoi (num);
}
if (!numidx)
goto again;
{
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *selarray;
selarray = xtrymalloc (numidx * sizeof *selarray);
if (!selarray)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto leave;
}
for (idx = 0; idx < numidx; idx++)
selarray[idx] = desc[numarray[idx]-1];
err = keyserver_get (ctrl, selarray, numidx, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
xfree (selarray);
}
}
leave:
xfree (answer);
return err;
}
/* This is a callback used by call-dirmngr.c to process the result of
KS_SEARCH command. If SPECIAL is 0, LINE is the actual data line
received with all escaping removed and guaranteed to be exactly one
line with stripped LF; an EOF is indicated by LINE passed as NULL.
If special is 1, the line contains the source of the information
(usually an URL). LINE may be modified after return. */
static gpg_error_t
search_line_handler (void *opaque, int special, char *line)
{
struct search_line_handler_parm_s *parm = opaque;
gpg_error_t err = 0;
struct keyrec *keyrec;
if (special == 1)
{
log_info ("data source: %s\n", line);
return 0;
}
else if (special)
{
log_debug ("unknown value %d for special search callback", special);
return 0;
}
if (parm->eof_seen && line)
{
log_debug ("ooops: unexpected data after EOF\n");
line = NULL;
}
/* Print the received line. */
if (opt.with_colons && line)
{
es_printf ("%s\n", line);
}
/* Look for an info: line. The only current info: values defined
are the version and key count. */
if (line && !parm->any_lines && !ascii_strncasecmp ("info:", line, 5))
{
char *str = line + 5;
char *tok;
if ((tok = strsep (&str, ":")))
{
int version;
if (sscanf (tok, "%d", &version) !=1 )
version = 1;
if (version !=1 )
{
log_error (_("invalid keyserver protocol "
"(us %d!=handler %d)\n"), 1, version);
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL);
}
}
if ((tok = strsep (&str, ":"))
&& sscanf (tok, "%d", &parm->count) == 1)
{
if (!parm->count)
parm->not_found = 1;/* Server indicated that no items follow. */
else if (parm->count < 0)
parm->count = 10; /* Bad value - assume something reasonable. */
else
parm->validcount = 1; /* COUNT seems to be okay. */
}
parm->any_lines = 1;
return 0; /* Line processing finished. */
}
again:
if (line)
keyrec = parse_keyrec (line);
else
{
/* Received EOF - flush data */
parm->eof_seen = 1;
keyrec = parse_keyrec (NULL);
if (!keyrec)
{
if (!parm->nkeys)
parm->not_found = 1; /* No keys at all. */
else
{
if (parm->nkeys != parm->count)
parm->validcount = 0;
if (!(opt.with_colons && opt.batch))
{
err = show_prompt (parm->ctrl, parm->desc, parm->nkeys,
parm->validcount? parm->count : 0,
parm->searchstr_disp);
return err;
}
}
}
}
/* Save the key in the key array. */
if (keyrec)
{
/* Allocate or enlarge the key array if needed. */
if (!parm->desc)
{
if (parm->count < 1)
{
parm->count = 10;
parm->validcount = 0;
}
parm->desc = xtrymalloc (parm->count * sizeof *parm->desc);
if (!parm->desc)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
iobuf_close (keyrec->uidbuf);
xfree (keyrec);
return err;
}
}
else if (parm->nkeys == parm->count)
{
/* Keyserver sent more keys than claimed in the info: line. */
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *tmp;
int newcount = parm->count + 10;
tmp = xtryrealloc (parm->desc, newcount * sizeof *parm->desc);
if (!tmp)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
iobuf_close (keyrec->uidbuf);
xfree (keyrec);
return err;
}
parm->count = newcount;
parm->desc = tmp;
parm->validcount = 0;
}
parm->desc[parm->nkeys] = keyrec->desc;
if (!opt.with_colons)
{
/* SCREEN_LINES - 1 for the prompt. */
if (parm->numlines + keyrec->lines > opt.screen_lines - 1)
{
err = show_prompt (parm->ctrl, parm->desc, parm->nkeys,
parm->validcount ? parm->count:0,
parm->searchstr_disp);
if (err)
return err;
parm->numlines = 0;
}
print_keyrec (parm->ctrl, parm->nkeys+1, keyrec);
}
parm->numlines += keyrec->lines;
iobuf_close (keyrec->uidbuf);
xfree (keyrec);
parm->any_lines = 1;
parm->nkeys++;
/* If we are here due to a flush after the EOF, run again for
the last prompt. Fixme: Make this code better readable. */
if (parm->eof_seen)
goto again;
}
return 0;
}
int
keyserver_export (ctrl_t ctrl, strlist_t users)
{
gpg_error_t err;
strlist_t sl=NULL;
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC desc;
int rc=0;
/* Weed out descriptors that we don't support sending */
for(;users;users=users->next)
{
err = classify_user_id (users->d, &desc, 1);
if (err || (desc.mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SHORT_KID
&& desc.mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID
&& desc.mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR16
&& desc.mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR20))
{
log_error(_("\"%s\" not a key ID: skipping\n"),users->d);
continue;
}
else
append_to_strlist(&sl,users->d);
}
if(sl)
{
rc = keyserver_put (ctrl, sl);
free_strlist(sl);
}
return rc;
}
/* Structure to convey the arg to keyserver_retrieval_screener. */
struct ks_retrieval_screener_arg_s
{
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *desc;
int ndesc;
};
/* Check whether a key matches the search description. The function
returns 0 if the key shall be imported. */
static gpg_error_t
keyserver_retrieval_screener (kbnode_t keyblock, void *opaque)
{
struct ks_retrieval_screener_arg_s *arg = opaque;
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *desc = arg->desc;
int ndesc = arg->ndesc;
kbnode_t node;
PKT_public_key *pk;
int n;
u32 keyid[2];
byte fpr[MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN];
size_t fpr_len = 0;
/* Secret keys are not expected from a keyserver. We do not
care about secret subkeys because the import code takes care
of skipping them. Not allowing an import of a public key
with a secret subkey would make it too easy to inhibit the
downloading of a public key. Recall that keyservers do only
limited checks. */
node = find_kbnode (keyblock, PKT_SECRET_KEY);
if (node)
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_GENERAL); /* Do not import. */
if (!ndesc)
return 0; /* Okay if no description given. */
/* Loop over all key packets. */
for (node = keyblock; node; node = node->next)
{
if (node->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_KEY
&& node->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)
continue;
pk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key;
fingerprint_from_pk (pk, fpr, &fpr_len);
keyid_from_pk (pk, keyid);
/* Compare requested and returned fingerprints if available. */
for (n = 0; n < ndesc; n++)
{
if (desc[n].mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR20)
{
if (fpr_len == 20 && !memcmp (fpr, desc[n].u.fpr, 20))
return 0;
}
else if (desc[n].mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR16)
{
if (fpr_len == 16 && !memcmp (fpr, desc[n].u.fpr, 16))
return 0;
}
else if (desc[n].mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID)
{
if (keyid[0] == desc[n].u.kid[0] && keyid[1] == desc[n].u.kid[1])
return 0;
}
else if (desc[n].mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SHORT_KID)
{
if (keyid[1] == desc[n].u.kid[1])
return 0;
}
else /* No keyid or fingerprint - can't check. */
return 0; /* allow import. */
}
}
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_GENERAL);
}
int
keyserver_import (ctrl_t ctrl, strlist_t users)
{
gpg_error_t err;
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *desc;
int num=100,count=0;
int rc=0;
/* Build a list of key ids */
desc=xmalloc(sizeof(KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC)*num);
for(;users;users=users->next)
{
err = classify_user_id (users->d, &desc[count], 1);
if (err || (desc[count].mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SHORT_KID
&& desc[count].mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID
&& desc[count].mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR16
&& desc[count].mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR20))
{
log_error (_("\"%s\" not a key ID: skipping\n"), users->d);
continue;
}
count++;
if(count==num)
{
num+=100;
desc=xrealloc(desc,sizeof(KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC)*num);
}
}
if(count>0)
rc = keyserver_get (ctrl, desc, count, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
xfree(desc);
return rc;
}
/* Return true if any keyserver has been configured. */
int
keyserver_any_configured (ctrl_t ctrl)
{
return !gpg_dirmngr_ks_list (ctrl, NULL);
}
/* Import all keys that exactly match NAME */
int
keyserver_import_name (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *name,
unsigned char **fpr, size_t *fprlen,
struct keyserver_spec *keyserver)
{
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC desc;
memset (&desc, 0, sizeof desc);
desc.mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_EXACT;
desc.u.name = name;
return keyserver_get (ctrl, &desc, 1, keyserver, 0, fpr, fprlen);
}
+/* Import the keys that match exactly MBOX */
+int
+keyserver_import_ntds (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *mbox,
+ unsigned char **fpr, size_t *fprlen)
+{
+ KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC desc = { 0 };
+ struct keyserver_spec keyserver = { NULL, "ldap:///" };
+
+ desc.mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_MAIL;
+ desc.u.name = mbox;
+
+ return keyserver_get (ctrl, &desc, 1, &keyserver, 0, fpr, fprlen);
+}
+
+
int
keyserver_import_fprint (ctrl_t ctrl, const byte *fprint,size_t fprint_len,
struct keyserver_spec *keyserver, int quick)
{
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC desc;
memset(&desc,0,sizeof(desc));
if(fprint_len==16)
desc.mode=KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR16;
else if(fprint_len==20)
desc.mode=KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR20;
else
return -1;
memcpy(desc.u.fpr,fprint,fprint_len);
/* TODO: Warn here if the fingerprint we got doesn't match the one
we asked for? */
return keyserver_get (ctrl, &desc, 1, keyserver, quick, NULL, NULL);
}
int
keyserver_import_keyid (ctrl_t ctrl,
u32 *keyid,struct keyserver_spec *keyserver, int quick)
{
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC desc;
memset(&desc,0,sizeof(desc));
desc.mode=KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID;
desc.u.kid[0]=keyid[0];
desc.u.kid[1]=keyid[1];
return keyserver_get (ctrl, &desc, 1, keyserver, quick, NULL, NULL);
}
/* code mostly stolen from do_export_stream */
static int
keyidlist (ctrl_t ctrl, strlist_t users, KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC **klist,
int *count, int fakev3)
{
int rc = 0;
int num = 100;
kbnode_t keyblock = NULL;
kbnode_t node;
KEYDB_HANDLE kdbhd;
int ndesc;
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *desc = NULL;
strlist_t sl;
*count=0;
*klist=xmalloc(sizeof(KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC)*num);
kdbhd = keydb_new ();
if (!kdbhd)
{
rc = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto leave;
}
keydb_disable_caching (kdbhd); /* We are looping the search. */
if(!users)
{
ndesc = 1;
desc = xmalloc_clear ( ndesc * sizeof *desc);
desc[0].mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FIRST;
}
else
{
for (ndesc=0, sl=users; sl; sl = sl->next, ndesc++)
;
desc = xmalloc ( ndesc * sizeof *desc);
for (ndesc=0, sl=users; sl; sl = sl->next)
{
gpg_error_t err;
if (!(err = classify_user_id (sl->d, desc+ndesc, 1)))
ndesc++;
else
log_error (_("key \"%s\" not found: %s\n"),
sl->d, gpg_strerror (err));
}
}
for (;;)
{
rc = keydb_search (kdbhd, desc, ndesc, NULL);
if (rc)
break; /* ready. */
if (!users)
desc[0].mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_NEXT;
/* read the keyblock */
rc = keydb_get_keyblock (kdbhd, &keyblock );
if( rc )
{
log_error (_("error reading keyblock: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (rc) );
goto leave;
}
if((node=find_kbnode(keyblock,PKT_PUBLIC_KEY)))
{
/* This is to work around a bug in some keyservers (pksd and
OKS) that calculate v4 RSA keyids as if they were v3 RSA.
The answer is to refresh both the correct v4 keyid
(e.g. 99242560) and the fake v3 keyid (e.g. 68FDDBC7).
This only happens for key refresh using the HKP scheme
and if the refresh-add-fake-v3-keyids keyserver option is
set. */
if(fakev3 && is_RSA(node->pkt->pkt.public_key->pubkey_algo) &&
node->pkt->pkt.public_key->version>=4)
{
(*klist)[*count].mode=KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID;
v3_keyid (node->pkt->pkt.public_key->pkey[0],
(*klist)[*count].u.kid);
(*count)++;
if(*count==num)
{
num+=100;
*klist=xrealloc(*klist,sizeof(KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC)*num);
}
}
/* v4 keys get full fingerprints. v3 keys get long keyids.
This is because it's easy to calculate any sort of keyid
from a v4 fingerprint, but not a v3 fingerprint. */
if(node->pkt->pkt.public_key->version<4)
{
(*klist)[*count].mode=KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID;
keyid_from_pk(node->pkt->pkt.public_key,
(*klist)[*count].u.kid);
}
else
{
size_t dummy;
(*klist)[*count].mode=KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR20;
fingerprint_from_pk(node->pkt->pkt.public_key,
(*klist)[*count].u.fpr,&dummy);
}
/* This is a little hackish, using the skipfncvalue as a
void* pointer to the keyserver spec, but we don't need
the skipfnc here, and it saves having an additional field
for this (which would be wasted space most of the
time). */
(*klist)[*count].skipfncvalue=NULL;
/* Are we honoring preferred keyservers? */
if(opt.keyserver_options.options&KEYSERVER_HONOR_KEYSERVER_URL)
{
PKT_user_id *uid=NULL;
PKT_signature *sig=NULL;
merge_keys_and_selfsig (ctrl, keyblock);
for(node=node->next;node;node=node->next)
{
if(node->pkt->pkttype==PKT_USER_ID
&& node->pkt->pkt.user_id->flags.primary)
uid=node->pkt->pkt.user_id;
else if(node->pkt->pkttype==PKT_SIGNATURE
&& node->pkt->pkt.signature->
flags.chosen_selfsig && uid)
{
sig=node->pkt->pkt.signature;
break;
}
}
/* Try and parse the keyserver URL. If it doesn't work,
then we end up writing NULL which indicates we are
the same as any other key. */
if(sig)
(*klist)[*count].skipfncvalue=parse_preferred_keyserver(sig);
}
(*count)++;
if(*count==num)
{
num+=100;
*klist=xrealloc(*klist,sizeof(KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC)*num);
}
}
}
if (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_NOT_FOUND)
rc = 0;
leave:
if(rc)
{
xfree(*klist);
*klist = NULL;
}
xfree(desc);
keydb_release(kdbhd);
release_kbnode(keyblock);
return rc;
}
/* Note this is different than the original HKP refresh. It allows
usernames to refresh only part of the keyring. */
gpg_error_t
keyserver_refresh (ctrl_t ctrl, strlist_t users)
{
gpg_error_t err;
int count, numdesc;
int fakev3 = 0;
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *desc;
unsigned int options=opt.keyserver_options.import_options;
/* We switch merge-only on during a refresh, as 'refresh' should
never import new keys, even if their keyids match. */
opt.keyserver_options.import_options|=IMPORT_MERGE_ONLY;
/* Similarly, we switch on fast-import, since refresh may make
multiple import sets (due to preferred keyserver URLs). We don't
want each set to rebuild the trustdb. Instead we do it once at
the end here. */
opt.keyserver_options.import_options|=IMPORT_FAST;
/* If refresh_add_fake_v3_keyids is on and it's a HKP or MAILTO
scheme, then enable fake v3 keyid generation. Note that this
works only with a keyserver configured. gpg.conf
(i.e. opt.keyserver); however that method of configuring a
keyserver is deprecated and in any case it is questionable
whether we should keep on supporting these ancient and broken
keyservers. */
if((opt.keyserver_options.options&KEYSERVER_ADD_FAKE_V3) && opt.keyserver
&& (ascii_strcasecmp(opt.keyserver->scheme,"hkp")==0 ||
ascii_strcasecmp(opt.keyserver->scheme,"mailto")==0))
fakev3=1;
err = keyidlist (ctrl, users, &desc, &numdesc, fakev3);
if (err)
return err;
count=numdesc;
if(count>0)
{
int i;
/* Try to handle preferred keyserver keys first */
for(i=0;i<numdesc;i++)
{
if(desc[i].skipfncvalue)
{
struct keyserver_spec *keyserver=desc[i].skipfncvalue;
if (!opt.quiet)
log_info (_("refreshing %d key from %s\n"), 1, keyserver->uri);
/* We use the keyserver structure we parsed out before.
Note that a preferred keyserver without a scheme://
will be interpreted as hkp:// */
err = keyserver_get (ctrl, &desc[i], 1, keyserver, 0, NULL, NULL);
if (err)
log_info(_("WARNING: unable to refresh key %s"
" via %s: %s\n"),keystr_from_desc(&desc[i]),
keyserver->uri,gpg_strerror (err));
else
{
/* We got it, so mark it as NONE so we don't try and
get it again from the regular keyserver. */
desc[i].mode=KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_NONE;
count--;
}
free_keyserver_spec(keyserver);
}
}
}
if(count>0)
{
char *tmpuri;
err = gpg_dirmngr_ks_list (ctrl, &tmpuri);
if (!err)
{
if (!opt.quiet)
{
log_info (ngettext("refreshing %d key from %s\n",
"refreshing %d keys from %s\n",
count), count, tmpuri);
}
xfree (tmpuri);
err = keyserver_get (ctrl, desc, numdesc, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
}
}
xfree(desc);
opt.keyserver_options.import_options=options;
/* If the original options didn't have fast import, and the trustdb
is dirty, rebuild. */
if(!(opt.keyserver_options.import_options&IMPORT_FAST))
check_or_update_trustdb (ctrl);
return err;
}
/* Search for keys on the keyservers. The patterns are given in the
string list TOKENS. */
gpg_error_t
keyserver_search (ctrl_t ctrl, strlist_t tokens)
{
gpg_error_t err;
char *searchstr;
struct search_line_handler_parm_s parm;
memset (&parm, 0, sizeof parm);
if (!tokens)
return 0; /* Return success if no patterns are given. */
/* Write global options */
/* for(temp=opt.keyserver_options.other;temp;temp=temp->next) */
/* es_fprintf(spawn->tochild,"OPTION %s\n",temp->d); */
/* Write per-keyserver options */
/* for(temp=keyserver->options;temp;temp=temp->next) */
/* es_fprintf(spawn->tochild,"OPTION %s\n",temp->d); */
{
membuf_t mb;
strlist_t item;
init_membuf (&mb, 1024);
for (item = tokens; item; item = item->next)
{
if (item != tokens)
put_membuf (&mb, " ", 1);
put_membuf_str (&mb, item->d);
}
put_membuf (&mb, "", 1); /* Append Nul. */
searchstr = get_membuf (&mb, NULL);
if (!searchstr)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto leave;
}
}
/* FIXME: Enable the next line */
/* log_info (_("searching for \"%s\" from %s\n"), searchstr, keyserver->uri); */
parm.ctrl = ctrl;
if (searchstr)
parm.searchstr_disp = utf8_to_native (searchstr, strlen (searchstr), 0);
err = gpg_dirmngr_ks_search (ctrl, searchstr, search_line_handler, &parm);
if (parm.not_found || gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_NO_DATA)
{
if (parm.searchstr_disp)
log_info (_("key \"%s\" not found on keyserver\n"),
parm.searchstr_disp);
else
log_info (_("key not found on keyserver\n"));
}
if (gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_NO_DATA)
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_FOUND);
else if (err)
log_error ("error searching keyserver: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err));
/* switch(ret) */
/* { */
/* case KEYSERVER_SCHEME_NOT_FOUND: */
/* log_error(_("no handler for keyserver scheme '%s'\n"), */
/* opt.keyserver->scheme); */
/* break; */
/* case KEYSERVER_NOT_SUPPORTED: */
/* log_error(_("action '%s' not supported with keyserver " */
/* "scheme '%s'\n"), "search", opt.keyserver->scheme); */
/* break; */
/* case KEYSERVER_TIMEOUT: */
/* log_error(_("keyserver timed out\n")); */
/* break; */
/* case KEYSERVER_INTERNAL_ERROR: */
/* default: */
/* log_error(_("keyserver internal error\n")); */
/* break; */
/* } */
/* return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_KEYSERVER); */
leave:
xfree (parm.desc);
xfree (parm.searchstr_disp);
xfree(searchstr);
return err;
}
/* Helper for keyserver_get. Here we only receive a chunk of the
description to be processed in one batch. This is required due to
the limited number of patterns the dirmngr interface (KS_GET) can
grok and to limit the amount of temporary required memory. */
static gpg_error_t
keyserver_get_chunk (ctrl_t ctrl, KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *desc, int ndesc,
int *r_ndesc_used,
import_stats_t stats_handle,
struct keyserver_spec *override_keyserver,
int quick,
unsigned char **r_fpr, size_t *r_fprlen)
{
gpg_error_t err = 0;
char **pattern;
int idx, npat, npat_fpr;
estream_t datastream;
char *source = NULL;
size_t linelen; /* Estimated linelen for KS_GET. */
size_t n;
int only_fprs;
#define MAX_KS_GET_LINELEN 950 /* Somewhat lower than the real limit. */
*r_ndesc_used = 0;
/* Create an array filled with a search pattern for each key. The
array is delimited by a NULL entry. */
pattern = xtrycalloc (ndesc+1, sizeof *pattern);
if (!pattern)
return gpg_error_from_syserror ();
/* Note that we break the loop as soon as our estimation of the to
be used line length reaches the limit. But we do this only if we
have processed at least one search requests so that an overlong
single request will be rejected only later by gpg_dirmngr_ks_get
but we are sure that R_NDESC_USED has been updated. This avoids
a possible indefinite loop. */
linelen = 17; /* "KS_GET --quick --" */
for (npat=npat_fpr=0, idx=0; idx < ndesc; idx++)
{
int quiet = 0;
if (desc[idx].mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR20
|| desc[idx].mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR16)
{
n = 1+2+2*20;
if (idx && linelen + n > MAX_KS_GET_LINELEN)
break; /* Declare end of this chunk. */
linelen += n;
pattern[npat] = xtrymalloc (n);
if (!pattern[npat])
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
{
strcpy (pattern[npat], "0x");
bin2hex (desc[idx].u.fpr,
desc[idx].mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR20? 20 : 16,
pattern[npat]+2);
npat++;
if (desc[idx].mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR20)
npat_fpr++;
}
}
else if(desc[idx].mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID)
{
n = 1+2+16;
if (idx && linelen + n > MAX_KS_GET_LINELEN)
break; /* Declare end of this chunk. */
linelen += n;
pattern[npat] = xtryasprintf ("0x%08lX%08lX",
(ulong)desc[idx].u.kid[0],
(ulong)desc[idx].u.kid[1]);
if (!pattern[npat])
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
npat++;
}
else if(desc[idx].mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SHORT_KID)
{
n = 1+2+8;
if (idx && linelen + n > MAX_KS_GET_LINELEN)
break; /* Declare end of this chunk. */
linelen += n;
pattern[npat] = xtryasprintf ("0x%08lX", (ulong)desc[idx].u.kid[1]);
if (!pattern[npat])
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
npat++;
}
else if(desc[idx].mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_EXACT)
{
/* The Dirmngr also uses classify_user_id to detect the type
of the search string. By adding the '=' prefix we force
Dirmngr's KS_GET to consider this an exact search string.
(In gpg 1.4 and gpg 2.0 the keyserver helpers used the
KS_GETNAME command to indicate this.) */
n = 1+1+strlen (desc[idx].u.name);
if (idx && linelen + n > MAX_KS_GET_LINELEN)
break; /* Declare end of this chunk. */
linelen += n;
pattern[npat] = strconcat ("=", desc[idx].u.name, NULL);
if (!pattern[npat])
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
{
npat++;
quiet = 1;
}
}
+ else if(desc[idx].mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_MAIL)
+ {
+ n = 1 + strlen (desc[idx].u.name) + 1 + 1;
+ if (idx && linelen + n > MAX_KS_GET_LINELEN)
+ break; /* Declare end of this chunk. */
+ linelen += n;
+
+ if (desc[idx].u.name[0] == '<')
+ pattern[npat] = xtrystrdup (desc[idx].u.name);
+ else
+ pattern[npat] = strconcat ("<", desc[idx].u.name, ">", NULL);
+ if (!pattern[npat])
+ err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
+ else
+ {
+ npat++;
+ quiet = 1;
+ }
+ }
else if (desc[idx].mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_NONE)
continue;
else
BUG();
if (err)
{
for (idx=0; idx < npat; idx++)
xfree (pattern[idx]);
xfree (pattern);
return err;
}
if (!quiet && override_keyserver)
{
if (override_keyserver->host)
log_info (_("requesting key %s from %s server %s\n"),
keystr_from_desc (&desc[idx]),
override_keyserver->scheme, override_keyserver->host);
else
log_info (_("requesting key %s from %s\n"),
keystr_from_desc (&desc[idx]), override_keyserver->uri);
}
}
/* Remember now many of search items were considered. Note that
this is different from NPAT. */
*r_ndesc_used = idx;
only_fprs = (npat && npat == npat_fpr);
err = gpg_dirmngr_ks_get (ctrl, pattern, override_keyserver, quick,
&datastream, &source);
for (idx=0; idx < npat; idx++)
xfree (pattern[idx]);
xfree (pattern);
if (opt.verbose && source)
log_info ("data source: %s\n", source);
if (!err)
{
struct ks_retrieval_screener_arg_s screenerarg;
/* FIXME: Check whether this comment should be moved to dirmngr.
Slurp up all the key data. In the future, it might be nice
to look for KEY foo OUTOFBAND and FAILED indicators. It's
harmless to ignore them, but ignoring them does make gpg
complain about "no valid OpenPGP data found". One way to do
this could be to continue parsing this line-by-line and make
a temp iobuf for each key. Note that we don't allow the
import of secret keys from a keyserver. Keyservers should
never accept or send them but we better protect against rogue
keyservers. */
screenerarg.desc = desc;
screenerarg.ndesc = *r_ndesc_used;
import_keys_es_stream (ctrl, datastream, stats_handle,
r_fpr, r_fprlen,
(opt.keyserver_options.import_options
| IMPORT_NO_SECKEY),
keyserver_retrieval_screener, &screenerarg,
only_fprs? KEYORG_KS : 0,
source);
}
es_fclose (datastream);
xfree (source);
return err;
}
/* Retrieve a key from a keyserver. The search pattern are in
(DESC,NDESC). Allowed search modes are keyid, fingerprint, and
exact searches. OVERRIDE_KEYSERVER gives an optional override
keyserver. If (R_FPR,R_FPRLEN) are not NULL, they may return the
fingerprint of a single imported key. If QUICK is set, dirmngr is
advised to use a shorter timeout. */
static gpg_error_t
keyserver_get (ctrl_t ctrl, KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *desc, int ndesc,
struct keyserver_spec *override_keyserver, int quick,
unsigned char **r_fpr, size_t *r_fprlen)
{
gpg_error_t err;
import_stats_t stats_handle;
int ndesc_used;
int any_good = 0;
stats_handle = import_new_stats_handle();
for (;;)
{
err = keyserver_get_chunk (ctrl, desc, ndesc, &ndesc_used, stats_handle,
override_keyserver, quick, r_fpr, r_fprlen);
if (!err)
any_good = 1;
if (err || ndesc_used >= ndesc)
break; /* Error or all processed. */
/* Prepare for the next chunk. */
desc += ndesc_used;
ndesc -= ndesc_used;
}
if (any_good)
import_print_stats (stats_handle);
import_release_stats_handle (stats_handle);
return err;
}
/* Send all keys specified by KEYSPECS to the configured keyserver. */
static gpg_error_t
keyserver_put (ctrl_t ctrl, strlist_t keyspecs)
{
gpg_error_t err;
strlist_t kspec;
char *ksurl;
if (!keyspecs)
return 0; /* Return success if the list is empty. */
if (gpg_dirmngr_ks_list (ctrl, &ksurl))
{
log_error (_("no keyserver known\n"));
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_KEYSERVER);
}
for (kspec = keyspecs; kspec; kspec = kspec->next)
{
void *data;
size_t datalen;
kbnode_t keyblock;
err = export_pubkey_buffer (ctrl, kspec->d,
opt.keyserver_options.export_options,
NULL, 0, NULL,
&keyblock, &data, &datalen);
if (err)
log_error (_("skipped \"%s\": %s\n"), kspec->d, gpg_strerror (err));
else
{
if (!opt.quiet)
log_info (_("sending key %s to %s\n"),
keystr (keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key->keyid),
ksurl?ksurl:"[?]");
err = gpg_dirmngr_ks_put (ctrl, data, datalen, keyblock);
release_kbnode (keyblock);
xfree (data);
if (err)
{
write_status_error ("keyserver_send", err);
log_error (_("keyserver send failed: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (err));
}
}
}
xfree (ksurl);
return err;
}
/* Loop over all URLs in STRLIST and fetch the key at that URL. Note
that the fetch operation ignores the configured keyservers and
instead directly retrieves the keys. */
int
keyserver_fetch (ctrl_t ctrl, strlist_t urilist, int origin)
{
gpg_error_t err;
strlist_t sl;
estream_t datastream;
unsigned int save_options = opt.keyserver_options.import_options;
/* Switch on fast-import, since fetch can handle more than one
import and we don't want each set to rebuild the trustdb.
Instead we do it once at the end. */
opt.keyserver_options.import_options |= IMPORT_FAST;
for (sl=urilist; sl; sl=sl->next)
{
if (!opt.quiet)
log_info (_("requesting key from '%s'\n"), sl->d);
err = gpg_dirmngr_ks_fetch (ctrl, sl->d, &datastream);
if (!err)
{
import_stats_t stats_handle;
stats_handle = import_new_stats_handle();
import_keys_es_stream (ctrl, datastream, stats_handle, NULL, NULL,
opt.keyserver_options.import_options,
NULL, NULL, origin, sl->d);
import_print_stats (stats_handle);
import_release_stats_handle (stats_handle);
}
else
log_info (_("WARNING: unable to fetch URI %s: %s\n"),
sl->d, gpg_strerror (err));
es_fclose (datastream);
}
opt.keyserver_options.import_options = save_options;
/* If the original options didn't have fast import, and the trustdb
is dirty, rebuild. */
if (!(opt.keyserver_options.import_options&IMPORT_FAST))
check_or_update_trustdb (ctrl);
return 0;
}
/* Import key in a CERT or pointed to by a CERT. In DANE_MODE fetch
the certificate using the DANE method. */
int
keyserver_import_cert (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *name, int dane_mode,
unsigned char **fpr,size_t *fpr_len)
{
gpg_error_t err;
char *look,*url;
estream_t key;
look = xstrdup(name);
if (!dane_mode)
{
char *domain = strrchr (look,'@');
if (domain)
*domain='.';
}
err = gpg_dirmngr_dns_cert (ctrl, look, dane_mode? NULL : "*",
&key, fpr, fpr_len, &url);
if (err)
;
else if (key)
{
int armor_status=opt.no_armor;
import_filter_t save_filt;
/* CERTs and DANE records are always in binary format */
opt.no_armor=1;
if (dane_mode)
{
save_filt = save_and_clear_import_filter ();
if (!save_filt)
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
{
char *filtstr = es_bsprintf ("keep-uid=mbox = %s", look);
err = filtstr? 0 : gpg_error_from_syserror ();
if (!err)
err = parse_and_set_import_filter (filtstr);
xfree (filtstr);
if (!err)
err = import_keys_es_stream (ctrl, key, NULL, fpr, fpr_len,
IMPORT_NO_SECKEY,
NULL, NULL, KEYORG_DANE, NULL);
restore_import_filter (save_filt);
}
}
else
{
err = import_keys_es_stream (ctrl, key, NULL, fpr, fpr_len,
(opt.keyserver_options.import_options
| IMPORT_NO_SECKEY),
NULL, NULL, 0, NULL);
}
opt.no_armor=armor_status;
es_fclose (key);
key = NULL;
}
else if (*fpr)
{
/* We only consider the IPGP type if a fingerprint was provided.
This lets us select the right key regardless of what a URL
points to, or get the key from a keyserver. */
if(url)
{
struct keyserver_spec *spec;
spec = parse_keyserver_uri (url, 1);
if(spec)
{
err = keyserver_import_fprint (ctrl, *fpr, *fpr_len, spec, 0);
free_keyserver_spec(spec);
}
}
else if (keyserver_any_configured (ctrl))
{
/* If only a fingerprint is provided, try and fetch it from
the configured keyserver. */
err = keyserver_import_fprint (ctrl,
*fpr, *fpr_len, opt.keyserver, 0);
}
else
log_info(_("no keyserver known\n"));
/* Give a better string here? "CERT fingerprint for \"%s\"
found, but no keyserver" " known (use option
--keyserver)\n" ? */
}
xfree(url);
xfree(look);
return err;
}
/* Import key pointed to by a PKA record. Return the requested
fingerprint in fpr. */
gpg_error_t
keyserver_import_pka (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *name,
unsigned char **fpr, size_t *fpr_len)
{
gpg_error_t err;
char *url;
err = gpg_dirmngr_get_pka (ctrl, name, fpr, fpr_len, &url);
if (url && *url && fpr && fpr_len)
{
/* An URL is available. Lookup the key. */
struct keyserver_spec *spec;
spec = parse_keyserver_uri (url, 1);
if (spec)
{
err = keyserver_import_fprint (ctrl, *fpr, *fpr_len, spec, 0);
free_keyserver_spec (spec);
}
}
xfree (url);
if (err)
{
xfree(*fpr);
*fpr = NULL;
*fpr_len = 0;
}
return err;
}
/* Import a key using the Web Key Directory protocol. */
gpg_error_t
keyserver_import_wkd (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *name, int quick,
unsigned char **fpr, size_t *fpr_len)
{
gpg_error_t err;
char *mbox;
estream_t key;
char *url = NULL;
/* We want to work on the mbox. That is what dirmngr will do anyway
* and we need the mbox for the import filter anyway. */
mbox = mailbox_from_userid (name);
if (!mbox)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
if (gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_EINVAL)
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INV_USER_ID);
return err;
}
err = gpg_dirmngr_wkd_get (ctrl, mbox, quick, &key, &url);
if (err)
;
else if (key)
{
int armor_status = opt.no_armor;
import_filter_t save_filt;
/* Keys returned via WKD are in binary format. However, we
* relax that requirement and allow also for armored data. */
opt.no_armor = 0;
save_filt = save_and_clear_import_filter ();
if (!save_filt)
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
{
char *filtstr = es_bsprintf ("keep-uid=mbox = %s", mbox);
err = filtstr? 0 : gpg_error_from_syserror ();
if (!err)
err = parse_and_set_import_filter (filtstr);
xfree (filtstr);
if (!err)
err = import_keys_es_stream (ctrl, key, NULL, fpr, fpr_len,
IMPORT_NO_SECKEY,
NULL, NULL, KEYORG_WKD, url);
}
restore_import_filter (save_filt);
opt.no_armor = armor_status;
es_fclose (key);
key = NULL;
}
xfree (url);
xfree (mbox);
return err;
}
/* Import a key by name using LDAP */
int
keyserver_import_ldap (ctrl_t ctrl,
const char *name, unsigned char **fpr, size_t *fprlen)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)name;
(void)fpr;
(void)fprlen;
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED); /*FIXME*/
#if 0
char *domain;
struct keyserver_spec *keyserver;
strlist_t list=NULL;
int rc,hostlen=1;
struct srventry *srvlist=NULL;
int srvcount,i;
char srvname[MAXDNAME];
/* Parse out the domain */
domain=strrchr(name,'@');
if(!domain)
return GPG_ERR_GENERAL;
domain++;
keyserver=xmalloc_clear(sizeof(struct keyserver_spec));
keyserver->scheme=xstrdup("ldap");
keyserver->host=xmalloc(1);
keyserver->host[0]='\0';
snprintf(srvname,MAXDNAME,"_pgpkey-ldap._tcp.%s",domain);
FIXME("network related - move to dirmngr or drop the code");
srvcount=getsrv(srvname,&srvlist);
for(i=0;i<srvcount;i++)
{
hostlen+=strlen(srvlist[i].target)+1;
keyserver->host=xrealloc(keyserver->host,hostlen);
strcat(keyserver->host,srvlist[i].target);
if(srvlist[i].port!=389)
{
char port[7];
hostlen+=6; /* a colon, plus 5 digits (unsigned 16-bit value) */
keyserver->host=xrealloc(keyserver->host,hostlen);
snprintf(port,7,":%u",srvlist[i].port);
strcat(keyserver->host,port);
}
strcat(keyserver->host," ");
}
free(srvlist);
/* If all else fails, do the PGP Universal trick of
ldap://keys.(domain) */
hostlen+=5+strlen(domain);
keyserver->host=xrealloc(keyserver->host,hostlen);
strcat(keyserver->host,"keys.");
strcat(keyserver->host,domain);
append_to_strlist(&list,name);
rc = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED); /*FIXME*/
/* keyserver_work (ctrl, KS_GETNAME, list, NULL, */
/* 0, fpr, fpr_len, keyserver); */
free_strlist(list);
free_keyserver_spec(keyserver);
return rc;
#endif
}
diff --git a/g10/options.h b/g10/options.h
index 352c61275..3514a60dd 100644
--- a/g10/options.h
+++ b/g10/options.h
@@ -1,407 +1,408 @@
/* options.h
* Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
* 2007, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2015 g10 Code GmbH
*
* This file is part of GnuPG.
*
* GnuPG is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GnuPG is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#ifndef G10_OPTIONS_H
#define G10_OPTIONS_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#include "../common/types.h"
#include <stdint.h>
#include "main.h"
#include "packet.h"
#include "tofu.h"
#include "../common/session-env.h"
#include "../common/compliance.h"
/* Declaration of a keyserver spec type. The definition is found in
../common/keyserver.h. */
struct keyserver_spec;
typedef struct keyserver_spec *keyserver_spec_t;
/* Global options for GPG. */
EXTERN_UNLESS_MAIN_MODULE
struct
{
int verbose;
int quiet;
unsigned debug;
int armor;
char *outfile;
estream_t outfp; /* Hack, sometimes used in place of outfile. */
off_t max_output;
/* If > 0 a hint with the expected number of input data bytes. This
* is not necessary an exact number but intended to be used for
* progress info and to decide on how to allocate buffers. */
uint64_t input_size_hint;
int dry_run;
int autostart;
int list_only;
int mimemode;
int textmode;
int expert;
const char *def_sig_expire;
int ask_sig_expire;
const char *def_cert_expire;
int ask_cert_expire;
int batch; /* run in batch mode */
int answer_yes; /* answer yes on most questions */
int answer_no; /* answer no on most questions */
int check_sigs; /* check key signatures */
int with_colons;
int with_key_data;
int with_icao_spelling; /* Print ICAO spelling with fingerprints. */
int with_fingerprint; /* Option --with-fingerprint active. */
int with_subkey_fingerprint; /* Option --with-subkey-fingerprint active. */
int with_keygrip; /* Option --with-keygrip active. */
int with_tofu_info; /* Option --with-tofu_info active. */
int with_secret; /* Option --with-secret active. */
int with_wkd_hash; /* Option --with-wkd-hash. */
int with_key_origin; /* Option --with-key-origin. */
int fingerprint; /* list fingerprints */
int list_sigs; /* list signatures */
int no_armor;
int list_packets; /* Option --list-packets active. */
int def_cipher_algo;
int def_digest_algo;
int cert_digest_algo;
int compress_algo;
int compress_level;
int bz2_compress_level;
int bz2_decompress_lowmem;
strlist_t def_secret_key;
char *def_recipient;
int def_recipient_self;
strlist_t secret_keys_to_try;
/* A list of mail addresses (addr-spec) provided by the user with
* the option --sender. */
strlist_t sender_list;
int def_cert_level;
int min_cert_level;
int ask_cert_level;
int emit_version; /* 0 = none,
1 = major only,
2 = major and minor,
3 = full version,
4 = full version plus OS string. */
int marginals_needed;
int completes_needed;
int max_cert_depth;
const char *agent_program;
const char *dirmngr_program;
int disable_dirmngr;
const char *def_new_key_algo;
/* Options to be passed to the gpg-agent */
session_env_t session_env;
char *lc_ctype;
char *lc_messages;
int skip_verify;
int skip_hidden_recipients;
/* TM_CLASSIC must be zero to accommodate trustdbsg generated before
we started storing the trust model inside the trustdb. */
enum
{
TM_CLASSIC=0, TM_PGP=1, TM_EXTERNAL=2,
TM_ALWAYS, TM_DIRECT, TM_AUTO, TM_TOFU, TM_TOFU_PGP
} trust_model;
enum tofu_policy tofu_default_policy;
int force_ownertrust;
enum gnupg_compliance_mode compliance;
enum
{
KF_DEFAULT, KF_NONE, KF_SHORT, KF_LONG, KF_0xSHORT, KF_0xLONG
} keyid_format;
const char *set_filename;
strlist_t comments;
int throw_keyids;
const char *photo_viewer;
int s2k_mode;
int s2k_digest_algo;
int s2k_cipher_algo;
unsigned char s2k_count; /* This is the encoded form, not the raw
count */
int not_dash_escaped;
int escape_from;
int lock_once;
keyserver_spec_t keyserver; /* The list of configured keyservers. */
struct
{
unsigned int options;
unsigned int import_options;
unsigned int export_options;
char *http_proxy;
} keyserver_options;
int exec_disable;
int exec_path_set;
unsigned int import_options;
unsigned int export_options;
unsigned int list_options;
unsigned int verify_options;
const char *def_preference_list;
const char *def_keyserver_url;
prefitem_t *personal_cipher_prefs;
prefitem_t *personal_digest_prefs;
prefitem_t *personal_compress_prefs;
struct weakhash *weak_digests;
int no_perm_warn;
char *temp_dir;
int no_encrypt_to;
int encrypt_to_default_key;
int interactive;
struct notation *sig_notations;
struct notation *cert_notations;
strlist_t sig_policy_url;
strlist_t cert_policy_url;
strlist_t sig_keyserver_url;
strlist_t cert_subpackets;
strlist_t sig_subpackets;
int allow_non_selfsigned_uid;
int allow_freeform_uid;
int no_literal;
ulong set_filesize;
int fast_list_mode;
int legacy_list_mode;
int ignore_time_conflict;
int ignore_valid_from;
int ignore_crc_error;
int ignore_mdc_error;
int command_fd;
const char *override_session_key;
int show_session_key;
const char *gpg_agent_info;
int try_all_secrets;
int no_expensive_trust_checks;
int no_sig_cache;
int no_auto_check_trustdb;
int preserve_permissions;
int no_homedir_creation;
struct groupitem *grouplist;
int mangle_dos_filenames;
int enable_progress_filter;
unsigned int screen_columns;
unsigned int screen_lines;
byte *show_subpackets;
int rfc2440_text;
/* If true, let write failures on the status-fd exit the process. */
int exit_on_status_write_error;
/* If > 0, limit the number of card insertion prompts to this
value. */
int limit_card_insert_tries;
struct
{
/* If set, require an 0x19 backsig to be present on signatures
made by signing subkeys. If not set, a missing backsig is not
an error (but an invalid backsig still is). */
unsigned int require_cross_cert:1;
unsigned int use_embedded_filename:1;
unsigned int utf8_filename:1;
unsigned int dsa2:1;
unsigned int allow_multiple_messages:1;
unsigned int allow_weak_digest_algos:1;
unsigned int allow_weak_key_signatures:1;
unsigned int large_rsa:1;
unsigned int disable_signer_uid:1;
unsigned int include_key_block:1;
unsigned int auto_key_import:1;
/* Flag to enable experimental features from RFC4880bis. */
unsigned int rfc4880bis:1;
/* Hack: --output is not given but OUTFILE was temporary set to "-". */
unsigned int dummy_outfile:1;
/* Force the use of the OpenPGP card and do not allow the use of
* another card. */
unsigned int use_only_openpgp_card:1;
} flags;
/* Linked list of ways to find a key if the key isn't on the local
keyring. */
struct akl
{
enum {
AKL_NODEFAULT,
AKL_LOCAL,
AKL_CERT,
AKL_PKA,
AKL_DANE,
AKL_WKD,
AKL_LDAP,
+ AKL_NTDS,
AKL_KEYSERVER,
AKL_SPEC
} type;
keyserver_spec_t spec;
struct akl *next;
} *auto_key_locate;
/* The value of --key-origin. See parse_key_origin(). */
int key_origin;
char *key_origin_url;
int passphrase_repeat;
int pinentry_mode;
int request_origin;
int unwrap_encryption;
int only_sign_text_ids;
int no_symkey_cache; /* Disable the cache used for --symmetric. */
} opt;
/* CTRL is used to keep some global variables we currently can't
avoid. Future concurrent versions of gpg will put it into a per
request structure CTRL. */
EXTERN_UNLESS_MAIN_MODULE
struct {
int in_auto_key_retrieve; /* True if we are doing an
auto_key_retrieve. */
/* Hack to store the last error. We currently need it because the
proc_packet machinery is not able to reliabale return error
codes. Thus for the --server purposes we store some of the error
codes here. FIXME! */
gpg_error_t lasterr;
/* Kludge to silence some warnings using --secret-key-list. */
int silence_parse_warnings;
} glo_ctrl;
#define DBG_PACKET_VALUE 1 /* debug packet reading/writing */
#define DBG_MPI_VALUE 2 /* debug mpi details */
#define DBG_CRYPTO_VALUE 4 /* debug crypto handling */
/* (may reveal sensitive data) */
#define DBG_FILTER_VALUE 8 /* debug internal filter handling */
#define DBG_IOBUF_VALUE 16 /* debug iobuf stuff */
#define DBG_MEMORY_VALUE 32 /* debug memory allocation stuff */
#define DBG_CACHE_VALUE 64 /* debug the caching */
#define DBG_MEMSTAT_VALUE 128 /* show memory statistics */
#define DBG_TRUST_VALUE 256 /* debug the trustdb */
#define DBG_HASHING_VALUE 512 /* debug hashing operations */
#define DBG_IPC_VALUE 1024 /* debug assuan communication */
#define DBG_CLOCK_VALUE 4096
#define DBG_LOOKUP_VALUE 8192 /* debug the key lookup */
#define DBG_EXTPROG_VALUE 16384 /* debug external program calls */
/* Tests for the debugging flags. */
#define DBG_PACKET (opt.debug & DBG_PACKET_VALUE)
#define DBG_MPI (opt.debug & DBG_MPI_VALUE)
#define DBG_CRYPTO (opt.debug & DBG_CRYPTO_VALUE)
#define DBG_FILTER (opt.debug & DBG_FILTER_VALUE)
#define DBG_CACHE (opt.debug & DBG_CACHE_VALUE)
#define DBG_TRUST (opt.debug & DBG_TRUST_VALUE)
#define DBG_HASHING (opt.debug & DBG_HASHING_VALUE)
#define DBG_IPC (opt.debug & DBG_IPC_VALUE)
#define DBG_IPC (opt.debug & DBG_IPC_VALUE)
#define DBG_CLOCK (opt.debug & DBG_CLOCK_VALUE)
#define DBG_LOOKUP (opt.debug & DBG_LOOKUP_VALUE)
#define DBG_EXTPROG (opt.debug & DBG_EXTPROG_VALUE)
/* FIXME: We need to check why we did not put this into opt. */
#define DBG_MEMORY memory_debug_mode
#define DBG_MEMSTAT memory_stat_debug_mode
EXTERN_UNLESS_MAIN_MODULE int memory_debug_mode;
EXTERN_UNLESS_MAIN_MODULE int memory_stat_debug_mode;
/* Compatibility flags. */
#define GNUPG (opt.compliance==CO_GNUPG || opt.compliance==CO_DE_VS)
#define RFC2440 (opt.compliance==CO_RFC2440)
#define RFC4880 (opt.compliance==CO_RFC4880)
#define PGP6 (opt.compliance==CO_PGP6)
#define PGP7 (opt.compliance==CO_PGP7)
#define PGP8 (opt.compliance==CO_PGP8)
#define PGPX (PGP6 || PGP7 || PGP8)
/* Various option flags. Note that there should be no common string
names between the IMPORT_ and EXPORT_ flags as they can be mixed in
the keyserver-options option. */
#define IMPORT_LOCAL_SIGS (1<<0)
#define IMPORT_REPAIR_PKS_SUBKEY_BUG (1<<1)
#define IMPORT_FAST (1<<2)
#define IMPORT_SHOW (1<<3)
#define IMPORT_MERGE_ONLY (1<<4)
#define IMPORT_MINIMAL (1<<5)
#define IMPORT_CLEAN (1<<6)
#define IMPORT_NO_SECKEY (1<<7)
#define IMPORT_KEEP_OWNERTTRUST (1<<8)
#define IMPORT_EXPORT (1<<9)
#define IMPORT_RESTORE (1<<10)
#define IMPORT_REPAIR_KEYS (1<<11)
#define IMPORT_DRY_RUN (1<<12)
#define IMPORT_SELF_SIGS_ONLY (1<<14)
#define EXPORT_LOCAL_SIGS (1<<0)
#define EXPORT_ATTRIBUTES (1<<1)
#define EXPORT_SENSITIVE_REVKEYS (1<<2)
#define EXPORT_RESET_SUBKEY_PASSWD (1<<3)
#define EXPORT_MINIMAL (1<<4)
#define EXPORT_CLEAN (1<<5)
#define EXPORT_PKA_FORMAT (1<<6)
#define EXPORT_DANE_FORMAT (1<<7)
#define EXPORT_BACKUP (1<<10)
#define LIST_SHOW_PHOTOS (1<<0)
#define LIST_SHOW_POLICY_URLS (1<<1)
#define LIST_SHOW_STD_NOTATIONS (1<<2)
#define LIST_SHOW_USER_NOTATIONS (1<<3)
#define LIST_SHOW_NOTATIONS (LIST_SHOW_STD_NOTATIONS|LIST_SHOW_USER_NOTATIONS)
#define LIST_SHOW_KEYSERVER_URLS (1<<4)
#define LIST_SHOW_UID_VALIDITY (1<<5)
#define LIST_SHOW_UNUSABLE_UIDS (1<<6)
#define LIST_SHOW_UNUSABLE_SUBKEYS (1<<7)
#define LIST_SHOW_KEYRING (1<<8)
#define LIST_SHOW_SIG_EXPIRE (1<<9)
#define LIST_SHOW_SIG_SUBPACKETS (1<<10)
#define LIST_SHOW_USAGE (1<<11)
#define LIST_SHOW_ONLY_FPR_MBOX (1<<12)
#define VERIFY_SHOW_PHOTOS (1<<0)
#define VERIFY_SHOW_POLICY_URLS (1<<1)
#define VERIFY_SHOW_STD_NOTATIONS (1<<2)
#define VERIFY_SHOW_USER_NOTATIONS (1<<3)
#define VERIFY_SHOW_NOTATIONS (VERIFY_SHOW_STD_NOTATIONS|VERIFY_SHOW_USER_NOTATIONS)
#define VERIFY_SHOW_KEYSERVER_URLS (1<<4)
#define VERIFY_SHOW_UID_VALIDITY (1<<5)
#define VERIFY_SHOW_UNUSABLE_UIDS (1<<6)
#define VERIFY_PKA_LOOKUPS (1<<7)
#define VERIFY_PKA_TRUST_INCREASE (1<<8)
#define VERIFY_SHOW_PRIMARY_UID_ONLY (1<<9)
#define KEYSERVER_HTTP_PROXY (1<<0)
#define KEYSERVER_TIMEOUT (1<<1)
#define KEYSERVER_ADD_FAKE_V3 (1<<2)
#define KEYSERVER_AUTO_KEY_RETRIEVE (1<<3)
#define KEYSERVER_HONOR_KEYSERVER_URL (1<<4)
#define KEYSERVER_HONOR_PKA_RECORD (1<<5)
#endif /*G10_OPTIONS_H*/
diff --git a/g10/test-stubs.c b/g10/test-stubs.c
index 0ea9379c6..d09596ca2 100644
--- a/g10/test-stubs.c
+++ b/g10/test-stubs.c
@@ -1,567 +1,578 @@
/* test-stubs.c - The GnuPG signature verify utility
* Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2005, 2006,
* 2008, 2009, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
*
* This file is part of GnuPG.
*
* GnuPG is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GnuPG is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <config.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#define INCLUDED_BY_MAIN_MODULE 1
#include "gpg.h"
#include "../common/util.h"
#include "packet.h"
#include "../common/iobuf.h"
#include "main.h"
#include "options.h"
#include "keydb.h"
#include "trustdb.h"
#include "filter.h"
#include "../common/ttyio.h"
#include "../common/i18n.h"
#include "../common/sysutils.h"
#include "../common/status.h"
#include "call-agent.h"
int g10_errors_seen;
void
g10_exit( int rc )
{
rc = rc? rc : log_get_errorcount(0)? 2 : g10_errors_seen? 1 : 0;
exit(rc );
}
/* Stub:
* We have to override the trustcheck from pkclist.c because
* this utility assumes that all keys in the keyring are trustworthy
*/
int
check_signatures_trust (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_signature *sig)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)sig;
return 0;
}
void
read_trust_options (ctrl_t ctrl,
byte *trust_model, ulong *created, ulong *nextcheck,
byte *marginals, byte *completes, byte *cert_depth,
byte *min_cert_level)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)trust_model;
(void)created;
(void)nextcheck;
(void)marginals;
(void)completes;
(void)cert_depth;
(void)min_cert_level;
}
/* Stub:
* We don't have the trustdb , so we have to provide some stub functions
* instead
*/
int
cache_disabled_value (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)pk;
return 0;
}
void
check_trustdb_stale (ctrl_t ctrl)
{
(void)ctrl;
}
int
get_validity_info (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t kb, PKT_public_key *pk,
PKT_user_id *uid)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)kb;
(void)pk;
(void)uid;
return '?';
}
unsigned int
get_validity (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t kb, PKT_public_key *pk, PKT_user_id *uid,
PKT_signature *sig, int may_ask)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)kb;
(void)pk;
(void)uid;
(void)sig;
(void)may_ask;
return 0;
}
const char *
trust_value_to_string (unsigned int value)
{
(void)value;
return "err";
}
const char *
uid_trust_string_fixed (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *key, PKT_user_id *uid)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)key;
(void)uid;
return "err";
}
int
get_ownertrust_info (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk, int no_create)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)pk;
(void)no_create;
return '?';
}
unsigned int
get_ownertrust (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)pk;
return TRUST_UNKNOWN;
}
/* Stubs:
* Because we only work with trusted keys, it does not make sense to
* get them from a keyserver
*/
struct keyserver_spec *
keyserver_match (struct keyserver_spec *spec)
{
(void)spec;
return NULL;
}
int
keyserver_any_configured (ctrl_t ctrl)
{
(void)ctrl;
return 0;
}
int
keyserver_import_keyid (u32 *keyid, void *dummy, int quick)
{
(void)keyid;
(void)dummy;
(void)quick;
return -1;
}
int
keyserver_import_fprint (ctrl_t ctrl, const byte *fprint,size_t fprint_len,
struct keyserver_spec *keyserver, int quick)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)fprint;
(void)fprint_len;
(void)keyserver;
(void)quick;
return -1;
}
int
keyserver_import_cert (const char *name)
{
(void)name;
return -1;
}
int
keyserver_import_pka (const char *name,unsigned char *fpr)
{
(void)name;
(void)fpr;
return -1;
}
gpg_error_t
keyserver_import_wkd (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *name, int quick,
unsigned char **fpr, size_t *fpr_len)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)name;
(void)quick;
(void)fpr;
(void)fpr_len;
return GPG_ERR_BUG;
}
int
keyserver_import_name (const char *name,struct keyserver_spec *spec)
{
(void)name;
(void)spec;
return -1;
}
+int
+keyserver_import_ntds (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *mbox,
+ unsigned char **fpr, size_t *fprlen)
+{
+ (void)ctrl;
+ (void)mbox;
+ (void)fpr;
+ (void)fprlen;
+ return -1;
+}
+
int
keyserver_import_ldap (const char *name)
{
(void)name;
return -1;
}
gpg_error_t
read_key_from_file_or_buffer (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *fname,
const void *buffer, size_t buflen,
kbnode_t *r_keyblock)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)fname;
(void)buffer;
(void)buflen;
(void)r_keyblock;
return -1;
}
gpg_error_t
import_included_key_block (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)keyblock;
return -1;
}
/* Stub:
* No encryption here but mainproc links to these functions.
*/
gpg_error_t
get_session_key (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_pubkey_enc *k, DEK *dek)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)k;
(void)dek;
return GPG_ERR_GENERAL;
}
/* Stub: */
gpg_error_t
get_override_session_key (DEK *dek, const char *string)
{
(void)dek;
(void)string;
return GPG_ERR_GENERAL;
}
/* Stub: */
int
decrypt_data (ctrl_t ctrl, void *procctx, PKT_encrypted *ed, DEK *dek)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)procctx;
(void)ed;
(void)dek;
return GPG_ERR_GENERAL;
}
/* Stub:
* No interactive commands, so we don't need the helptexts
*/
void
display_online_help (const char *keyword)
{
(void)keyword;
}
/* Stub:
* We don't use secret keys, but getkey.c links to this
*/
int
check_secret_key (PKT_public_key *pk, int n)
{
(void)pk;
(void)n;
return GPG_ERR_GENERAL;
}
/* Stub:
* No secret key, so no passphrase needed
*/
DEK *
passphrase_to_dek (int cipher_algo, STRING2KEY *s2k, int create, int nocache,
const char *tmp, int *canceled)
{
(void)cipher_algo;
(void)s2k;
(void)create;
(void)nocache;
(void)tmp;
if (canceled)
*canceled = 0;
return NULL;
}
void
passphrase_clear_cache (const char *cacheid)
{
(void)cacheid;
}
struct keyserver_spec *
parse_preferred_keyserver(PKT_signature *sig)
{
(void)sig;
return NULL;
}
struct keyserver_spec *
parse_keyserver_uri (const char *uri, int require_scheme,
const char *configname, unsigned int configlineno)
{
(void)uri;
(void)require_scheme;
(void)configname;
(void)configlineno;
return NULL;
}
void
free_keyserver_spec (struct keyserver_spec *keyserver)
{
(void)keyserver;
}
/* Stubs to avoid linking to photoid.c */
void
show_photos (const struct user_attribute *attrs, int count, PKT_public_key *pk)
{
(void)attrs;
(void)count;
(void)pk;
}
int
parse_image_header (const struct user_attribute *attr, byte *type, u32 *len)
{
(void)attr;
(void)type;
(void)len;
return 0;
}
char *
image_type_to_string (byte type, int string)
{
(void)type;
(void)string;
return NULL;
}
#ifdef ENABLE_CARD_SUPPORT
int
agent_scd_getattr (const char *name, struct agent_card_info_s *info)
{
(void)name;
(void)info;
return 0;
}
#endif /* ENABLE_CARD_SUPPORT */
/* We do not do any locking, so use these stubs here */
void
dotlock_disable (void)
{
}
dotlock_t
dotlock_create (const char *file_to_lock, unsigned int flags)
{
(void)file_to_lock;
(void)flags;
return NULL;
}
void
dotlock_destroy (dotlock_t h)
{
(void)h;
}
int
dotlock_take (dotlock_t h, long timeout)
{
(void)h;
(void)timeout;
return 0;
}
int
dotlock_release (dotlock_t h)
{
(void)h;
return 0;
}
void
dotlock_remove_lockfiles (void)
{
}
gpg_error_t
agent_probe_secret_key (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)pk;
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY);
}
gpg_error_t
agent_probe_any_secret_key (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)keyblock;
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY);
}
gpg_error_t
agent_get_keyinfo (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *hexkeygrip,
char **r_serialno, int *r_cleartext)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)hexkeygrip;
(void)r_cleartext;
*r_serialno = NULL;
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY);
}
gpg_error_t
gpg_dirmngr_get_pka (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *userid,
unsigned char **r_fpr, size_t *r_fprlen,
char **r_url)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)userid;
if (r_fpr)
*r_fpr = NULL;
if (r_fprlen)
*r_fprlen = 0;
if (r_url)
*r_url = NULL;
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_FOUND);
}
gpg_error_t
export_pubkey_buffer (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *keyspec, unsigned int options,
const void *prefix, size_t prefixlen,
export_stats_t stats,
kbnode_t *r_keyblock, void **r_data, size_t *r_datalen)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)keyspec;
(void)options;
(void)prefix;
(void)prefixlen;
(void)stats;
*r_keyblock = NULL;
*r_data = NULL;
*r_datalen = 0;
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED);
}
gpg_error_t
tofu_write_tfs_record (ctrl_t ctrl, estream_t fp,
PKT_public_key *pk, const char *user_id)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)fp;
(void)pk;
(void)user_id;
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_GENERAL);
}
gpg_error_t
tofu_get_policy (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk, PKT_user_id *user_id,
enum tofu_policy *policy)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)pk;
(void)user_id;
(void)policy;
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_GENERAL);
}
const char *
tofu_policy_str (enum tofu_policy policy)
{
(void)policy;
return "unknown";
}
void
tofu_begin_batch_update (ctrl_t ctrl)
{
(void)ctrl;
}
void
tofu_end_batch_update (ctrl_t ctrl)
{
(void)ctrl;
}
gpg_error_t
tofu_notice_key_changed (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t kb)
{
(void) ctrl;
(void) kb;
return 0;
}
int
get_revocation_reason (PKT_signature *sig, char **r_reason,
char **r_comment, size_t *r_commentlen)
{
(void)sig;
(void)r_commentlen;
if (r_reason)
*r_reason = NULL;
if (r_comment)
*r_comment = NULL;
return 0;
}

File Metadata

Mime Type
text/x-diff
Expires
Mon, Feb 16, 8:42 AM (10 h, 47 m)
Storage Engine
local-disk
Storage Format
Raw Data
Storage Handle
88/32/d3cfb4edce37b3edb3d0f76bac8b

Event Timeline